Exegetical and Hermeneutical Commentary of 1 Timothy 3:1
This [is] a true saying, If a man desire the office of a bishop, he desireth a good work.
1. This is a true saying ] Better, It is a faithful saying; R.V., as in 1Ti 1:15, literally ‘Faithful is the saying’; most probably to be referred, as there and in the other three passages, to the following sentence. So A.V. and R.V., though the margin of R.V. mentions that ‘Some connect the words with the preceding paragraph’; and Westcott and Hort in their text by the mode of printing so connect it. The early Greek Fathers are divided; Chrysostom, e.g. is for reference to the preceding, Theod. Mops, to the following, quoting our Lord’s ‘Verily, verily.’ The various reading of D anthrpinos (some Latin Versions have humanus) ‘this is a human saying,’ read also in 1Ti 1:15, cannot very well be explained as by Ellicott, an equivalent of benignus, for how could benignus at all fairly represent pistos, faithful, trusty? Nor can it have arisen from the spread of the nolo episcopari feeling, causing this place to give offence, so that ‘human,’ ‘carnal’ was substituted; for when substituted it turns the context upside down, and the explanation could not hold in 1Ti 1:15. We may look for the explanation rather in the use by St Paul of the phrase kata anthrpon, anthrpinos, Rom 6:19; Gal 3:15 ; 1Co 15:32, where the original idea is ‘according to the way of ordinary human speaking.’ So here ‘the saying has won its way to acceptance in the common speech,’ has become proverbial, representing the wisdom of many and the wit of one.
desire ] R.V. seeketh, the word being stronger than that in the next clause and meaning literally ‘stretcheth out to take’; it is used (in N. T.) only in 1Ti 6:10, ‘love of money, which some reaching after,’ and Heb 11:6 ‘a rewarder of them that seek after him.’
the office of a bishop ] The episcopate, lit. ‘overseership,’ which Alford would retain as the translation, to avoid the later limitations suggested by ‘the office of a bishop.’ Fairbairn on the other hand urges ‘pastorate.’ But ‘pastor’ originally meant only ‘bishop’ in its English ecclesiastical use. It is clear that the originals of our episcopate, diaconate and apostolate were at first interchangeable as general terms; Act 1:17, ‘this diaconate,’ 20 ‘his episcopate,’ 25 ‘this diaconate and apostolate,’ all used of the office from which Judas fell: diaconate expresses the service done for Christ, and apostolate the mission from Him; episcopate the oversight and care of those among whom the service is done and to whom the mission is.
For the first trace of separation of the term ‘diaconate’ to a distinct class cf. Act 6:1-2, contrasted with 1Ti 3:4; though the word is still used of St Paul’s apostleship, 1Ti 1:12, and of Timothy’s office, 2Ti 4:5. A separate ‘bishop’ or ‘overseer’ and a separate ‘deacon’ or ‘minister’ come first in Php 1:1, ‘all the saints with the bishops and deacons ’: then in Act 20:17, compared with acts 20:28, ‘the presbyters of Ephesus at Miletus’ ‘the Holy Ghost hath made you bishops,’ we get a new name synonymous with bishop ‘presbyter’; and later 2Jn 1:1 this new name ‘presbyter’ is used of the apostle St John and 1Pe 5:1 by St Peter of himself.
We infer then that in N. T. times ‘bishop’ and ‘presbyter’ were both used of certain senior ministers and of the apostles, and that there were junior ministers called ‘deacons’; but the word ‘deacon’ could still be used generally. The conclusion of Bp Wordsworth is that the reference of episcopate here, while mainly to be made to the office of presbyter, does not exclude the office to which Timothy was appointed in the room of the apostle, to which the term was afterwards restricted, and from which comes our word ‘bishop.’ See Introduction, pp. 13 28, 53, 54; Appendix, C.
he desireth a good work ] With all commentators from Chrysostom we must lay stress on good work; ‘non dignitates sed opus eo quod pro communi est utilitate constitutum.’ Theod. Mops.
Fuente: The Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges
1 7. The duties and characters of Bishops or Presbyters
Following the directions concerning the general arrangements for public worship come instructions as to the character and qualifications of the appointed ministers, the presbyterate, and the diaconate (male and female). These are introduced by a well-known saying among them, declared to be ‘faithful’ or ‘trustworthy.’ See Appendix, E.
Fuente: The Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges
This is a trite saying – Greek, Faithful is the word – the very phrase which is used in 1Ti 1:15; see the notes on that verse. The idea here is, that it was worthy of credence; it was not to be doubted.
If a man desire – Implying that there would be those who would wish to be put into the ministry. The Lord, undoubtedly, by his Spirit, often excites an earnest and irrepressible desire to preach the gospel – a desire so strong, that he in whom it exists can be satisfied in no other calling. In such a case, it should be regarded as one evidence of a call to this work. The apostle, however, by the statements which follow, intimates that wherever this desire exists, it is of the utmost importance to have just views of the nature of the office, and that there should be other qualifications for the ministry than a mere desire to preach the gospel. He proceeds, therefore, to state those qualifications, and no one who desires the office of the ministry should conclude that he is called to it, unless these qualifications substantially are found in him. The word rendered desire here ( orego), denotes properly, to reach or stretch out – and hence to reach after anything, to long after, to try to obtain; Heb 11:16.
The office of a bishop – The Greek here is a single word – episkopes. The word episkope – Episcope – whence the word Episcopal is derived – occurs but four times in the New Testament. It is translated visitation in Luk 19:44, and in 1Pe 2:12; bishoprick, Acts . Act 1:20; and in this place office of a bishop. The verb from which it is derived ( episkopeo), occurs but twice, In Heb 12:15, it is rendered looking diligently, and in 1Pe 5:2, taking the oversight. The noun rendered bishop occurs in Act 20:28; Phi 1:1; 1Ti 3:2; Tit 1:7; 1Pe 2:25. The verb means, properly, to look upon, behold; to inspect, to look after, see to, take care of; and the noun denotes the office of overseeing, inspecting, or looking to. It is used to denote the care of the sick, Xeno. Oec. 15, 9; compare Passow; and is of so general a character that it may denote any office of overseeing, or attending to. There is nothing in the word itself which would limit it to any class or grade of the ministry, and it is, in fact, applied to nearly all the officers of the church in the New Testament, and, indeed, to Christians who did not sustain any office. Thus it is applied:
(a)To believers in general, directing them to look diligently, lest anyone should fail of the grace of God, Heb 12:15;
(b)To the elders of the church at Ephesus, over the which the Holy Ghost hath made you overseers, Act 20:28;
(c)To the elders or presbyters of the church in 1Pe 5:2, Feed the flock of God, taking the oversight thereof;
(d)To the officers of the church in Philippi, mentioned in connection with deacons as the only officers of the church there, to the saints at Philippi, with the bishops and deacons, Phi 1:1;
(e)To Judas, the apostate. Act 1:20; and,
(f)To the great Head of the church, the Lord Jesus Christ, 1Pe 2:25, the Shepherd and Bishop of your souls.
From this use of the term it follows:
(1) That the word is never used to designate the uniqueness of the apostolic office, or so as to have any special applicability to the apostles. Indeed, the term bishop is never applied to any of them in the New Testament; nor is the word in any of its forms ever used with reference to them, except in the single case of Judas, Act 1:20.
(2) It is never employed in the New Testament to designate an order of men superior to presbyters, regarded as having any other functions than presbyters, or being in any sense successors to the apostles. It is so used now by the advocates of prelacy; but this is a use wholly unknown to the New Testament. It is so undeniable that the name is never given in the New Testament to those who are now called bishops, that even Episcopalians concede it. Thus, Dr. Onderdonk (Tract on Episcopacy, p. 12) says, All that we read in the New Testament concerning bishops is to be regarded as pertaining to the middle grade; that is, to those who are now regarded as priests. This is not strictly correct, as is clear from the remarks above respecting what is called the middle grade; but it is strictly correct, so far as it affirms that it is never applied to prelates.
(3) It is used in the New Testament to denote ministers of the gospel who had the care or oversight of the churches, without any regard to grade or rank.
(4) It has now, as used by Episcopalians, a sense which is wholly unauthorized by the New Testament, and which, indeed, is entirely at variance with the usage there. To apply the term to a pretended superior order of clergy, as designating their special office, is wholly to depart from the use of the word as it occurs in the Bible.
(5) As it is never used in the Scriptures with reference to prelates, it should be used with reference to the pastors, or other officers of the church; and to be a pastor, or overseer of the flock of Christ, should be regarded as being a scriptural bishop.
He desireth a good work – An honorable office; an office which it is right for a man to desire. There are some stations in life which ought never to be desired; it is proper for anyone to desire the office of a bishop who has the proper qualifications; compare notes on Rom 11:13.
Fuente: Albert Barnes’ Notes on the Bible
1Ti 3:1-7
The office of a bishop.
The office of a bishop a good work
If a man desire the office of a bishop from right principles, he desireth.
not a secular dignity–not a good benefice–not a post of honour or profit–not an easy idle life–but he desireth a work; a good work indeed it is: but still it is a work.
I. It may properly be called a work, if we consider the duties of the office, which require the utmost assiduity, and some of which are peculiarly painful and laborious.
II. It is a good work, whether you consider, for whom, with whom, or for what you work. The ministers of the gospel work for God, who is carrying on the grand scheme of salvation in our world. His immediate service is the peculiar business of their lives. Ministers also work for Jesus Christ. It was He that originally gave them their commission; it was He that assigned them their work; it is He that is interested in their success. Again, the ministers of the gospel work for the souls of men. To do good to mankind is the great purpose of their office. Let us next consider with whom the ministers of the gospel work; and we shall see how good their employment is. They are workers together with God. (2Co 6:1). They are also co-workers with Jesus Christ, promoting the same cause for which He became man; for which He lived the life of a servant, and died the death of a malefactor and a slave. They may also be called fellow-workers with the Holy Spirit, whose great office it is to sanctify depraved creatures, and prepare them for the refined happiness of heaven. They also act in concert with angels; for what are these glorious creatures but ministering spirits sent forth to minister to them that shall be heirs of salvation? (Heb 1:14). An angel once condescended to call a minister of the gospel his fellow-servant (Rev 19:10). Ministers also are engaged in that work in which the apostles went before them. The office of a bishop will farther appear a good work, if it be considered for what it is that ministers work. They do not indeed work for a reward upon the footing of personal merit; but they hope for it on the plan of the gospel, through Jesus Christ. In this view, like Moses, they have a respect to the recompense of reward (Heb 11:26). And thus it appears, their laborious and painful work is good–good in itself, good for the world, and good for themselves. (S. Davies, M. A.)
The ideal minister
The apostle who most boldly maintained the brotherhood of believers clearly recognized the necessity for order and office in Christian communities.
I. The moral characteristics of the ideal pastor are strongly insisted upon. Strangely enough, nothing is said about his piety, his love to God, his communion with Him, his delight in Him, his devotion to Him; but this is naturally presupposed as the basis of the rest. It is not alluded to here, partly because Timothy did not require to be reminded that personal religion is the first essential in all spiritual work, and partly because he was less able to judge of inward piety in others than of the qualities mentioned here.
1. Self-rule is one of the principal of these, and it is to display itself in all directions. The bishop is to be sober, exercising habitual self-restraint, not only in respect of intoxicating drinks, but also in respect of indulgence in pleasures of all kinds, setting an example of dominion over the carnal and sensuous. But temper is to be as much under control as other passions, for the Christian teacher must be no brawler, no striker, but patient.
2. Again, sound judgment is a qualification much needed by every pastor and teacher. This is no doubt one reason of Pauls for urging on Timothy, as he does in the sixth verse, that a pastor in the Church should not be a novice, i.e., a recent convert. If the young life of a plant be exposed to the glare of the sunshine, death will supervene. And in the life of every creature–insect, and bird, and beast, and most of all in the life of man–the period of development must precede the period of manifestation.
3. Another characteristic of the ideal minister should be open-heartedness and open-handedness. The phrase given to hospitality in Authorized Version, or more correctly a lover of strangers, denotes what was relatively more important then than now.
II. The relations of the minister to those around him, his right relation with God being pre-supposed.
1. He is to be the husband of one wife.
2. Then allusion is made to the pastors own house as distinguished from Gods house. So it is urged that any leader in the Church should rule well his own house, having his children in subjection with all gravity. On which Dr. Reynolds has beautifully said, The child-life of the pastors home should suggest the sacred ness of a temple and the order of a palace. And is not this true for us all? Is it not in the home that we are the most tested, and is it not there we can best glorify God?
3. The relation the pastor should hold towards the world. Much stress is laid in this passage on being blameless, and having a good report of them that are without–those, namely, who are outside the kingdom of Christ. We cannot afford, as Christs representatives, to defy the worlds opinion about us so far as moral reputation is concerned. The world is a poor judge of doctrine, of motive, and of religious hopes and thoughts; but it is a keen and on the whole an accurate judge of character; and when the members and leaders of the Church are recognized by the world as honest, sincere, trusty, pure men and women, Christ will win the day against His foes. (A. Rowland, LL. B.)
Preference for the ministry
A remarkable avowal of the late Senator John A. Logan is reported by a clergyman in a letter to us. He says that in talking with the senator not long before his death, Logan said: I have often thought that I would like to be in the ministry. I replied: To have done that, general, you must have surrendered many ambitions. That, was his noble reply–that would be nothing. The end will soon come, and these things will then be seen to be worthless. I was convinced of his transparent honesty when he uttered these words, and am of opinion that he simply spoke as he believed and felt. (Philadelphia Press.)
The dignity of the Christian ministry
Moreover, if we weigh all things in the balances of justice, we shall see that there is no king, whatever may be the pomp that surrounds him, who as a king is not in dignity below, I will not say a bishop only, but even a simple village pastor, regarded as a pastor. We have only, in order to realize the fact, to cast our eyes on the functions of the pastor and of the king respectively. What do the labours of princes regard? Is it not that evil-doers may be kept down by the vigilance of the law, and that the good may not be disturbed? That is to say, so to act that the persons and property of the citizens of the state shall be in safety? But how much more excellent is the aim of the minister of the gospel, who desires to establish in each individual soul the serenest tranquility by quieting and subduing the lusts of the world! The kings labours are intended to secure that the state shall live at peace with its neighbours; the priests aim is that every one may be at peace with God, that each may possess peace within, and that no one may have it in his heart to injure another. The prince designs to protect the house, lands, and cattle of particular persons from the violence of depredators. But what does the priest design? To defend the property of the souls entrusted to him, their faith, their charity, their temperance, their purity against the assaults of the devil; property which confers happiness on those who possess it, and the loss of which plunges them into the direst misfortune… In one word, all that comes under the management of the prince is earthly and transient; but that which occupies the pastor is divine, celestial, eternal. And, therefore, as much difference as there is between the heaven and the earth, between the body and the soul, between temporal goods and eternal possessions, so much difference is there between the functions committed to the king and the trust devolved on the priest. (Erasmus.)
A well-governed family
When there is to be a real order and law in the house, it will come of no hard and boisterous or fretful and termagant way of command. Gentleness will speak the word of firmness, and firmness will be clothed in the airs of true gentleness. How many do we see who fairly rave in authority, and keep the tempest up from morning till night, who never stop to see whether anything they forbid or command is in fact observed! Indeed, they really forget what they have commanded. Their mandates follow so thickly as to crowd one another, and even to successively thrust one another out of remembrance. The result is, that by this cannonading of pop-guns, the successive pellets of command ment are in turn all blown away. If anything is fit to be forbidden or commanded, it is fit to be watched and held in faithful account. On this it is that the real emphasis of authority depends, not on the windstress of the utterance. Let there be only such and so many things commanded as can be faithfully attended to; these in a gentle and film voice, as if their title to obedience lay in their own merit; and then let the child be held to a perfectly inevitable and faithful account; and by that time it will be seen that order and law have a stress of their own, and a power to rule in their own divine right. The beauty of a well-governed family will be seen in this manner to be a kind of silent, natural-looking power, as if it were a matter only of growth, and could never have been otherwise. (Horace Bushnell.)
Luther and his children
Luther used to teach his children to read the Bible in the following way. First, to read through one book carefully, then to study chapter by chapter, and then verse by verse, and lastly word by word, for, he said, It is like a person shaking a fruit tree. First shaking the tree and gathering up the fruit which falls to the ground, and then shaking each branch and afterwards each twig of the branch, and last of all looking carefully under each leaf to see that no fruit remains. In this way, and in no other, shall we also find the hidden treasures that are in the Bible. (J. Stewart.)
A minister above the love of money
A little while ago, in Calcutta, a native, a Christian merchant, was deeply interested in a community of outcasts, and he made an offer of 60 a-year to any native Christian who would go and live among these people, and teach them the Word of Life. The offer had no sooner been made than a candidate for the office appeared. Who was he? As humble and devoted and consistent a Christian as you ever met. He was a professor in a missionary college, M.A. and LL.B. of the Calcutta University, and drawing a salary of 200 a year. Such was the candidate for this office of 60 a year! (Christian Herald.)
A liberal bishop
Bishop Barings generosity and munificence were unbounded. One instance may be given out of many. He was spending the Sunday with a vicar blessed with very moderate means and a large family. His lordship noticed the pale faces of the children, and said to their mother, You must take these little ones to the seaside, and their father, too, must have a complete rest. I will provide his duty for six weeks. The good lady wondered where she was to find the wherewithal to carry out this excel lent scheme. As the bishop, however, shook hands with her on leaving he put a 50 note into her hand in the kindest way, and solved the difficulty. It is not, however, every one who has such hereditary wealth as the late Bishop of Durham. (Christian Herald.)
Ministers not contentious
(Revised Version):–How a soft answer can turn away wrath, as well as dissatisfaction, is illustrated in the following anecdote of the late President Wayland. Deacon Moses Pond went to Dr. Wayland once with the complaint that the preaching did not edify him. Im sorry, said the pastor; I know they are poor sermons. I wish I could make them better. Come, let us pray that I may be able to do so. The deacon, telling the story, used to say, Dr. Wayland prayed and I prayed; he cried and I cried. But I have thought a hundred times that it was strange that he did not turn me out of the house. I tell you there never was a better man nor a greater preacher than Dr. Wayland. (W. Baxendale.)
Apt to teach.—
The pulpit a light and Tower
These three words are but one in the Greek. Ignorance is the inheritance of our fall in Eden. The grand work of the ministry of Christ is to illuminate the darkened mind. There is a fire that does not give light, and a cold phosphorescent flame that yields no heat. Our teaching, while it dispels the darkness of sin, must shed its beams to warm the frozen virtues into life.
1. To meet the claims of a good teacher one must he willing to learn. The apostles, dropping their nets and other worldly craft, went to a school of the prophets, such as never before or since existed on earth. Its sole instructor was the Great Teacher, the Creator of all things. They learned wisdom without a book from the source of all knowledge.
2. If we would be apt to teach, we must have a lesson to impart.
3. To be apt to teach, one must be master of the lesson he would impart.
4. To be apt to teach, a sacred enthusiasm is indispensable.
5. To be apt to teach under the wings of the Eternal Spirit, Holy Dove, we must gather strength and success by prayer.
6. Apt to teach, finally, has the element of faith. (W. H. Van Doren.)
Take care of the Church of God.
Pastoral care
Observe the sacred charge committed to Gods appointed bishops, or shepherds, or pastors. I should, first of all, insist that Christs pastors, who take care of the Church committed to their charge are to take care of their food–that they shall have nothing to eat but what is pure and wholesome. That in the care which Gods servants have to take of the Church committed to their charge, they have to nourish three descriptions of character, or three classes of the family specified in Scripture–as babes, young men, and fathers. This care taken of the Church must be with all tenderness, but with all firmness, and under the consciousness of responsibility. It must be with all tenderness. We must be gentle, as the apostle says, even as a nurse cherisheth her children; and because we were desirous of your welfare, we were ready to impart unto you our own souls, because ye were dear to our souls. But we are not only to use tenderness–in meekness instructing those that oppose themselves–towards the lambs, the weak lings, the little ones; but we must use all firmness. Moreover, if we would fake care of the Church of God, it must be by keeping our hearts and thoughts fixed on our responsibility. (J. Irons.)
Not a novice.—
Vanity in preachers
I. Young preachers are especially subject to such vanity. It is the novice that is liable to be lifted up with pride.
1. The young are naturally disposed to over-rate their abilities.
2. They are peculiarly susceptible to adulation. The more unenlightened and unreflective men are, the more they are given to flattery.
II. The devils destiny must follow such vanity. Fall into the condemnation of the devil. (The Homilist.)
Ministerial pride rebuked
An aged Scotch divine had occasionally to avail himself of the assistance of probationers. One day, a young man, very vain of his accomplishments as a preacher, officiated, and on descending from the desk, was met by the old gentleman with extended hands, and expecting high praise, he said, No compliments, I pray. Na, na, ha, my young friend, said the parson, nowadays Im glad o onybody. Rowland Hill on ministerial work:–No man ever had stronger views than Mr. Rowland Hill of the true nature of the ministerial work, and of the necessity of a humble dependence on the Lords assistance for a blessing in it. One of his remarks was, If favoured at any time with what is called a good opportunity, I am too apt to find myself saying, Well done!, when I should lie in the dust, and give God all the glory. Another was, Lord, make me distrustful of myself, that I may confide in Thee alone; self dependence is the Pharisees high road to destruction. He was accustomed strongly to urge on all who entered the sacred office the necessity of maintaining Christian and heavenly tempers among their people. Some folks, he would say, appear as if they had been bathed in crab verjuice in their infancy, which penetrated through their skins, and has made them sour-blooded ever since; but this will not do for a messenger of the gospel; as he bears a message, so he must manifest a spirit of love. He used to like Dr. Rylands advice to his young academicians–Mind, no sermon is of any value, or likely to be useful, which has not the three Rs in it,–Ruin by the Fall, Redemption by Christ, Regeneration by the Holy Spirit. Of himself he remarked, My aim in every sermon is a stout and lusty call to sinners, to quicken the saints, and to be made a universal blessing to all. It was a favourite saying with him, The nearer we live to God, the better we are enabled to serve Him. Oh how I hate my own noise, when I have nothing to make a noise about! Heavenly wisdom creates heavenly utterance. In a letter to Mr. Jones, he observes, There is something in preaching the gospel, with the Holy Ghost sent down from heaven, I long to get at. At times I think I feel somewhat like it, and then I bawl almost as bad as the Welshman. If we deal with Divine realities, we ought to feel them such, and the people will in general feel with us, and acknowledge the power that does wonders on the earth; while dry, formal, discussional preaching leaves the hearers just where it found them. Still, they who are thus favoured had need to be favoured with a deal of humility. We are too apt to be proud of that which is not our own. Oh humility, humility, humility! It is no wonder, with such impressions as to the nature of his work, and the state of his mind, that Mr. Rowland Hills preaching was so honoured and blessed of God. Lord, help! was his constant and earnest prayer, and it was heard. (Scottish Christian Herald.)
Humility in ministers
The Rev. George Gilfillan, who died in 1877, was not only an author of some distinction, but a wit. A congregation to whom he had been preaching presented him, when a probationer, with a suit of clothes; and after he had put them on, the old ones were tied up in a bundle. Where shall I send them? said the tailor. I will take them myself, said Mr. Gilfillan; I have carried them too long upon my back to be ashamed of carrying them under my arm. There was no false pride about him. He gave due honour to old friends. (Christian Herald.)
Ministerial pride rebuked
The American religious journal, the Independent, relates the following story of rebuked vanity, which was told recently in a gathering of ministers, by the Rev. Dr. Gould, of Worcester. A certain Rev. Samuel Smith had been discoursing very learnedly and loftily, and was now walking home with his brother, eagerly waiting for some word of commendation. Not finding it forthcoming, he dropped a slender oblique hint, to see what could be drawn out. He was somewhat startled and shocked by the outburst: I tell you, Sam, what it is. Instead of preaching Jesus Christ and Him crucified, you seem to have been preaching Samuel Smith and him dignified. How necessary it is for preachers of the gospel to hide themselves in the shadow of Christs Cross, and to forget themselves in the majesty of the message which they deliver.
I. A minister of good report:–About thirty years ago the present Bishop of Minnesota went to Chicago, and built a church near the business centre of the city. In those days there were no street cars, and it happened that the reverend gentleman took up his residence in West Chicago, convenient to an omnibus line. It frequently occurred that the omnibus would be crowded, and many obliged to take deck passage. The writer was riding on the seat with the driver one Saturday night, when the conversation turned upon Sunday labour and the consistency of professed Christians, the driver thinking it rather hard that he should be obliged to labour on Sunday, while others should take their rest. It appeared from his conversation that his faith in Christianity was rather weak; but turning to me he said, with considerable emphasis, There is one clergyman whom I respect and believe to be a consistent Christian. Being a little curious to know who the clergyman was, and upon what evidence he had based his opinion, I asked him for an explanation. Well, said he, there is the Rev. Mr. Whipple, who built that church down town; he has a free pass over this line, but walks down and back on Sundays rather than compromise his Christianity; that proves to me that he is a consistent Christian. It sometimes occurs that a clergymans most eloquent sermon is being preached when he least expects it; and any private Christian may preach the same kind of sermon. (Christian Age.)
The causes and remedies of pride
You can hardly fail to perceive that this reasoning of St. Pauls proceeds on the supposition that they who know but little are most in danger of pride. It is just because man is a novice that he is likely to be lifted up. Is it not a confessed and well-known fact that the arrogant and conceited person is ordinarily the superficial and the ignorant? You will hardly ever find the man of real power and great acquirement other than a simple and unaffected man. It would scarcely ever lead you to a false estimate of persons, were you to take it as a rule, that where there is the manifestation of conceit, there is shallowness of intellect. And why is this, but because he who knows most is most conscious how little he knows? Can he be vain of his mental power who, having applied it to the investigation of truth, has discovered little more than that truth would exhaust power a thousand-fold greater? Can he be proud of his scientific progress who, having laboured long and hard, finds himself only a beginner, so vast are the spreadings which lie dimly beyond? Oh! it is not, and it never will be, the man of experience who shows himself haughty and conceited. We have thus taken the case generally of a novice in knowledge, as it helps to place under a clearer point of view the gist of St. Pauls argument–namely, that ignorance is the great parent of pride. But we will now confine ourselves to such particular branches of life as must have been referred to by the apostle, when he penned the direction for the exclusion of a novice; and forasmuch as it is the novice in Christian doctrine of which he speaks, we shall perhaps thoroughly compass his argument if we give our attention to knowledge of ourselves, in the two grand respects of our state by nature and our state by grace. Of all knowledge there is confessedly none which is either more valuable in itself, or more difficult of attainment, than self-knowledge; none more valuable, for a man has an immeasurably greater interest or deeper stake in himself than in the whole surrounding universe; none more difficult of attainment, for we have it on the authority of the Bible itself, that none but a Divine Being can search the human heart. And if we were not able to show of all knowledge whatsoever that it is a corrective of pride, or at least reads such lessons to each, as to his incompetence and insignificance, as leaves him inexcusable if he be not humble, we should have no difficulty in doing this in regard to self-knowledge. Let it be, if you will, that the study of stars in their courses might tend to give a man high thoughts of himself; for, indeed, till you look closely into the matter, there is something ennobling–something that seems to excuse, if not to form, a lofty estimate of power–when, with daring tread, the astronomer pursues the heavenly bodies into untravelled regions, tracking their wanderings and counting their revolutions; but in regard, at all events, of self-knowledge, there can be no difficulty in showing to any one who will hearken that pride can subsist only where this knowledge is deficient. If we consider man in his natural condition, how could any one be proud who thoroughly knew that condition? Self-knowledge–knowledge of the body–as appointed to all the disorders of the grave, would be the most effectual corrective to the self-complacency, of which beauty is the food. Who, again, could be proud of rank, puffed up because of some petty elevation above his fellow-men, who was deeply aware of his own position as an accountable creature? Who, once more, could be proud of his intellectual strength, of his wit, his wisdom, his elocution, who knew the height from which he had fallen–and saw in himself but the fragments–we had almost said the rubbish–of what God designed and created him to be? Indeed, you have here in the general the grand corrective to pride. Men have but to know themselves as fallen and depraved creatures, and we might almost venture to say that they could not be proud. But we have spoken of self-knowledge as though it were knowledge of man in regard only of his natural condition. We must, however, consider him as a redeemed being, and not merely as a fallen; for possibly, though knowledge of him in his ruined state be the corrective of pride, it may not be the same with knowledge of him in his restored state. Yes, a slight knowledge of the gospel, so far from generating humility, may even tend to the fostering pride. There is such an opposition between man ruined and man redeemed, if in the one state he may be exhibited as loathsome and worthless, in the other he may be thought of some such importance as ransomed by Christ whilst angels were left to perish, that it is hard to avoid on first hearing of the gospel, feeling that, after all, our degradation must have been exaggerated and our insignificance overdrawn. Thus the novice is once more in danger of being lifted up with pride. As the novice in that knowledge which has to do with man fallen, so the novice in that knowledge which has to do with man redeemed, is liable, through his knowing but little, to the thinking more highly of himself than he ought. And will not the danger diminish as the gospel is more thoroughly studied and understood? Yes, indeed; for what were it but the worst libel on the system of Christianity to suppose it not adapted to the producing humility? And if to this argument for humility, which is interwoven with the whole texture of the gospel, you add the constant denunciations of that gospel against pride–its solemn demands of lowliness of mind as essential to all who would inherit the kingdom of God–you will readily see that the further a man goes in acquaintance with the gospel, the more motives will he have to the abasing himself before God. Redemption as a scheme of wonders into which the very angels desire to look, may kindle in him a dream of his importance; but redemption as emanating from free grace, will convict him of his nothingness; and redemption as requiring from him the mind which was also in Christ, will cover him with confusion. And thus we reach the same conclusion, when we examine self-knowledge in regard to our condition as redeemed, as we reach when we examine it in regard of our condition as fallen. It is the novice who is in most danger of pride; it is his being a novice which exposes him to danger. (H. Melvill, B. D.)
Fuente: Biblical Illustrator Edited by Joseph S. Exell
CHAPTER III.
Concerning bishops, their qualifications and work, 1-7.
Of deacons, and how they should be proved, 8-10.
Of their wives and children, and how they should be governed,
11-13.
How Timothy should behave himself in the Church, 14, 15.
The great mystery of godliness, 16.
NOTES ON CHAP. III.
Verse 1. This is a true saying] . This is a true doctrine. These words are joined to the last verse of the preceding chapter by several of the Greek fathers, and by them referred to the doctrine there stated.
The office of a bishop] . The episcopacy, overseership or superintendency. The word , which we translate desire, signifies earnest, eager, passionate desire; and , which we translate desire, also signifies earnestly to desire or covet. It is strange that the episcopacy, in those times, should have been an object of intense desire to any man; when it was a place of danger, awl exposure to severe labour, want, persecution, and death, without any secular emolument whatsoever. On this ground I am led to think that the Spirit of God designed these words more for the ages that were to come, than for those which were then; and in reference to after ages the whole of what follows is chiefly to be understood.
A good work.] A work it then was; heavy, incessant, and painful. There were no unpreaching prelates in those days, and should be none now. Episcopacy in the Church of God is of Divine appointment, and should be maintained and respected. Under God, there should be supreme governors in the Church as well as in the state. The state has its monarch, the Church has its bishop; one should govern according to the laws of the land, the other according to the word of God.
What a constitutional king should be, the principles of the constitution declare; what a bishop should be, the following verses particularly show.
Fuente: Adam Clarke’s Commentary and Critical Notes on the Bible
This is a true saying; , a faithful saying, that which none can dispute, of which none ought to doubt.
If a man desire the office of a bishop; if a man desire any office to which belongs an oversight of the church of God. The Greek word signifies in the general an oversight of others; here the following discourse restrains it to an oversight of persons and affairs in the church. The apostle by this phrase determines this employment lawful, and under due circumstances to be desired, and saith of it, that he who desireth it
desireth , a good work, a noble employment; it is a work, the office of the ministry in the church is and ought to be a work. The titles of gospel ministers are not mere titles of honour, and of all works or employments, the ministry is the most noble employment. We (saith the apostle) are stewards of the mysteries of God, ministers of Christ, 1Co 4:1; ambassadors for Christ, in Christs stead, 2Co 5:20; Gods angels or messengers to churches, Rev 2:1. It being so good, so great, and noble an employment, it is no wonder that God hath restrained women, the weaker and more ignoble sex, from invading it, for all men are not fit for it, but only such as are hereafter described.
Fuente: English Annotations on the Holy Bible by Matthew Poole
1. Translate as Greek,“Faithful is the saying.” A needful preface to whatfollows: for the office of a bishop or overseer in Paul’s day,attended as it was with hardship and often persecution, would notseem to the world generally a desirable and “good work.”
desireliterally,”stretch one’s self forward to grasp”; “aim at”:a distinct Greek verb from that for “desireth.” Whatone does voluntarily is more esteemed than what he does when asked(1Co 16:15). This is utterlydistinct from ambitious desires after office in the Church. (Jas3:1).
bishopoverseer: as yetidentical with “presbyter” (Act 20:17;Act 20:28; Tit 1:5-7).
good workliterally,”honorable work.” Not the honor associated with it, but thework, is the prominent thought (Act 15:38;Phi 2:30; compare 2Ti4:5). He who aims at the office must remember the highqualifications needed for the due discharge of its functions.
Fuente: Jamieson, Fausset and Brown’s Commentary Critical and Explanatory on the Whole Bible
This is a true saying,…. Some think this clause belongs to the last verse of the preceding chapter; and then the sense is, this is a doctrine that is true, and to be believed, that there is salvation through the birth of a Son, or through the incarnate Son of God, for men and women that believe in him, and continue in the faith of him, and love to him, joined with works of righteousness and holiness. And so the same phrase seems to belong to what goes before in 1Ti 4:8. Though it regards what follows in 1Ti 1:15 and so it seems that it should be considered here; and is used to excite attention, and suggests that what was about to be said was of moment and importance, and what was without controversy, and unquestionably true. The apostle, having denied to women the work and office of teaching, proceeds to observe, that though this belonged to men, yet not to every man; and therefore he gives the qualifications of such; which might serve as a direction to churches, in the choice of them; as well as be a means of stirring up persons in such an office, to a proper regard to themselves and their work:
if a man desire the office of a bishop; which is the same with that of a pastor or elder; and so here the Syriac version renders it, “if a man desires presbytery, or eldership”; and it lies in preaching the word, administering the ordinances of the Gospel, and taking care of the discipline of the church, and in the visiting, inspection, and oversight of it; as the word , “episcopacy”, here used, signifies; and this work and office may be lawfully and laudably desired, with a view to the glory of God, and the good of immortal souls. Nor should any undertake it, but such who find in themselves an hearty desire, and inclination to it, on such principles, and a real delight and pleasure in it; and such an one
he desireth a good work: the office of a bishop, elder, or pastor of a church, “is a work”, and a very laborious one; wherefore such are called labourers in the word and doctrine: it is not a mere title of honour, and a place of profit, but it is a business of labour and care; yet a good one, a famous and excellent one; it being an employment in things of the greatest excellency in themselves, and of the greatest usefulness for the good of men, and the honour of God; as the doctrines, ordinances, and discipline of the Gospel; and so must be excellently, honestly, pleasantly, and profitably a good work.
Fuente: John Gill’s Exposition of the Entire Bible
Duties of Bishops and Deacons. | A. D. 64. |
1 This is a true saying, If a man desire the office of a bishop, he desireth a good work. 2 A bishop then must be blameless, the husband of one wife, vigilant, sober, of good behaviour, given to hospitality, apt to teach; 3 Not given to wine, no striker, not greedy of filthy lucre; but patient, not a brawler, not covetous; 4 One that ruleth well his own house, having his children in subjection with all gravity; 5 (For if a man know not how to rule his own house, how shall he take care of the church of God?) 6 Not a novice, lest being lifted up with pride he fall into the condemnation of the devil. 7 Moreover he must have a good report of them which are without; lest he fall into reproach and the snare of the devil.
The two epistles to Timothy, and that to Titus, contain a scripture-plan of church-government, or a direction to ministers. Timothy, we suppose, was an evangelist who was left at Ephesus, to take care of those whom the Holy Ghost had made bishops there, that is, the presbyters, as appears by Acts xx. 28, where the care of the church was committed to the presbyters, and they were called bishops. It seems they were very loth to part with Paul, especially because he told them they should see his face no more (Acts xx. 38); for their church was but newly planted, they were afraid of undertaking the care of it, and therefore Paul left Timothy with them to set them in order. And here we have the character of a gospel minister, whose office it is, as a bishop, to preside in a particular congregation of Christians: If a man desires the office of a bishop, he desires a good work, v. 1. Observe,
I. The ministry is a work. However the office of a bishop may be now thought a good preferment, then it was thought a good work. 1. The office of a scripture-bishop is an office of divine appointment, and not of human invention. The ministry is not a creature of the state, and it is a pity that the minister should be at any time the tool of the state. The office of the ministry was in the church before the magistrate countenanced Christianity, for this office is one of the great gifts Christ has bestowed on the church, Eph. iv. 8-11. 2. This office of a Christian bishop is a work, which requires diligence and application: the apostle represents it under the notion and character of a work; not of great honour and advantage, for ministers should always look more to their work than to the honour and advantage of their office. 3. It is a good work, a work of the greatest importance, and designed for the greatest good: the ministry is conversant about no lower concerns than the life and happiness of immortal souls; it is a good work, because designed to illustrate the divine perfections in bringing many sons to glory; the ministry is appointed to open men’s eyes, and to turn them from darkness to light, and from the power of Satan unto God, c., Acts xxvi. 18. 4. There ought to be an earnest desire of the office in those who would be put into it if a man desire, he should earnestly desire it for the prospect he has of bringing greater glory to God, and of doing the greatest good to the souls of men by this means. This is the question proposed to those who offer themselves to the ministry of the church of England: “Do you think you are moved by the Holy Ghost to take upon you this office?”
II. In order to the discharge of this office, the doing of this work, the workman must be qualified. 1. A minister must be blameless, he must not lie under any scandal; he must give as little occasion for blame as can be, because this would be a prejudice to his ministry and would reflect reproach upon his office. 2. He must be the husband of one wife; not having given a bill of divorce to one, and then taken another, or not having many wives at once, as at that time was too common both among Jews and Gentiles, especially among the Gentiles. 3. He must be vigilant and watchful against Satan, that subtle enemy; he must watch over himself, and the souls of those who are committed to his charge, of whom having taken the oversight, he must improve all opportunities of doing them good. A minister ought to be vigilant, because our adversary the devil goes about like a roaring lion, seeking whom he may devour, 1 Pet. v. 8. 4. He must be sober, temperate, moderate in all his actions, and in the use of all creature-comforts. Sobriety and watchfulness are often in scripture put together, because they mutually befriend one another: Be sober, be vigilant. 5. He must be of good behaviour, composed and solid, and not light, vain, and frothy. 6. He must be given to hospitality, open-handed to strangers, and ready to entertain them according to his ability, as one who does not set his heart upon the wealth of the world and who is a true lover of his brethren. 7. Apt to teach. Therefore this is a preaching bishop whom Paul describes, one who is both able and willing to communicate to others the knowledge which God has given him, one who is fit to teach and ready to take all opportunities of giving instructions, who is himself well instructed in the things of the kingdom of heaven, and is communicative of what he knows to others. 8. No drunkard: Not given to wine. The priests were not to drink wine when they went in to minister (Lev 10:8; Lev 10:9), lest they should drink and pervert the law. 9. No striker; one who is not quarrelsome, nor apt to use violence to any, but does every thing with mildness, love, and gentleness. The servant of the Lord must not strive, but be gentle towards all, c., 2 Tim. ii. 24. 10. One who is not greedy of filthy lucre, who does not make his ministry to truckle to any secular design or interest, who uses no mean, base, sordid ways of getting money, who is dead to the wealth of this world, lives above it, and makes it appear he is so. 11. He must be patient, and not a brawler, of a mild disposition. Christ, the great Shepherd and Bishop of souls, is so. Not apt to be angry or quarrelsome as not a striker with his hands, so not a brawler with his tongue; for how shall men teach others to govern their tongues who do not make conscience of keeping them under good government themselves? 12. Not covetous. Covetousness is bad in any, but it is worst in a minister, whose calling leads him to converse so much with another world. 13. He must be one who keeps his family in good order: That rules well his own house, that he may set a good example to other masters of families to do so too, and that he may thereby give a proof of his ability to take care of the church of God: For, if a man know not how to rule his own house, how shall he take care of the church of God. Observe, The families of ministers ought to be examples of good to all others families. Ministers must have their children in subjection; then it is the duty of ministers’ children to submit to the instructions that are given them.–With all gravity. The best way to keep inferiors in subjection, is to be grave with them. Not having his children in subjection with all austerity, but with all gravity. 14. He must not be a novice, not one newly brought to the Christian religion, or not one who is but meanly instructed in it, who knows no more of religion than the surface of it, for such a one is apt to be lifted up with pride: the more ignorant men are the more proud they are: Lest, being lifted up with pride, he fall into the condemnation of the devil. The devils fell through pride, which is a good reason why we should take heed of pride, because it is a sin that turned angels into devils. 15. He must be of good reputation among his neighbours, and under no reproach from former conversation; for the devil will make use of that to ensnare others, and work in them an aversion to the doctrine of Christ preached by those who have not had a good report.
III. Upon the whole, having briefly gone through the qualifications of a gospel-bishop, we may infer, 1. What great reason we have to cry out, as Paul does, Who is sufficient for these things? 2 Cor. ii. 16. Hic labor, hoc opus–This is a work indeed. What piety, what prudence, what zeal, what courage, what faithfulness, what watchfulness over ourselves, our lusts, appetites, and passions, and over those under our charge; I say, what holy watchfulness is necessary in this work! 2. Have not the best qualified and the most faithful and conscientious ministers just reason to complain against themselves, that so much is requisite by way of qualification, and so much work is necessary to be done? And, alas! how far short do the best come of what they should be and what they should do! 3. Yet let those bless God, and be thankful, whom the Lord has enabled, and counted faithful, putting them into the ministry: if God is pleased to make any in some degree able and faithful, let him have the praise and glory of it. 4. For the encouragement of all faithful ministers, we have Christ’s gracious word of promise, Lo, I am with you always, even unto the end of the world, Matt. xxviii. 20. And, if he be with us, he will fit us for our work in some measure, will carry us through the difficulties of it with comfort, graciously pardon our imperfections, and reward our faithfulness with a crown of glory that fadeth not away, 1 Pet. v. 4.
Fuente: Matthew Henry’s Whole Bible Commentary
Faithful is the saying ( ). Here the phrase points to the preceding words (not like 1:15) and should close the preceding paragraph.
If a man seeketh ( ). Condition of first class, assumed as true. Present middle indicative of , old verb to reach out after something, governing the genitive. In N.T. only here, 1Tim 6:10; Heb 11:16.
The office of a bishop (). Genitive case after . Late and rare word outside of LXX and N.T. (in a Lycaonian inscription). From and means “over-seership” as in Ac 1:20.
Fuente: Robertson’s Word Pictures in the New Testament
This is a true saying [ ] . Better, faithful is the saying. See on ch. 1ti 1:15.
Desire [] . Better, seeketh. Only here, ch. 6 10, and Heb 11:16. Originally to stretchv forth, to reach after. Here it implies not only desiring but seeking after. Desire is expressed by ejpiqumei immediately following. The word implies eagerness, but not of an immoderate or unchristian character. Comp. the kindred word orexiv with its terrible meaning in Rom 1:27.
The office of a bishop [] . o P. Episkopov superintendent, overseer, by Paul only in Phi 1:1. The fundamental idea of the sword is overseeing. The term ejpiskopov was not furnished by the gospel tradition : it did not come from the Jewish synagogue, and it does not appear in Paul ‘s lists of those whom God has set in the church (1Co 12:28; Eph 4:11). Its adoption came about in a natural way. Just as senatus, gerousia and presbuterov passed into official designations through the natural association of authority with age, so ejpiskopov would be, almost inevitably, the designation of a superintendent. This process of natural selection was probably aided by the familiar use of the title In the clubs and guilds to designate functions analogous to those of the ecclesiastical administrator. The title can hardly be traced to the O. T. There are but two passages in LXX where the word has any connection with religious worship, Num 4:16; 2Ki 11:18. It is applied to God (Job 20:29), and in N. T. to Christ (1Pe 2:25). It is used of officers in the army and of overseers of workmen. The prevailing O. T. sense of ejpiskoph is visitation for punishment, inquisition, or numbering. 101 He desireth [] . See on 1Pe 1:12.
Fuente: Vincent’s Word Studies in the New Testament
QUALIFICATIONS OF BISHOPS AND DEACONS
1) “This is a true saying,” (pistos ho logos) “Faithful or trustworthy is the word,” the saying that follows. This is a pre-affirmation of a vital subject regarding selection of church officers, administrators, and their wives and families, bishops and deacons.
2) “If a man desire the office of a bishop,” (ei tis episkopes oregetai) “If anyone aspires to oversight to overseership,” an overseer-office, rendered “the office of a bishop.” To aspire to do a noble work is always honorable. Ambition is a lawful thing when one reaches for holiness in life and service. The term “oregetai” means to seek, to stretch to achieve, or to aspire after. Note, the phrase “office of a bishop” refers in a restricted sense to the work and duty of the pastor. There is no office of elders.
3) “He desireth a good work.” (kalou ergou epitheumei) “He desires a good work,” or longs to do a good work. The office of the bishop is a work-office, not a mere position of honor. An honest man will not desire the office without a commitment to its work. Note as in this chapter “bishops and deacons” are to labor together, Php_1:11; Tit 1:5-9; Act 6:1-7; Eph 3:13; Php_4:17; Col 1:9; Eph 4:12.
Fuente: Garner-Howes Baptist Commentary
1 It is a true saying Chrysostom thinks, that this is the conclusion of the preceding doctrine. But I do not approve of the opinion; for Paul commonly makes use of this form of expression as a prelude to what he is about to introduce, Besides, in the former discourse there was no need of so strong an affirmation; but what he is now about to say, is somewhat more weighty. Let these words, therefore, be received as a preface intended to point out the importance of the subject; for Paul now begins a new discourse about ordaining pastors, and appointing the government of the Church.
If any one desireth the office of a bishop (46) Having forbidden women to teach, he now takes occasion to speak of the office of a bishop. First, that it may be more clearly seen that it was not without reason that he refused to allow women to undertake so arduous a work; secondly, that it might not be thought that, by excluding women only, he admitted all men indiscriminately; and, thirdly, because it was highly proper that Timothy and others should be reminded what conscientious watchfulness ought to be used in the election of bishops. Thus the context, in my opinion, is as if Paul had said, that so far are women from being fit for undertaking so excellent an office, that not even men ought to be admitted into it without distinction.
He desireth an excellent work The Apostle affirms that this is no inconsiderable work, such as any man might venture to undertake. When he says that it is καλός, I have no doubt that he alludes to the ancient Greek proverb, often quoted by Plato, δύσκολα τὰ καλά, which means that “those things which are excellent, are also arduous and difficult;” and thus he unites difficulty with excellence, or rather he argues thus, that it does not belong to every person to discharge the office of a bishop, because it is a thing of great value.
I think that Paul’s meaning is now sufficiently clear; though none of the commentators, so far as I perceive, have understood it. The general meaning is, that a selection ought to be made in admitting bishops, because it is a laborious and difficult charge; and that they who aim at it should carefully consider with themselves, whether or not they were able to bear so heavy a burden. Ignorance is always rash; and a mature knowledge of things makes a man modest. How comes it that they who have neither ability nor wisdom often aspire so confidently to hold the reins of government, but because they rush forward with their eyes shut? On this subject Quintilian remarked, that the ignorant speak boldly, while the greatest orators tremble.
For the purpose of restraining such rashness in desiring the office of a bishop, Paul states, first, that this is not an indolent rank, but a work; and next, that it is not any kind of work, but excellent, and therefore toilsome and full of difficulty, as it actually is. It is no light matter to be a representative of the Son of God, in discharging an office of such magnitude, the object of which is to erect and extend the kingdom of God, to procure the salvation of souls which the Lord himself hath purchased with his own blood, and to govern the Church, which is God’s inheritance. But it is not my intention at present to make a sermon, and Paul will again glance at this subject in the next chapter.
Here a question arises: “Is it lawful, in any way, to desire the office of a bishop?” On the one hand, it appears to be highly improper for any one to anticipate, by his wish, the calling of God, and yet Paul, while he censures a rash desire, seems to permit it to be desired with prudence and modesty. I reply, if ambition is condemned in other matters, much more severely ought it to be condemned in “the office of a bishop.” But Paul speaks of a godly desire, by which holy men wish to employ that knowledge of doctrine which they possess for the edification of the Church. For, if it were altogether unlawful to desire the office of a teacher, why should they who spend all their youth in reading the Holy Scriptures prepare themselves by learning? What are the theological schools but nurseries of pastors?
Accordingly, they who have been thus instructed not only may lawfully devote themselves and their labors to God by a voluntary offering, but even ought to do so, and that too, before they have been admitted unto the office; provided that, nevertheless, they do not thrust themselves forward, and do not, even by their own wish, make themselves bishops, but are only ready to discharge the office, if their labors shall be required. And if it turn out that, according to the lawful order; they are not called, let them know that such was the will of God, and let them not take it in that others have been preferred to them. But they who, without any selfish motive, shall have no other wish than to serve God and the Church, will be affected in this manner; and, at the same time, will have such modesty that they will not be at all envious, if others be preferred to them as being more worthy.
If any one object, that the government of the Church is a matter of so great difficulty, that it ought rather to strike terror into the minds of persons of sound judgment than to excite them to desire it. I reply, that the desire of great men does not rest on confidence of their own industry or virtue, but on the assistance of
“
God, from whom is our sufficiency,”
as Paul says elsewhere. (2Co 3:5.) At the same time, it is necessary to observe what it is that Paul calls “the office of a bishop;” and so much the more, because the ancients were led away, by the custom of their times, from the true meaning; for, while Paul includes generally all pastors, they understand a bishop to be one who was elected out of each college to preside over his brethren. Let us remember, therefore, that this word is of the same import as if he had called them ministers, or pastors, or presbyters. (47)
(46) “ Ou, Si aucun a affection d’estre evesque.” — “Or, If any one hath a desire to be a bishop.”
(47) “Let us know that the Holy Spirit, speaking of those who are ordained ministers of the word of God, and who are elected to govern the Church, calls them Pastors. And why? Because God wishes us to be a flock of sheep, to be guided by him, hearing his voice, following his guidance, and living peaceably. Since, therefore the Church is compared to a flock, they who have the charge of guiding the Church by the word of God are called Pastors. And next, the word Pastor means Elder not by age, but by of office: as, at all times, they who govern have been called Elders, even among heathen nations. Now the Holy Spirit has retained this metaphor, giving the name Elder to those who are chosen to proclaim the word of God. He likewise calls them Bishops, that is persons who watch over the flock to show that it is not a rank unaccompanied by active exertion, when a man is called to that office, and that he must not make an idol of it, but must know that he is sent to obtain the salvation of souls, and must be employed, and watch, and labor, for that purpose. We see then the reason of these words; and since the Holy Spirit hath given them to us, we must retain them, provided that they be applied to a good and holy use.” — Fr. Ser.
Fuente: Calvin’s Complete Commentary
CRITICAL AND EXPLANATORY NOTES
1Ti. 3:1. This is a true saying.See note on 1Ti. 1:15. If any man desire the office of a bishop.It is generally admitted that to the latest New Testament times the terms bishop and presbyter were applied to the same persons. Whether subsequent developments have any binding force for us may be left an open question. The R.V. indicates that there are two words in the original for seeketh and desirethnot one, as the A.V. might lead us to suppose. The former means to stretch oneself out in order to grasp.
1Ti. 3:2. Blameless.R.V. without reproach. Some think the term an agnostic one, signifying one who gives his adversary no hold upon him, applied here metaphorically to one who gives others no just cause to accuse him. Ellicott denies any but an ethical sense. The husband of one wife.Full play is given to subjective interpretation on this passage. A bishop must have a wife, only one at a time, must not have a concubine, only a wife, and on the loss, even by death, of his wife must never have a second. Such are some of the interpretations. Vigilant.R.V. better temperate, in its usual and literal meaning. Sober.R.V. sober-minded. Of good behaviour.R.V. orderly.
1Ti. 3:3. Not given to wine.R.V. no brawler. The A.V. margin indicates that it is not simply a liking for wine, but the quarrelsomeness of a man so addicted. Not greedy of filthy lucre.Omitted in R.V. The idea comes in with the last word of the verse.
1Ti. 3:4. One that ruleth well.The management of his own household with dignity would be a recommendation to the oversight of a larger family.
1Ti. 3:6. Not a novice.Lit. a neophyteone just born. Lest being lifted up.A beclouded and stupid state of mind must be associated with that of pride (Ellicott). The condemnation of the devil.Whose great sin was pride.
1Ti. 3:7. A good report of them which are without.How different this sounds from the Masters Blessed are ye when men shall revile you! And yet how often has the world borne witness to a life of spotless humility!
MAIN HOMILETICS OF THE PARAGRAPH.1Ti. 3:1-7
Qualifications of a New Testament Bishop.
I. He must be a man of upright and irreproachable life (1Ti. 3:1-3).The office of bishop or presbyter is a good work in itself, has to do specially with good things, and gives a signal opportunity of doing good to others. Speaking to Bishop Crowther, the first coloured bishop in connection with the Church of England, a clergyman said: If a man desire the office of a bishop, what saith the word of God that he desireth?a large income?a palace?to be called my lord? Nohe desireth a good work. Work for Christ is the true honour of the bishop. Such a man should possess both gifts and grace, and both in a high degree. The qualifications of a bishop are here given by the apostle in detail. A bishop then must be blamelessunexceptionable, giving no just handle for blame. The husband of one wife. The feeling which prevailed among the Gentiles, as well as the Jews, of that age against a second marriage would, on the ground of expediency and conciliation in matters indifferent and not involving compromise of principle, account for Pauls prohibition here in the case of one in so prominent a sphere as a bishop or a deacon. Vigilant, soberever on the watch, as sober men alone can bekeenly alive, so as to foresee what ought to be done. Of good behaviourorderly. Sober refers to the inward mind; orderly to the outward behaviour, tone, look, gait, dress. Given to hospitalityboth to Christian brethren and to strangers. Apt to teach. They who labour in word and doctrine are counted worthy of double honour. Not given to winenot merely drunkenness, but any intemperance in wine-drinking. The word also includes not indulging in the brawling, violent conduct towards others which proceeds from being given to wine. Not covetousnot a lover of money, whether we have much or little.
II. He must be a man showing the faculty of government in his own family.One that ruleth well his own house for how shall he take care of the Church of God? (1Ti. 3:4-5). Presiding over his own children and servants, as contrasted with the house of God, which he may be called on to preside over. The fact that he has children, who are in subjection to him in all gravity and modesty, is the recommendation in his favour as one likely to rule well the Church. If he cannot perform the lesser function, how can he perform the greater and more difficult one?
III. He must be a man not raw and inexperienced in spiritual things.Not a novice, lest being lifted up with pride he fall into the condemnation of the devil (1Ti. 3:6). Not one just converteda neophyte, a young plant, luxuriantly verdantlest being lifted up with pride, being beclouded, darkened, befooled, inflated with self-conceit and exaggerated ideas of his own importance, he falls into the same condemnation as that in which Satan fell, who was condemned for his pride. The minister is emphatically the spiritual man, and should be deeply and experimentally acquainted with the mind of the Spirit and with spiritual things.
IV. He must be a man of unquestionable reputation.He must have a good report of them which are without; lest he fall into reproach and the snare of the devil (1Ti. 3:7). He should be blameless, not only in the eyes of the Church, but be esteemed for his moral worth and uprightness by the world. Not even the former life of a bishop should be open to reproach. The reproach continually surrounding him for former sins might lead him into the snare of becoming as bad as his reputation. Despair of recovering reputation might, in a weak moment, lead some into recklessness of living.
Lessons.
1. The officers of the Church should be above reproach. 2. A bishop should be a competent leader of the Church. 3. Only the grace of God can make a true bishop.
GERM NOTES ON THE VERSES
1Ti. 3:2. Apt to teach. The Pulpit a Light and Power.
I. To meet the claims of a good teacher one must be willing to learn.
II. We must have a lesson to impart.
III. One must be master of the lesson he would impart.
IV. A sacred enthusiasm is indispensable.
V. We must gather strength and success by prayer.
VI. Apt to teach has the element of faith.Homiletic Monthly.
1Ti. 3:4-5. Family Government
I. Must be carried on in a religious spirit.
II. Is necessary in the proper training of children.
III. Is a preparation for higher ministerial duties.
Fuente: The Preacher’s Complete Homiletical Commentary Edited by Joseph S. Exell
III. CHURCH OFFICERS 3:116
A.
Office of the Overseer (1Ti. 3:1-7)
1.
THE ELDER. 1Ti. 3:1-7
Text 3:17
1 Faithful is the saying, if a man seeketh the office of a bishop, he desireth a good work. 2 The bishop therefore must be without reproach, the husband of one wife, temperate, sober-minded, orderly, given to hospitality, apt to teach; 3 no brawler, no striker; but gentle, not contentious, no lover of money; 4 one that ruleth well his own house, having his children in subjection with all gravity; 5 (but if a man knoweth not how to rule his own house, how shall he take care of the church of God?) 6 not a novice, lest being puffed up he fall into the condemnation of the devil. 7 Moreover he must have good testimony from them that are without; lest he fall into reproach and the snare of the devil.
Thought Questions 3:17
63.
Why use the prefatory words: Faithful is the saying?
64.
Why would this be such a desirable work? Is this a work, or an office?
65.
Is the bishop the same man as the elder? Prove your answer.
66.
No man can be completely without reproach; how shall we understand this phrase?
67.
Does the text say an elder must be a married man? Explain.
68.
Explain in your own words the meaning of the term temperate.
69.
In what particulars must a bishop be sober-minded?
70.
Are we discussing ideals, or actual essential qualifications?
71.
In what sense must a bishop be orderly?
72.
How would it be known that a man was given to hospitality?
73.
Some elders are apt not to teach; explain the phrase apt to teach.
74.
How would one serving as an elder, ever be involved in an accusation of being quarrelsome over wine?
75.
How are we to define and apply the term striker as here used?
76.
Show the contrast between a striker and one who is gentle.
77.
Almost every leader in the church has been accused of being contentious at one time or another; how shall we decide who is and who is not?
78.
What are the symptoms of one who is sick with love for money?
79.
In what sense is a man to rule his own house? Cf. 1Ti. 5:14.
80.
Does Paul mean by the qualifications that a man must be married and have a family to be an elder?
81.
Who determines whether children are in subjection?
82.
What is the condemnation of the Devil? Why would a novice be particularly susceptible?
83.
How does, the reproach of the Devil differ from, the condemnation of the Devil?
Paraphrase 3:17
1 When about to elect bishops, thou shouldst remember that this saying is true, if one earnestly seeketh the office of a bishop, he desireth a work, which, though very laborious, is both honourable and beneficial, as it promotes the glory of God and the good of mankind.
2 Therefore a bishop ought to be free from blame; the husband of one wife, at a time; attentive to this duty and to his people; prudent in his conduct; of comely behaviour; hospitable to strangers; fit to teach, by having good knowledge of the things he is to teach, a clear manner of expressing his thoughts, and an earnest desire to instruct the ignorant.
3 He must not be addicted to wine, nor of such a hasty temper as to be a striker of those who provoke him, or one who gains money by sinful, or even dishonourable occupations, but equitable in judging of the offences which any of his flock may commit; not a noisy, abusive, quarrelsome talker, nor covetous in his dealings.
4 He must be one who possesseth such wisdom and firmness as to govern properly his own family. In particular, he must have his children in subjection to him; as becometh the gravity of his character, and his reputation for prudence.
5 For if one be not capable of governing so small a society as his own family, but suffers his children to be disobedient and vicious, how shall he govern in a proper manner that greater and more important society, the church of God?
6 A bishop must not be one newly converted, lest being puffed up with pride on account of his promotion, he fall into the punishment inflicted on the devil.
7 Moreover, before his conversion, he must have behaved in such a manner as even to have a good testimony from the heathens; that he may not be liable to reproach for the sins he committed before his conversion, and fall into the snare of the devil, who by these reproaches may tempt him to renounce the gospel.
Comment 3:17
1Ti. 3:1. There is some little disagreement as to whether we should relate the expression. Faithful is the saying. . . . with but she shall be saved through her child bearingor if a man seeketh the office of a bishop he desireth a good work. We prefer to associate the expression with 1Ti. 3:1 rather than 1Ti. 2:15, although we offer nothing but opinion for the preference. There are three other times when the expression Faithful is the saying is used: 1Ti. 1:15; 2Ti. 2:11; Tit. 3:8. They offer no help, for the expression: faithful saying both follows and precedes in these examples. Whatever else we can say, it is certain that the office of overseer is one to be greatly desired.
It should not be necessary to say that there is but one office for elder and overseer. Here are two names for the same officeCf. Act. 20:17; Act. 20:28 and Tit. 1:5 for interchangeable use of the terms.
Paul writes of a strong desire for this office and work. This desire should be in the candidate, it should arise as he contemplates the work he is to do. The glory of service and work for the Lord should ever be before possible candidates for the office of elder. In most places neither the office nor the work are well enough known to create any desire for the overseership. When elders are doing their God-given work among the congregation, men will want to be like them. We read of elders visiting the sick, (Jas. 1:27; Jas. 5:12; Jas. 5:14) feeding the flock on the word and protecting the flock from enemies(Act. 20:29-31). When such work is being done or pointed out as being necessary, men will be attracted to the office. Let us mark carefully both words: it is worthy, and it is work.
1Ti. 3:2. We offer no special outline of arrangement for the qualifications (although we have read a good number of arbitrary groupings), Let us simply proceed in the order Paul gives:
without reproachWe ought to say that it is our firm persuasion that Paul expected the congregations in Ephesus to be able to clearly see and approve every one of these qualifications in the lives of every one of their elders, Indeed with only two exceptions (apt to teach and not a novice) all the qualifications are to be found in all Christians,
Without reproach means not to be taken hold uponif one is to be taken hold of there must be a handle, i.e. some obvious flaw in his character upon which men seize to bring upon him blame and reproach. The candidate for this office should be without a handle.
the husband of one wifeThere is so much controversy and contention on some points of Scripture that one hesitates to advance any opinion. It has been my careful conclusion that Paul is discussing the moral quality of the candidate for the eldership. He is saying such a man must be the husband of only ONE wifenot more than one, The elder must be a one woman type man, both in thought and practice. A most thorough-going study of this subject can be found in Scriptural Elders and Deacons by H. E. Phillips, pp. 97ff, published by Phillips Publications, Gainesville, Florida. This is the most complete review of the subject I have foundalthough I do not concur in his conclusion.
temperateThe word here translated temperate is translated sober later in the qualifications. Originally the word meant a complete abstinence from wine. Here it is used metaphorically of our attitude of life, It is translated vigilant in the King James Version. Perhaps the English meaning associated with the words sober and vigilant, carries a complete definition of this qualification.
2Ti. 4:5 compares very well with 1Ti. 3:2. The thought of being temperate refers to an attitude of mind which is reflected in the life. This attitude is not of just taking a little, but of sober, careful judgment in all matters,
sober-mindedbalanced judgment; not carried away by every wind of doctrine. Men are needed in the church today who hold such deep-seated convictions that no amount of difficulty will move them from their faith and work.
orderlythis has more than reference to appearance, although we believe it relates to that. An unordered, slovenly appearance is usually indicative of an unordered, slovenly mind. The elder should be a true gentleman in the best use of the word.
hospitableLenski has wisely observed that hospitable and apt to teach belong together as something the elder is to impart to others. Rom. 12:13; Heb. 13:2; 1Pe. 2:9 should be read concerning hospitality. The social and political circumstances of Pauls day, to say nothing of the economic status of the Christians, would make hospitality especially welcome. The genuine desire to make our house the home of needy, Christian strangers, rich or poor, is so very sadly lacking and sorely needed in the church today.
apt to teachThis does not refer to a willingness to teach, but to the ability to do so. As to whether a man has such ability can best be decided by those with whom he labors and whom he tries to teach. Each and every elder should have such ability. Read 1Ti. 5:17 as to the teaching responsibility.
1Ti. 3:3. no brawler or quarrelsome over wineThis is to say no winebibber; we would refer to him today as a wino. What conditions prevailed in the church that such a prohibition needed to be included?
No striker; but gentleThese two qualifications should be considered together. A striker is one who is ready with the fists at the slightest provocation. Some have learned to use their tongues instead of their fists but they are still a striker. In contrast is the one who is gentle toward all. Here is the thought of yielding but not compromising.
Not contentiousNot one who likes to fight, but one who does not like to fightnot the fighting kind.
No lover of moneyOf course this refers to loving what money can do. It is this quality of heart that makes a man covetous. The idolatry of money-worship is ever near us.
1Ti. 3:4. one that ruleth well his own householdThe thought of overseeing in the household or family situation in the same manner as in the church situation is the point here. Go home with the prospective elder and observe the conduct of his wife and children. Do they respect him? Is he regarded as competent by those who know him best? The obedience of the children should be held as a serious responsibility by the Christian father.
1Ti. 3:5. If a man fails at home he will surely fail in public. The care of the church is of a much more complicated nature than that of the home, and yet it compares favorably in several particulars The inescapable conclusion is: to be deficient in one is to be deficient in both.
1Ti. 3:6. Just who is a novice? When is a man to be considered a new convert? This is surely a relative matter, The appointment of elders on the first missionary journey in the churches of Derbe, Lystra, Iconium and Antioch (Cf. Act. 14:23), is a point in question. How long had such men been Christians? We could assume that some of them were elders in the synagogue before they became Christians, but that would only be an assumption. The power of pride must here be considered. How large a part does ego have in a mans character? Some men are far more vain than others. How long will it be before the power of Christ in the heart will overcome the power of pride? Such questions must be answered before we can refer to such a man as a novice, or not a novice.
the condemnation of the devilIs this referring to the particular punishment God will give the devil? Or does this mean the condemnation brought on by the devil? The third possibility refers to the judgment or punishment meted out by the devil on those who fell under his power. We prefer the first of thesei.e., the particular judgment God has reserved for Satan. This was brought about through the pride of Satan: he thought of himself much more highly than he ought to have thought; he assumed an office to which God had not appointed him; and in which he was not prepared to serve; for this cause God removed him from heaven. The new convert who is wrapped in his own pride, as if wrapped in fog, cannot be a proper candidate for the office of elder, and is about to repeat Satans sin, and if so would receive Satans condemnation. How much better to anticipate and prevent, than not to anticipate and regret.
1Ti. 3:7. Prior to his conversion, and subsequent to it, the candidate for the eldership must have conducted himself in such a manner, that those non-Christian friends and neighbors who knew him best, would be able to tell how uprightly and unblameably he conducted himself. We are not referring to his Christian friends or neighbors, but rather to those on the outside. Can those who work with him or near him say of him that he does his work well and treats his fellow workmen in a fair and unselfish manner? The reproach and snare of the devil is not at all the same as the condemnation of the devil.
If a man were appointed to the office of elder, and yet he was the butt of ridicule and jokes by those on the outside because of his inconsistent conduct, then indeed he has fallen into the devils trap, and justly deserves to be reproached or accused by Satan. The devil sets the trap and then reproaches those who fall into it. This snare or trap is prepared each time we profess one thing and live another. What a pit in which to fall!
Fact Questions 3:17
51.
What is the faithful saying, and why so called?
52.
Is an elder and a bishop the same man? Prove your answer.
53.
How does one obtain a strong desire for the office?
54.
Give the meaning of the expression, without reproach?
55.
Could any single man be an elder? Explain.
56.
Meaning of the expression, temperate?
57.
If a man was temperate wouldnt he already be sober-minded?
58.
Arent some unorderly men doing more for God than some orderly ones? How does this relate to the qualifications?
59.
Is there some way in which we can tell when a man is given to hospitality? If so, how?
60.
Who shall decide if a man is apt to teach? How?
61.
Explain how a brawler could even be considered for the eldershipto say nothing of being qualified for the office.
62.
What type of gentleness must be manifest in the character of the elder?
63.
When is a man contentious and not just constructively critical?
64.
Is it possible to love money, and still not have much of it? What is the deeper difficulty?
65.
Who would venture to say when any man ruled well his own household? How could this knowledge be obtained? What about invading the privacy of the home?
66.
What are the symptoms of being puffed up?
67.
Satan has set a very deadly snareit is discussed in the 7th verse. Explain how to avoid it.
BALLOT
ELDER
NAME_____________________________________
THE QUALIFICATIONS OF AN ELDER
(Check on line where candidate qualifies)
Positive qualifications
1.
He must desire the office and seek it. 1Ti. 3:1. This would suggest that a man should consider the office one of privilege, and he should constantly be preparing his life so as to be a fit candidate for it.
2.
The bishop must be without reproach or blameless, 1Ti. 3:2 a; Tit. 1:6 a; 7a, He would hold this position before man and not God, for no one is blameless or without reproach before God, As the persons of the congregation, where he is contemplating the office of elder, view his life, they should be able to find nothing blameworthy about it.
3.
The husband of one wife. 1Ti. 3:2 a; Tit. 1:6 b.
4.
The elder must be temperate. 1Ti. 3:2 c; Tit. 1:8 f. Three thoughts are expressed in the Greek: Having power over ones self, abstaining from wine, curbing ones desires or impulses.
5.
Sober-minded. 1Ti. 3:2 c; Tit. 1:8 c. The thought in the Greek is, of sound mind, sane in ones senses, (Cf. Eph. 5:4).
6.
Orderly, 1Ti. 3:2 c. Of good behavior, modest.
7.
Given to hospitality. 1Ti. 3:2 f; Tit. 1:8 a. (Cf. 1Ti. 5:10).
8.
He must be a sound, capable, and willing teacher of the Word, 1Ti. 3:2 g; Tit. 1:9.
9.
Not given to wine (K.J.V.); no brawler (R.V.) 1Ti. 3:3 a; Tit. 1:7 d. A brawler is one who quarrels noisily, creates an uproar or starts a row.
10.
He must not be a striker. 1Ti. 3:3 b; Tit. 1:7 c. The word in the Greek means, smiter, pugnacious, quarrelsome.
11.
Gentle. 1Ti. 3:3 c. Equitable, fair, mild, The bishop must be willing to be taught; willing to admit error and to change his mind; not weak but approachable.
12.
He must rule his own house. 1Ti. 3:4-5; Tit. 1:6 c.
13.
He must have a good testimony from without. 1Ti. 3:7. He must be one who practices what he preaches.
14.
A lover of good. Tit. 1:8 b.
15.
He must be holy. Tit. 1:8 e, (Cf. Heb. 12:14)
16.
He must be just. Tit. 1:8 d. Righteous, observing divine and human laws, upright, passing just judgment on others. (Cf. Joh. 7:24).
Negative qualifications
1.
Not contentious. 1Ti. 3:3 d. Given to angry debate, quarrelsome. One who loves strife and wrangles over non-essentials, could not qualify as a bishop.
2.
No lover of money. 1Ti. 3:3 c; Tit. 1:7 f; 1Pe. 5:2.
3.
Not a novice. 1Ti. 3:6. A new convert, a beginner would be considered a novice.
4.
Not self-willed. Tit. 1:7 b. Self-pleasing, arrogant.
5.
Not soon angry. Tit. 1:7 c. Easily provoked, irritable.
6.
His wife must not be a slanderer, but grave, temperate, and faithful in all things. 1Ti. 3:11.
Fuente: College Press Bible Study Textbook Series
III.
(1) This is a true saying.There is no reason why the rendering of this formula adopted in 1Ti. 1:15, faithful is this saying, should be altered here. The faithful saying here refers to the wish for high and arduous work in the Church of Christ, and declares such a wish to be a noble one; for the office in question was a beautiful one, and honourable, and in those days meant stern and ceaseless work, grave and constant danger. It was no doubt one of the well-known sayings among the brethren of the first days, and not improbably, with the other faithful sayings of this group of Epistles, formed a part of their liturgy, and was woven into some of their special prayers offered in public. Perhaps this faithful saying was a portion of a prayer offered not unfrequently in the public assembly, asking that volunteers might be moved by the Holy Ghost to present themselves for the then dangerous office of ordained ministers of the Word.
Well might a man desire the office of chief pastor; it was indeed a good work; but, in the first place, such a dignity could only be held by one possessing many qualities, then and there enumerated.
If a man desire the office of a bishop.More accurately rendered, If a man seeketh. In the . . Pastoral Epistles the Greek words rendered bishop and presbyter or elder (episcopos, presbuteros), are applied indifferently to the same person, for up to this period (A.D. 65-6) no necessity had arisen in the constitution of the Church for the appointment of a special order of superintending presbyters. The numbers of the members of the brotherhood, though every year showing a vast increase, were still, comparatively speaking, small. St. Peter, St. Paul, St. James and St. John, and certainly the majority of the apostolic college, were still living; while, till A.D. 70, the Jerusalem congregation still acted as the central authority of the Church, and grave questions continued to be referred to the Fathers resident there.
Early in the second century, however, there is not a shadow of doubt that the episcopal office, as we understand it, was widely established. During the last thirty years, then, of the first century, this great change in Church organisation must have been effectedthat is, during the life-time of St. John. How this was brought about is admirably stated by Professor Rothe, of Heidelberg, as quoted by Canon Lightfoot in his dissertation on the Christian ministry (Commentary on the Epistle to the Philippians), who, without accepting all the details suggested, still in the main agrees with the famous Heidelberg professor in his theory respecting the very early establishment of episcopacy in the Catholic Church. After painting the distractions and growing dissensions of the Church, occasioned by the jealousies between the Jewish and Gentile brethren, and the menacing apparition of the Gnostic heresy, Rothe states how, in the face of this great emergency, St. Peter, St. Paul, and St. James were carried away by death almost at the same time; while, with the overthrow of Jerusalem very shortly after, the visible centre of the Church was removed, the keystone of the fabric was withdrawn, and the whole edifice was threatened with ruin. There was a crying need for some organisation which should cement together the diverse elements of Christian society, and preserve it from disintegration. Out of this need the Catholic Church in its episcopal character arose. From notices in Eusebius, Irenus, and Clement of Rome, Rothe (quoted by Lightfoot) concludes that, immediately after the fall of Jerusalem, a council of the surviving Apostles and first teachers of the gospel was held to deliberate on the crisis, and to frame measures for the well-being of the Church. The centre of the system thus organised was episcopacy, which at once secured the compact and harmonious working of each individual congregation, and, as the link of communication between the separate brotherhoods, formed the whole into one undivided Catholic Church. Recommended by this high authority, the new constitution was immediately and generally adopted.
He desireth a good work.The office of a presbyter of the Church in the days of St. Paul was a difficult and dangerous post. It involved much labour; it was full of risk; it meant a hard and severe life; yet, from the Christians standpoint, it was a work, if faithfully performed, of all toils the most beautiful, the most honourable, the most noble. Negotium non otium comments Bengel, in his usual pithy, untranslatable way.
Fuente: Ellicott’s Commentary for English Readers (Old and New Testaments)
Chapter 3
THE LEADERS OF THE CHURCH ( 1Ti 3:1-7 ) 3:1-7 There is a saying which everyone must believe–if a man aspires to the office of overseer in the Church, it is a fine work on which his heart is set. An overseer must be a man against whom no criticism can be made; he must have been married only once; he must be sober, prudent, well-behaved, hospitable and possessed of an aptitude for teaching. He must not over-indulge in wine, nor must he be the kind of man who assaults others, but he must be gentle and peaceable, and free from the love of money. He must manage his own house well, keeping his children under control with complete dignity. (If a man does not know how to manage his own house, how can he take charge of the congregation of God?) He must not be a recent convert, in case he becomes inflated with a sense of his own importance, and so fall into the same condemnation as the devil did. He must have earned the respect of those outside the Church, that he may not fall into reproach and into the snare of the devil.
This is a very important passage from the point of view of Church government. It deals with the man whom the King James and Revised Standard Versions call the bishop, and whom we have translated overseer.
In the New Testament there are two words which describe the principal office-bearers of the Church, the office-bearers who were to be found in every congregation, and on whose conduct and administration its welfare depended.
(i) There was the man who was called the elder (presbuteros, G4245) . The eldership is the most ancient of all offices within the Church. The Jews had their elders, and they traced their origin to the occasion when Moses, in the desert wanderings, appointed seventy men to help him in the task of controlling and caring for the people ( Num 11:16). Every synagogue had its elders, and they were the real leaders of the Jewish community. They presided over the worship of the synagogue; they administered rebuke and discipline where these were necessary; they settled the disputes which other nations would have taken to the law-courts. Amongst the Jews the elders were the respected men who exercised a fatherly oversight over the spiritual and material affairs of every Jewish community. But more nations than the Jews had an eldership. The presiding body of the Spartans was called the gerousia ( G1087) , which means the board of the elder men. The Parliament of Rome was called the senate, which comes from senex, which means an old man. In England the men who looked after the affairs of the community were called the aldermen, which means the elder men. In New Testament times every Egyptian village had its village elders who looked after the affairs of the community. The elders had a long history, and they had a place in the life of almost every community.
(ii) But sometimes the New Testament uses another word, episkopos ( G1985) , which the King James and Revised Standard Versions translate bishop, and which literally means overseer, or superintendent. This word, too, has a long and honourable history. The Septuagint, the Greek version of the Hebrew scriptures, uses it to describe those who were the taskmasters, who were over the public works and public building schemes ( 2Ch 34:17). The Greeks use it to describe the men appointed to go out from the mother city to regulate the affairs of a newly founded colony in some distant place. They use it to describe what we might call commissioners appointed to regulate the affairs of a city. The Romans use it to describe the magistrates appointed to oversee the sale of food within the city of Rome. It is used of the special delegates appointed by a king to see that the laws he had laid down were carried out. Episkopos ( G1985) always implies two things; first, oversight over some area or sphere of work and second, responsibility to some higher power and authority.
The great question is: What was the relationship in the early Church between the elder, the presbuteros ( G4245) , and the overseer, the episkopos ( G1985) ?
Modern scholarship is practically unanimous in holding that in the early Church the presbuteros ( G4245) and the episkopos ( G1985) were one and the same. The grounds for that identification are: (a) Elders were everywhere appointed. After the first missionary journey, Paul and Barnabas appointed elders in all the Churches they had founded ( Act 14:23). Titus is instructed to appoint and ordain elders in all the cities of Crete ( Tit 1:5). (b) The qualifications of a presbuteros ( G4245) and of an episkopos ( G1985) are to all intents and purposes identical ( 1Ti 3:2-7; Tit 1:6-9). (c) At the beginning of Philippians, Paul’s greetings are to the bishops and the deacons ( Php_1:1 ). It is quite impossible that Paul would have sent no greetings at all to the elders, who, as we have already seen, were in every Church; and therefore the bishops and the elders must be one and the same body of people. (d) When Paul was on his last journey to Jerusalem, he sent for the elders of Ephesus to meet him at Miletus ( Act 20:17), and in the course of his talk to them he says that God has made them episkopoi ( G1985) to feed the Church of God ( Act 20:28). That is to say, he addresses precisely the same body of men first as elders and second as bishops or overseers. (e) When Peter is writing to his people, he talks to them as an elder to elders ( 1Pe 5:1), and then he goes on to say that their function is oversight of the flock of God ( 1Pe 5:2), and the word he uses for oversight, is the verb episkopein ( G1983) from which episkopos ( G1985) comes. All the evidence from the New Testament goes to prove that the presbuteros ( G4245) and the episkopos ( G1985) , the elder and the bishop or overseer, were one and the same person.
Two questions arise. First, if they were the same, why were there two names for them? The answer is that presbuteros ( G4245) described these leaders of the Church as they personally were. They were the elder men, the older and respected members of the community. Episkopos ( G1985) , on the other hand, described their function, which was to oversee the life and the work of the Church. The one word described the man; the other described his task.
The second question is–if the elder and the bishop were originally the same, how did the bishop become what he did? The answer is simple. Inevitably the body of the elders would acquire a leader. Someone to lead would be essential and would inevitably emerge. The more organized the Church became, the more such a figure would be bound to arise. And the elder who stood out as leader came to be called the episkopos ( G1985) , the superintendent of the Church. But it is to be noted that he was simply a leader amongst equals. He was in fact the elder whom circumstances and personal qualities had combined to make a leader for the work of the Church.
It will be seen that to translate episkopos ( G1985) by the word bishop in the New Testament now gives the word a misleading meaning. It is better to translate it overseer or superintendent.
THE APPOINTMENT AND DUTIES OF THE LEADERS IN THE CHURCH ( 1Ti 3:1-7 continued) This passage is further interesting in that it tells us something of the appointment and the duties of the leaders of the Church.
(i) They were formally set apart for their office. Titus was to ordain elders in every Church ( Tit 1:5). The office-bearer of the Church is not made an office-bearer in secret; he is set apart before the eyes of men; the honour of the Church is publicly delivered into his hands.
(ii) They had to undergo a period of testing. They had first to be proved ( 1Ti 3:10). No one builds a bridge or a piece of machinery with metal which has not been tested. The Church might do well to be more strict than she is in the testing of those chosen for leadership.
(iii) They were paid for the work which they had to do. The labourer was worthy of his hire ( 1Ti 5:18). The Christian leader does not work for pay, but, on the other hand, the duty of the Church which chose him for the work is to supply him with the means to live.
(iv) They were liable to censure ( 1Ti 5:19-22). In the early Church the office-bearer had a double function. He was a leader of the Church; but he was also the servant of the Church. He had to answer for his stewardship. No Christian office-bearer must ever consider himself answerable to no one; he is answerable to God and to the people over whom God gave him the task of presiding.
(v) They had the duty of presiding over the Christian assembly and of teaching the Christian congregation ( 1Ti 5:17). The Christian office-bearer has the double duty of administration and instruction. It may well be that one of the tragedies of the modern Church is that the administrative function of the office-bearer has usurped the teaching function almost entirely. It is, for instance, sad to see how few elders of the Church are actively engaged in the teaching work of Sunday schools.
(vi) The office-bearer was not to be a recent convert. Two reasons are given for this advice. The first is quite clear. It is “in case he becomes inflated with a sense of his own importance.” The second is not so clear. It is, as the Revised Standard Version has it, “lest he fall into the condemnation of the devil.” There are three possible explanations of that strange phrase. (a) It was through his pride that Lucifer rebelled against God and was expelled from heaven. And this may simply be a second warning against the danger of pride. (b) It may mean that, if the too quickly advanced convert becomes guilty of pride, he gives the devil a chance to level his charges against him. A conceited Church office-bearer gives the devil a chance to say to critics of the Church: “Look! There’s your Christian! There’s your Church member! That’s what an office-bearer is like!” (c) The word diabolos ( G1228) has two meanings. It means “Devil,” and that is the way in which the Revised Standard Version has taken it here; but it also means “slanderer.” It is in fact the word used for slanderer in 1Ti 3:11, where the women are forbidden to be slanderers. So then this phrase may mean that the recent convert, who has been appointed to office, and has acquired, as we say, a swelled head, gives opportunity to the slanderers. His unworthy conduct is ammunition for those who are ill-disposed to the Church. No matter how we take it, the point is that the conceited Church official is a bad debt to the Church.
But, as the early Church saw it, the responsibility of the office-bearer did not begin and end in the Church. He had two other spheres of responsibility, and if he failed in them, he was bound also to fail in the Church.
(i) His first sphere of duty was his own home. If a man did not know how to rule his own household, how could he engage upon the task of ruling the congregation of the Church? ( 1Ti 3:5). A man who had not succeeded in making a Christian home could hardly be expected to succeed in making a Christian congregation. A man who had not instructed his own family could hardly be the right man to instruct the family of the Church.
(ii) The second sphere of responsibility was the world. He must be “well thought of by outsiders” ( 1Ti 3:7). He must be a man who has gained the respect of his fellow-men in the day-to-day business of life. Nothing has hurt the Church more than the sight of people who are active in it, whose business and social life belies the faith which they profess and the precepts which they teach. The Christian office-bearer must first of all be a good man.
THE CHARACTER OF THE CHRISTIAN LEADER ( 1Ti 3:1-7 continued) We have just seen that the Christian leader must be a man who has won the respect of all. In this passage there is a great series of words and phrases describing his character; and it will be worth while to look at each in turn. Before we do that it will be interesting to set beside them two famous descriptions by great heathen thinkers of the good leader’s character. Diogenes Laertius (7: 116-126) hands down to us the Stoic description. He must be married; he must be without pride; he must be temperate; and he must combine prudence of mind with excellence of outward behaviour. A writer called Onosander gives us the other. He must be prudent, self-controlled, sober, frugal, enduring in toil, intelligent, without love of money, neither young nor old, if possible the father of a family, able to speak competently, and of good reputation. It is interesting to see how the pagan and the Christian descriptions coincide.
The Christian leader must be a man against whom no criticism can be made (anepileptos, G423) . Anepileptos is used of a position which is not open to attack, of a life which is not open to censure, of an art or technique which is so perfect that no fault can be found with it, of an agreement which is inviolable. The Christian leader must not only be free from such faults as can be assailed by definite charges; he must be of such fine character as to be even beyond criticism. The Rheims version of the New Testament translates this Greek word by the very unusual English word irreprehensible, unable to be found fault with. The Greeks themselves defined the word as meaning “affording nothing of which an adversary can take hold.” Here is the ideal of perfection. We will not be able fully to attain to it; but the fact remains that the Christian leader must seek to offer to the world a life of such purity that he leaves no loophole even for criticism of himself.
The Christian leader must have been married only once. The Greek literally means that he must be “the husband of one wife.” Some take this to mean that the Christian leader must be a married man, and it is possible that the phrase could mean that. It is certainly true that a married man can be a recipient of confidences and a bringer of help in a way that a single man cannot be, and that he can bring a special understanding and sympathy to many a situation. Some few take it to mean that the Christian leader cannot marry a second time, even after his wife’s death. In support they quote Paul’s teaching in 1Co 7:1-40. But in its context here we can be quite certain that the phrase means that the Christian leader must be a loyal husband, preserving marriage in all its purity. In later days the Apostolic Canons laid it down: “He who is involved in two marriages, after his baptism, or he who has taken a concubine, cannot be an episkopos ( G1985) , a bishop.”
We may well ask why it should be necessary to lay down what looks obvious. We must understand the state of the world in which this was written. It has been said, and with much truth, that the only totally new virtue which Christianity brought into this world was chastity. In many ways the ancient world was in a state of moral chaos, even the Jewish world. Astonishing as it may seem, certain Jews still practised polygamy. In the Dialogue with Trypho, in which Justin Martyr discusses Christianity with a Jew, it is said that “it is possible for a Jew even now to have four or five wives” (Dialogue with Trypho, 134). Josephus can write: “By ancestral custom a man can live with more than one wife” (Antiquities of the Jews, 17: 1, 2).
Apart altogether from these unusual cases, divorce was tragically easy in the Jewish world. The Jews had the highest ideals of marriage. They said that a man must surrender his life rather than commit murder, idolatry or adultery. They had the belief that marriages are made in heaven. In the story of the marriage of Isaac and Rebecca it is said: “The thing comes from the Lord” ( Gen 24:50). This was taken to mean that the marriage was arranged by God. So it is said in Pro 19:14: “A prudent wife is from the Lord.” In the story of Tobit, the angel says to Tobit: “Fear not for she was prepared for thee from the beginning” ( Tob_6:17 ). The Rabbis said: “God sits in heaven arranging marriages.” “Forty days before the child is formed a heavenly voice proclaims its mate.”
For all that, the Jewish law allowed divorce. Marriage was indeed the ideal but divorce was permitted. Marriage was “inviolable but not indissoluble.” The Jews held that once the marriage ideal had been shattered by cruelty or infidelity or incompatibility, it was far better to allow a divorce and to permit the two to make a fresh start. The great tragedy was that the wife had no rights whatsoever. Josephus says: “With us it is lawful for a husband to dissolve a marriage, but a wife, if she departs from her husband, cannot marry another, unless her former husband put her away” (Antiquities of the Jews, 15: 8, 7). In a case of divorce by consent, in the time of the New Testament, all that was required was two witnesses, and no court case at all. A husband could send his wife away for any cause; at the most a wife could petition the court to urge her husband to write her a bill of divorcement, but it could not compel him even to do that.
In face of that situation, things came to such a pass that “women refused to contract marriages, and men grew grey and celibate.” A brake was put upon this process by legislation introduced by Simon ben Shetah. A Jewish wife always brought her husband a dowry which was called Kethubah. Simon enacted that a man had unrestricted use of the Kethubah, so long as he remained married to his wife, but on divorce he was absolutely liable to repay it, even if he had “to sell his hair” to do so. This checked divorce; but the Jewish system was always vitiated by the fact that the wife had no rights.
In the heathen world things were infinitely worse. There, too, according to Roman law, the wife had no rights. Cato said: “If you were to take your wife in adultery, you could kill her with impunity, without any court judgment; but if you were involved in adultery, she would not dare to lift a finger against you, for it is unlawful.” Things grew so bad, and marriage grew so irksome, that in 131 B.C. a well-known Roman called Metellus Macedonicus made a statement which Augustus was afterwards to quote: “If we could do without wives, we would be rid of that nuisance. But since nature has decreed that we can neither live comfortably with them, nor live at all without them, we must look rather to our permanent interests than to passing pleasure.”
Even the Roman poets saw the dreadfulness of the situation. “Ages rich in sin,” wrote Horace, “were the first to taint marriage and family life. From this source the evil has overflowed.” “Sooner will the seas be dried up,” said Propertius, “and the stars be raft from heaven, than our women reformed.” Ovid wrote his famous, or infamous, book The Art of love, and never from beginning to end mentions married love. He wrote cynically: “These women alone are pure who are unsolicited, and a man who is angry at his wife’s love affair is nothing but a rustic boor.” Seneca declared: “Anyone whose affairs have not become notorious, and who does not pay a married woman a yearly fee, is despised by women as a mere lover of girls; in fact husbands are got as a mere decoy for lovers.” “Only the ugly,” he said, “are loyal.” “A woman who is content to have only two followers is a paragon of virtue.” Tacitus commended the supposedly barbarian German tribes for “not laughing at evil, and not making seduction the spirit of the age.” When a marriage took place, the home to which the couple were going was decorated with green bay leaves. Juvenal said that there were those who entered on divorce before the bays of welcome had faded. In 19 B.C. a man named Quintus Lucretius Vespillo erected a tablet to his wife which said: “Seldom do marriages last until death undivorced; but ours continued happily for forty-one years.” The happy marriage was the astonishing exception.
Ovid and Pliny had three wives; Caesar and Antony had four; Sulla and Pompey had five; Herod had nine; Cicero’s daughter Tullia had three husbands. The Emperor Nero was the third husband of Poppaea and the fifth husband of Statilla Messalina.
It was not for nothing that the Pastorals laid it down that the Christian leader must be the husband of one wife. In a world where even the highest places were deluged with immorality, the Christian Church must demonstrate the chastity, the stability and the sanctity of the Christian home.
THE CHARACTER OF THE CHRISTIAN LEADER ( 1Ti 3:1-7 continued) The Christian leader must be sober (nephalios, G3524) and he must not over-indulge in wine, (paroinos, G3943) . In the ancient world wine was continually used. Where the water supply was very inadequate and sometimes dangerous, wine was the most natural drink of all. It is wine which cheers the hearts of gods and men ( Jdg 9:13). In the restoration of Israel she will plant her vineyards and drink her wine ( Amo 9:14). Strong drink is given to those who are ready to perish, and wine to those whose hearts are heavy ( Pro 31:6).
This is not to say that the ancient world was not fully alive to the dangers of strong drink. Proverbs speaks of the disaster which comes to the man who looks on the wine when it is red ( Pro 23:29-35). Wine is a mocker, strong drink a brawler ( Pro 20:1). There are terrible stories of what happened to people through over-indulgence in wine. There is the case of Noah ( Gen 9:18-27); of Lot ( Gen 19:30-38); of Amnon ( 2Sa 13:28-29). Although the ancient world used wine as the commonest of all drinks, it used it most abstemiously. When wine was drunk, it was drunk in the proportion of two parts of wine to three parts of water. A man who was drunken would be disgraced in ordinary heathen society, let alone in the Church.
The interesting thing is the double meaning that both words in this section possess. Nephalios ( G3524) means sober, but it also means watchful and vigilant; paroinos ( G3943) means addicted to wine, but it also means quarrelsome and violent. The point that the Pastorals make here is that the Christian must allow himself no indulgence which would lessen his Christian vigilance or soil his Christian conduct.
There follow two Greek words which describe two great qualities which must characterize the Christian leader. He must be prudent (sophron, G4998) and well-behaved (kosmios, G2887) .
We have translated sophron ( G4998) by prudent, but it is virtually untranslatable. It is variously translated of sound mind, discreet, prudent, self-controlled, chaste, having complete control over sensual desires. The Greeks derived it from two words which mean to keep one’s mind safe and sound. The corresponding noun is sophrosune ( G4997) , and the Greeks wrote and thought much about it. It is the opposite of intemperance and lack of self-control. Plato defined it as “the mastery of pleasure and desire.” Aristotle defined it as “that power by which the pleasures of the body are used as law commands.” Philo defined it as “a certain limiting and ordering of the desires, which eliminates those which are external and excessive, and which adorns those which are necessary with timeliness and moderation.” Pythagoras said that it was “the foundation on which the soul rests.” Iamblichus said that “it is the safeguard of the most excellent habits in life.” Euripides said that it was “the fairest gift of God.” Jeremy Taylor called it “reason’s girdle and passion’s bridle.” Trench describes sophrosune ( G4997) as “the condition of entire command over the passions and desires, so that they receive no further allowance than that which law and right reason admit and approve.” Gilbert Murray wrote of sophron ( G4998) : “There is a way of thinking which destroys and a way which saves. The man or woman who is sophron ( G4998) walks among the beauties and perils of the world, feeling love, joy, anger, and the rest; and through all he has that in his mind which saves. Whom does it save? Not him only, but, as we should say, the whole situation. It saves the imminent evil from coming to be.” E. F. Brown quotes in illustration of sophrosune ( G4997) a prayer of Thomas Aquinas which asks for “a quieting of all our impulses, fleshly and spiritual.”
The man who is sophron ( G4998) has every part of his nature under perfect control, which is to say that the man who is sophron ( G4998) is the man in whose heart Christ reigns supreme.
The companion word is kosmios ( G2887) , which we have translated well-behaved. If a man is kosmios ( G2887) in his outer conduct it is because he is sophron ( G4998) in his inner life. Kosmios ( G2887) means orderly, honest, decorous. In Greek it has two special usages. It is common in tributes and in inscriptions to the dead. And it is commonly used to describe the man who is a good citizen. Plato defines the man who is kosmios ( G2887) as “the citizen who is quiet in the land, who duly fulfils in his place and order the duties which are incumbent upon him as such.” This word has more in it than simply good behaviour. It describes the man whose life is beautiful and in whose character all things are harmoniously integrated.
The leader of the Church must be a man who is sophron ( G4998) , his every instinct and desire under perfect control; he must be a man who is kosmios ( G2887) , his inner control issuing in outward beauty. The leader must be one in whose heart Christ’s power reigns and on whose life Christ’s beauty shines.
THE CHARACTER OF THE CHRISTIAN LEADER ( 1Ti 3:1-7 continued) The Christian leader must be hospitable (philoxenos, G5382) . This is a quality on which the New Testament lays much stress. Paul bids the Roman Church to “practise hospitality” ( Rom 12:13). “Practise hospitality ungrudgingly to one another,” says Peter ( 1Pe 4:9). In the Shepherd of Hermas, one of the very early Christian writings, it is laid down: “The episkopos ( G1985) must be hospitable, a man who gladly and at all times welcomes into his house the servants of God.” The Christian leader must be a man with an open heart and an open house.
The ancient world was very careful of the rights of the guest. The stranger was under the protection of Zeus Xenios, the Protector of Strangers. in the ancient world, inns were notoriously bad. In one of Aristophanes’ plays Heracles asks his companion where they will lodge for the night; and the answer is: “Where the fleas are fewest.” Plato speaks of the inn-keeper being like a pirate who holds his guests to ransom. Inns tended to be dirty and expensive and, above all, immoral. The ancient world had a system of what were called Guest Friendships. Over generations families had arrangements to give each other accommodation and hospitality. Often the members of the families came in the end to be unknown to each other by sight and identified themselves by means of what were called tallies. The stranger seeking accommodation would produce one half of some object; the host would possess the other half of the tally; and when the two halves fitted each other the host knew that he had found his guest, and the guest knew that the host was indeed the ancestral friend of his household.
In the Christian Church there were wandering teachers and preachers who needed hospitality. There were also many slaves with no homes of their own to whom it was a great privilege to have the right of entry to a Christian home. It was of the greatest blessing that Christians should have Christian homes ever open to them in which they could meet people like-minded to themselves. We live in a world where there are still many who are far from home, many who are strangers in a strange place, many who live in conditions where it is hard to be a Christian. The door of the Christian home and the welcome of the Christian heart should be open to all such.
The Christian leader must be possessed of an aptitude for teaching (didaktikos, G1317) . It has been said that his duty is “to preach to the unconverted and to teach the converted.” There are two things to be said about this. It is one of the disasters of modern times that the teaching ministry of the Church is not being exercised as it should. There is any amount of topical preaching and any amount of exhortation; but there is little use in exhorting a man to be a Christian when he does not know what being a Christian means. Instruction is a primary duty of the Christian preacher and leader. The second thing is this. The finest and the most effective teaching is done not by speaking but by being. Even the man with no gift of words can teach, by living in such a way that in him men see the reflection of the Master. A saint has been defined as someone “in whom Christ lives again.”
The Christian leader must not be a man who assaults others (plektes, G4131, a striker). That this instruction was not unnecessary is seen in one of the very early regulations of the Apostolic Canons: “A bishop, priest or deacon who smites the faithful when they err, or the unbelievers when they commit injury, and desires by such means as this to terrify them, we command to be deposed; for nowhere hath the Lord taught us this. When he was reviled, he reviled not again, but the contrary. When he was smitten, he smote not again; when he suffered, he threatened not.” It will not be likely that any Christian leader will nowadays strike another Christian, but the fact remains that blustering, bullying, irritable, bad-tempered speech or action is forbidden to the Christian.
The Christian leader must be gentle. The Greek is epieikes ( G1933) , another of these completely untranslatable words. The noun is epieikeia ( G1932) and Aristotle describes it as “that which corrects justice” and as that which “is just and better than justice.” He said that it was that quality which corrects the law when the law errs because of its generality. What he means is that sometimes it may actually be unjust to apply the strict letter of the law. Trench said that epieikeia ( G1932) means “retreating from the letter of right better to preserve the spirit of right” and is “the spirit which recognizes the impossibility of cleaving to all formal law…that recognizes the danger that ever waits upon the assertion of legal rights, lest they should be pushed into moral wrongs…the spirit which rectifies and redresses the injustice of justice.” Aristotle describes in full the action of epieikeia ( G1932) : “To pardon human failings; to look to the law-giver, not to the law; to the intention, not to the action; to the whole, not to the part; to the character of the actor in the long run and not in the present moment; to remember good rather than evil, and the good that one has received rather than the good that one has done; to bear being injured; to wish to settle a matter by words rather than deeds.” If there is a matter under dispute, it can be settled by consulting a book of practice and procedure, or it can be settled by consulting Jesus Christ. If there is a matter of debate, it can be settled in law, or it can be settled in love. The atmosphere of many a Church would be radically changed if there was more epieikeia ( G1932) within it.
The Christian leader must be peaceable (amachos, G269) . The Greek word means disinclined to fight. There are people who, as we might put it, are “trigger-happy” in their relationships with other people. But the real Christian leader wants nothing so much as he wants peace with his fellow-men.
The Christian leader must be free from the love of money. He will never do anything simply for profit’s sake. He will know that there are values which are beyond all money price.
THE MEN OF CHRISTIAN SERVICE ( 1Ti 3:8-10 ; 1Ti 3:12-13 ) 3:8-10,12,13 In the same way, the deacons must be men of dignity, men who are straight, men who are not given to over-indulgence in wine, men who are not prepared to stoop to disgraceful ways of making money; they must hold the secret of the faith which has been revealed to them with a clear conscience. The deacons too must first of all be put upon probation, and, if they emerge blameless from the test, let them become deacons…. Deacons must be married only once; they must manage their own children and their own homes well. For those who make a fine job of the office of deacon win for themselves a fine degree of honour, and they gain much boldness in their faith in Christ Jesus.
In the early Church the function of the deacons lay much more in the sphere of practical service. The Christian Church inherited a magnificent organization of charitable help from the Jews. No nation has ever had such a sense of responsibility for the poorer brother and sister as the Jews. The synagogue had a regular organization for helping such people. The Jews rather discouraged the giving of individual help to individual people. They preferred that help should be given through the community and especially through the synagogue.
Each Friday in every community two official collectors went round the markets and called on each house, collecting donations for the poor in money and in goods. The material so collected was distributed to those in need by a committee of two, or more if necessary. The poor of the community were given enough food for fourteen meals, that is for two meals a day for the week; but no one could receive from this fund if he already possessed a week’s food in the house. This fund for the poor was called the Kuppah, or the basket. In addition to this there was a daily collection of food from house to house for those who were actually in emergency need that day. This fund was called the Tamhui or the tray. The Christian Church inherited this charitable organization, and no doubt it was the task of the deacons to attend to it.
Many of the qualifications of the deacon are the same as for the episkopos ( G1985) . They are to be men of dignified character; they are to be abstemious; they are not to soil their hands with disreputable ways of making money; they have to undergo a test and a time of probation; they must practise what they preach, so that they can hold the Christian. faith with a clear conscience.
One new qualification is added; they are to be straight. The Greek is that they must not be dilogos ( G1351) , and dilogos means speaking with two voices, saying one thing to one and another to another. In The Pilgrim’s Progress John Bunyan puts into By-ends mouth a description of the people who live in the town of Fair-speech. There is my Lord Turn-about, my Lord Time-Server, my Lord Fair-speech, after whose ancestors the town was named, Mr. Smooth-man, Mr. Facing-both-ways, Mr. Any-thing; and the parson of the parish, Mr. Two-tongues. A deacon, in his going from house to house, and in his dealing with those who needed charity, had to be a straight man. Again and again he would be tempted to evade issues by a little timely hypocrisy and smooth speaking. But the man who would do the work of the Christian Church must be straight.
It is clear that the man who performs well the office of deacon can look for promotion to the high office of elder, and will gain such a confidence in the faith that he can look any man in the face.
WOMEN WHO SERVE THE CHURCH ( 1Ti 3:11 ) 3:11 In the same way, the women must be dignified; they must not be given to slanderous gossip; they must be sober; they must be in all things reliable.
As far as the Greek goes, this could refer to the wives of the deacons, or to women engaged in a similar service. It seems far more likely that it refers to women who are also engaged upon this work of charity. There must have been acts of kindness and of help which only a woman could properly do for another woman. Certainly in the early Church there were deaconesses. They had the duty of instructing female converts and in particular of presiding and attending at their baptism, which was by total immersion.
It was necessary that such women workers should be warned against slanderous gossip and bidden to be absolutely reliable. When a young doctor graduates and before he begins to practise, he takes the Hippocratic oath, and part of that oath is a pledge never to repeat anything that he has heard in the house of a patient, or anything that he has heard about a patient, even if he has heard it on the street. In the work of helping the poor, things might easily be heard and be repeated and infinite damage done. It is not any insult to women that the Pastorals specially forbid gossip to them. In the nature of things a woman runs more risk of gossip than a man. A man’s work takes him out into the world; a woman of necessity lives in a narrower sphere and for that very reason has fewer things to talk about. This increases the danger of talking about the personal relationships from which slanderous gossip arises. Whether man or woman, a tale-bearing, confidence-repeating Christian is a monstrous thing.
In Greek civilization it was essential that the women workers of the Church should preserve their dignity. The respectable Greek woman lived in the greatest seclusion; she never went out alone; she never even shared meals with her men folk. Pericles said that the duty of an Athenian mother was to live so retired a life that her name should never be mentioned among men for praise or blame. Xenophon tells how a country gentleman who was a friend of his said about the young wife whom he had just married and whom he dearly loved. “What was she likely to know when I married her? Why, she was not yet fifteen when I introduced her to my house, and she had been brought up always under the strictest supervision; as far as could be managed, she had not been allowed to see anything, hear anything or ask any questions.” That is the way in which respectable Greek girls were brought up. Xenophon gives a vivid picture of one of these girl-wives gradually “growing accustomed to her husband and becoming sufficiently tame to hold conversation with him.”
Christianity emancipated women; it liberated them from a kind of slavery. But there were dangers. She who was liberated might misuse her new-found freedom; the respectable world might be shocked by such an emancipation; and so the Church had to lay down its regulations. It was by wisely using freedom, and not misusing it, that women came to hold the proud position in the Church which they hold today.
PRIVILEGE & RESPONSIBILITY OF LIFE WITHIN THE CHURCH ( 1Ti 3:14-15 ) 3:14-15 I am writing these things to you, hoping, as I write, to come to you soon. But I am writing, so that, if I am delayed, you may know how to behave yourselves in the household of God, which is the assembly of the living God, and the pillar and buttress of the truth.
Here in one phrase is the reason why the Pastoral Epistles were written; they were written to tell men how to behave within the Church. The word for to behave is anastrephesthai ( G390) ; it describes what we might call a man’s walk and conversation. It describes his whole life and character; but it specially describes him in his relationships with other people. As it has been said, the word in itself lays it down that a church member’s personal character must be excellent and that his personal relationships with other people should be a true fellowship. A church congregation is a body of people who are friends with God and friends with each other. Paul goes on to use four words which describe four great functions of the Church.
(i) The Church is the household (oikos, G3624) of God. First and foremost it must be a family. In a despatch written after one of his great naval victories, Nelson ascribed his victory to the fact that he “had the happiness to command a band of brothers.” Unless a church is a band of brothers it is not a true church at all. Love of God can exist only where brotherly love exists.
(ii) The Church is the assembly (ekklesia, G1577) of the living God. The word ekklesia ( G1577) literally means a company of people who have been called out. It does not mean that they have been selected or picked out. In Athens the ekklesia ( G1577) was the governing body of the city; and its membership consisted of all the citizens met in assembly. But, very naturally, at no time did all attend. The summons went out to come to the Assembly of the City, but only some citizens answered it and came. God’s call has gone out to every man; but only some have accepted it; and they are the ekklesia ( G1577) , the Church. It is not that God has been selective. The invitation comes to all; but to an invitation there must be a response.
(iii) The Church is the pillar of the truth (stulos, G4769) . In Ephesus, to which these letters were written, the word pillar would have a special significance. The greatest glory of Ephesus was the Temple of Diana or Artemis. “Great is Diana of the Ephesians” ( Act 19:28). It was one of the seven wonders of the world. One of its features was its pillars. It contained one hundred and twenty-seven pillars, every one of them the gift of a king. All were made of marble, and some were studded with jewels and overlaid with gold. The people of Ephesus knew well how beautiful a thing a pillar could be. It may well be that the idea of the word pillar here is not so much support–that is contained in buttress–as display. Often the statue of a famous man is set on the top of a pillar that it may stand out above all ordinary things and so be clearly seen, even from a distance. The idea here is that the Church’s duty is to hold up the truth in such a way that all men may see it.
(iv) The Church is the buttress (hedraioma, G1477) of the truth. The buttress is the support of the building. It keeps it standing intact. In a world which does not wish to face the truth, the Church holds it up for all to see. In a world which would often gladly eliminate unwelcome truth, the Church supports it against all who would seek to destroy it.
A HYMN OF THE CHURCH ( 1Ti 3:16 )
3:16 As everyone must confess, great is the secret which God has revealed to us in our religion:
He who was manifested in the flesh: He who was vindicated by the Spirit: He who was seen by angels: He who has been preached among the nations: He in whom men have believed all over the world: He who was taken up into glory.
The great interest of this passage is that here we have a fragment of one of the hymns of the early Church. It is a setting of belief in Christ to poetry and to music, a hymn in which men sang their creed. We cannot expect in poetry the precision of statement for which we would look in a creed; but we must try to see what each line in this hymn is saying to us.
(i) He who was manifested in the flesh. Right at the beginning it stresses the real humanity of Jesus. It says: “Look at Jesus, and you will see the mind and the heart and the action of God, in a form that men can understand.”
(ii) He who was vindicated by the Spirit. This is a difficult line. There are three things it may mean. (a) It may mean that all through his earthly days Jesus was kept sinless by the power of the Spirit. It is the Spirit who gives a man guidance; our error is that we so often refuse his guidance. It was Jesus’ perfect submission to the Spirit of God which kept him without sin. (b) It may mean that Jesus’ claims were vindicated by the action of the Spirit who dwelt in him. When Jesus was accused by the scribes and Pharisees of effecting cures by the power of the devil, his answer was: “If I cast out devils by the Spirit of God, then the kingdom of God is come upon you” ( Mat 12:28). The power that was in Jesus was the power of the Spirit, and the mighty acts he performed were the vindication of the tremendous claims which he made. (c) It may be that this is a reference to the Resurrection. Men took Jesus and crucified him as a criminal upon a cross; but through the power of the Spirit he rose again; the verdict of men was demonstrated to be false, and he was vindicated. No matter how we take this line, its meaning is that the Spirit is the power who proved Jesus to be what he claimed to be.
(iii) He who was seen by angels. Again there are three possible meanings. (a) It may be a reference to Jesus’ life before he came to earth. (b) It may be a reference to his life on earth. Even on earth the hosts of heaven were looking on at his tremendous contest with evil. (c) It may connect with the belief of all men in the time of Jesus that the air was full of demonic and angelic powers. Many of these powers were hostile to God and to man, and bent on the destruction of Jesus. Paul at least once argued that they were bent on the destruction of Jesus through ignorance, and that Jesus brought to them and to men the wisdom which had been hidden since the world began ( 1Co 2:7-8). This phrase may mean that Jesus brought the truth even to the angelic and demonic powers who had never known it. However we take it, it means that the work of Jesus is so tremendous that it includes both heaven and earth.
(iv) He who has been preached among the nations. Here we have the great truth that Jesus was the exclusive possession of no race. He was not the Messiah who had come to raise the Jews to earthly greatness, but the Saviour of the whole wide world.
(v) He in whom men have believed all over the world. Here is an almost miraculous truth stated with utter simplicity. After Jesus had died and risen again and ascended to his glory, the number of his followers was one hundred and twenty ( Act 1:15). All that his followers had to offer was the story of a Galilaean carpenter who had been crucified on a hilltop in Palestine as a criminal. And yet before seventy years had passed that story had gone out to the ends of the earth and men of every nation accepted this crucified Jesus as Saviour and Lord. In this simple phrase there is the whole wonder of the expansion of the Church, an expansion which on any human grounds is incredible.
(vi) He who was taken up into glory. This is a reference to the Ascension. The story of Jesus begins in heaven and ends in heaven. He lived as a servant; he was branded as a criminal; he was crucified on a cross; he rose with the nailprints still upon him; but the end is glory.
-Barclay’s Daily Study Bible (NT)
Fuente: Barclay Daily Study Bible
2. In officiary, 1Ti 3:1-13.
a. Of presbyter-bishops, 1Ti 3:1-7 .
1. A true saying Literally, faithful is the saying. Worthy of reliance is the maxim.
Desire Reach-after, as with the hand. Paul seems unconscious that we may construe that desire into an unholy ambition. Evil is in him that evil thinks. The apostle’s pure mind is thinking only of those who earnestly desire to achieve a good work, in discharging the office.
Bishop The word is the Greek term episkopos, with both ends clipped, the initial p softened, and the central k turned into an aspirate. It is compounded of epi, over, and skopeo, to inspect; and is exactly synonymous with the Saxon overseer or the Latin superintendent. Wesley, in ordaining Coke as bishop, or first of three ordained ministerial grades, preferred the term superintendent to bishop.
The Greek word episkopos was a political term, used by the Athenians to designate those whom they appointed to superintend their foreign dependencies. As the word is used of a Church officer in the Greek Testament only by Paul and his disciple Luke, (Act 20:28; Php 1:1; Tit 1:7,) it is possible that such application originated with Paul. It is now agreed, we believe, generally, by Episcopalian scholars as well as others, that in the New Testament the term is always synonymous with elder. In the present chapter no order is recognised between the bishop and deacon. It is in Timothy himself, the delegate of the apostle, that Episcopalian scholars find the bishop. They thus maintain that while the word bishop, once given to the elder, was afterwards transferred to the first order, yet the order itself is the continuation of the apostolate, divested of its miraculous powers. Others maintain that while elder and bishop were originally one order, the apostles raised certain elders to a higher ordained grade, to whom the term bishop was excusively applied. The Presbyterian scholars, on the other hand, maintain that the apostolic office wholly ceased, and that the only scriptural Church officers are presbyters, or elders, and deacons.
Dr. Adam Clarke’s exposition of this paragraph is hardly less than a curiosity. He seems to suppose it a thing undoubted that episkopos here means diocesan bishop, and brings out very Episcopal conclusions: “Episcopacy in the Church of God is of divine appointment, and should be maintained and respected. The State has its monarch, the Church has its bishops; one should govern according to the laws of the land, the other according to the word of God.” But writers like Bloomfield, Wordsworth, Ellicott, and Bishop Onderdonk, (in his Episcopacy Tested by Scripture,) find no bishop in the Scripture episkopos.
‘Faithful is the saying, If a man seeks the office of a bishop (overseer), he desires a good work.’
These church overseers were seemingly responsible for the main teaching in the church (‘apt to teach’), and would thus be seen as the face of the church by outsiders. It was to them that direction would be made by Christians if people came to them with questions, or to learn more about the church. They had therefore to be of good repute. Furthermore, because of the importance and centrality of their role, they had to be good role models.
The Qualifications For A Bishop In The Local Church ( 1Ti 3:1-7 ).
The church in each city and town was run by a group of elders (presbuteroi) of whom some, if not all (Act 20:17 with 28), would be appointed ‘bishops’ (episkopoi – the word is rare in secular literature where it indicates ‘oversight’). It was the task of the latter to oversee the teaching of the church members (they must be ‘apt to teach’ – 1Ti 3:2). But in order to qualify as teachers they also had to make the grade in their lives. Those qualifications are now laid out.
Analysis.
Faithful is the saying, If a man seeks the office of a bishop (overseer), he desires a good work (1Ti 3:1).
The bishop therefore must be without reproach, the husband of one wife, temperate, sober-minded, orderly, given to hospitality, apt to teach, no brawler, no striker; but gentle, not contentious, no lover of money, one who rules well his own house, having his children in subjection with all gravity (1Ti 3:2-4).
But if a man does not know how to rule his own house, how will he take care of the church of God? (1Ti 3:5).
Not a novice, lest being puffed up he fall into the condemnation of the devil (1Ti 3:6).
Moreover he must have good testimony from those who are without, lest he fall into reproach and the snare of the devil (1Ti 3:7).
Note that in ‘a’ the office of bishop is ‘a good work’ and in the parallel he must therefore be well thought of by outsiders, for to them he is the face of the Christian church. In ‘b’ the qualifications are laid out, and in the parallel the warning that he must not be a novice. Centrally in ‘c’ he must have proved himself fit to take charge of the household of God, this being evidenced by how he runs his own household.
Choosing The Officers For The Local Church: Bishops, Deacons, and Deaconesses ( 1Ti 3:1-13 ).
No task was more serious for the young Timothy, (nor for the older Titus), than that of the selection of good officers to lead the Lord’s army forwards. We come now, therefore to what the qualifications are for ‘bishops’ (overseers and teachers of the local church), and ‘deacons’ and deaconesses (servants of the church and spiritual assistants to the overseers). Only men could be bishops, but both men and women could seemingly be deacons.
In View Of What Christ Has Done Paul Lays Out The Battle Plan For The Future And Organises God’s Forces In Order To Ensure That His Church Will Be The Mainstay Of All That He Has Accomplished ( 1Ti 1:18 to 1Ti 3:16 ).
Calling on Timothy to prepare for spiritual warfare (1Ti 1:18-20), he exhorts prayer for all men, and especially for all in high places, in order that the work of God might go forward peaceably among all men, for that was why He had sent His Mediator as a man among men and as a ransom for all (1Ti 2:1-7). All are to play their part in accordance with what God has revealed. Christian men (including women) are all to participate in this prayer, lifting up holy hands in Christian oneness, while Christian women are also to play their part by godly sobriety, and being careful to maintain their rightful place, lest the error of the Garden of Eden be repeated. Avoidance of this, and fulfilling of their major role in child-bearing, will then turn out for their blessing and salvation (1Ti 2:8-15). Meanwhile the principles of leadership are laid out as Paul gives advice to Timothy about the appointment of male ‘bishops/overseers’ and ‘deacons’, and also of ‘women’ (1Ti 3:1-13), and he concludes the section by pointing out that his instructions are being sent to him so that he might know how men and women are to behave within the household of God, that is the church of the living God (1Ti 3:14-15). Finally he ends by again directing his own and their minds to heavenly things (compare 1Ti 1:17), but this time in terms of the coming of the Incarnate One and what He has accomplished (1Ti 3:16), a truth of which the church is to be the mainstay in the world (1Ti 3:15).
We can summarise this section something like this:
Warring the good warfare and the collapse of some of the fabric (1Ti 1:18-20).
Rallying the troops both male and female to make use of their spiritual weapons (chapter 2).
Choosing the officers, both male and female (1Ti 3:1-13).
The responsibility of the Church as the pillar and mainstay of the truth and the description of the One Whose incredible accomplishment guarantees the success of the warfare and provides its incentive (1Ti 3:14-16).
The Qualifications of Bishops 1Ti 3:1-7 lists the qualifications of bishops.
1Ti 3:1 This is a true saying, If a man desire the office of a bishop, he desireth a good work.
1Ti 3:1 1Ti 3:1 “If a man desire the office of a bishop” Word Study on “desireth” BDAG says the word “desireth” ( ) (G3713) is used only in the middle voice in the New Testament and it literally means, “to stretch oneself, to reach out one’s hand,” and figuratively, “to aspire to, to strive for, to desire.”
Comments – Paul uses this particular wording in 1Ti 3:1 about desiring the ministry because he wants young Timothy to learn how to look for those who could become candidates for the ministry. The underlying qualification is desire. Timothy must note those believers who have a zeal to serve the Lord and have a hunger for more of God. If a person had no desire to become an elder or bishop, then Timothy did not need to consider him, for without desire, a candidate is not going to strive for perfection.
This opening emphasis on desire for the ministry means that these next few verses (1Ti 3:2-7) show young men how to strive and how to qualify for something they desire, while the passage shows Timothy how to recognize godly men who are qualified for these two offices.
1Ti 3:1 Comments – When we get saved and get into God’s Word, we have a natural desire to do something great for God. This is a good desire (1Ti 3:1). However, such a person must go through a time of training and qualifying before he can take such a leading role in the body of Christ (1Ti 3:2-13). It is during such time that a person learns submission to leadership and to others. This is the path that takes someone into God’s plan of promotion. Jesus Christ said, “But he that is greatest among you shall be your servant. And whosoever shall exalt himself shall be abased; and he that shall humble himself shall be exalted.” (Mat 23:11-12) This is the way God does things in the Kingdom of God. I have learned that when I submit to my pastor and make his plans work, that God will pick a time when my character has been tried and proved to promote me to a place of leadership. Such a leader is less likely to fall into pride with such a position. We see this same pattern as Paul give Timothy the conditions to the appointment of church leaders.
1Ti 3:2 A bishop then must be blameless, the husband of one wife, vigilant, sober, of good behaviour, given to hospitality, apt to teach;
1Ti 3:2 1Ti 3:2 “the husband of one wife” The phrase “the husband of one wife” found in 1Ti 3:2 and Tit 1:6 is generally interpreted one of two ways. Some scholars interpret this phrase to mean “the husband of one wife in a lifetime”; hence, they conclude that a previous divorce and remarriage is not acceptable for the ordination ministers. Other scholars say, “one wife at a time,” due to the practice of polygamy in this first century Greco-Roman culture.
If we interpret this phrase to mean the husband of one wife with no previous divorce, we must then place it within the context of other passages of Scripture on the topic of marriage and divorce. For example, we see that the Scriptures allow remarriage in the case of fornication, or death of the spouse (Mat 19:9).
Mat 19:9, “And I say unto you, Whosoever shall put away his wife, except it be for fornication, and shall marry another, committeth adultery: and whoso marrieth her which is put away doth commit adultery.”
Another passage of Scripture says that the wife cannot remarry when she chooses to leave a marriage relationship (1Co 7:10-11). Here, the Holy Bible allows a wife to leave a difficult and dangerous situation, but not to remarry if that choice to depart is made:
1Co 7:10-11, “And unto the married I command, yet not I, but the Lord, Let not the wife depart from her husband: But and if she depart, let her remain unmarried, or be reconciled to her husband: and let not the husband put away his wife.”
Although divorce and remarriage should not be part of a bishop’s Christian’s lifestyle, there are a few examples of great men and women of God who experienced divorce, and yet became powerful ministers of the Gospel of Jesus Christ, such as Kathryn Kuhlman and Joyce Meyer, and I believe Kenneth Copeland.
Jack Hayford gives much insight into this phrase by explaining that the husband of one wife means more than a physical relationship and a marriage certificate. It involves a dedication to one’s wife and a commitment to love her with all of his affections. A man cannot have a divided or lustful heart and still serve as a competent husband, especially in the ministry. His affections are committed to her and her alone. Thus, this phrase is intended to describe a relationship in which a husband and a wife are of one mind and one accord in the unity of the Spirit of God and in the bond of peace. They are becoming not only one flesh, but as spiritual creatures, they are becoming of one mind and of one spirit in God’s purpose and plan for their lives. [102]
[102] Jack Hayford, The Anatomy of Adultery (Ventura, California: Regal Books, 2004).
If we interpret the phrase “the husband of one wife” to refer to a man who avoids polygamy, then we examine why Paul placed this restriction upon church leaders. In other words, what would be the reason for a Christian leader to be limited to one wife, even in the midst of those cultures that allow polygamy? We do know that is polygamous cultures that the number of wives a man has often determines a man’s status in that society. He is usually a man of wealth and influence, but Paul’s restrictions mean that a person of influence in the church must come from different factors, rather than from wealth and influence.
One reason that Paul limits a Christian man to one wife in the midst of these polygamous societies is that the original intent of marriage was one man with one woman. God spoke in Gen 2:24 and said, “Therefore shall a man leave his father and his mother, and shall cleave unto his wife: and they shall be one flesh.” This verse says that “a man,” or “one man,” shall cling unto “his wife,” not “his wives.” Sin perverts God’s way. In practice, polygamy creates many difficulties. I have listed a number of problems that I have observed while living in a polygamous society in the mission field.
(1) It Creates an Oppressive Environment for Women and Children – Polygamy is found in societies where the women and children are oppressed. In contrast, societies that have been built upon biblical foundations, as much of Western civilization, find that monogamy brings women out of oppressive lifestyles into the freedom to become what God created them to be.
(2) It Creates a Lack of Intimacy Within a Marriage – There is little or no intimacy in a polygamous home. The husband and various wives cannot know real love because of his relationships with other women, because these wives are not able to open their hearts in intimacy to a polygamous man. This is because God did not create man and woman to live in such relationships. No woman can deeply love and respect a man who is sleeping with various other women at the same time. A good example of this problem in the Old Testament is found in the book of Esther when King Ahasuerus put away Queen Vashti over one incident (Est 1:10-21). Now, the only way that a man could do such a thing is because there was no true intimacy between the two individuals.
(3) It Creates Sexual Promiscuity Within a Society – Polygamy tends to bring a man into sexual promiscuity. It is found in the lives of King David and King Solomon; and because of it, both men sinned against God in this area of their lives. For King David, polygamy created an environment that resulted in adultery and murder (2Sa 11:1-27). For King Solomon, polygamy led his heart stray into idolatry (1Ki 11:1-8). Having lived in Africa a number of years, I have seen how polygamy distorts a man’s perception of marriage, and it perverts an entire society so that the majority of people become adulterous, both men and women. This is because polygamy confuses the boundaries of marriage. A man who believes that he can seek additional wives while married to one has no way to define adultery. In these poverty-stricken societies common-law relationships replace traditional marriage ceremonies, which are too expensive for most people. Then how does one distinguish between an adulterous relationship and a common law marriage? It becomes impossible to define. A man with more power in a polygamous society is able to steal another man’s wife. How does one define right and wrong is such situation? Was not this King David’s sin? He thought that he had the power to take possession of another man’s wife.
The issue becomes more complicated when a person of multiple marriages feels called into the ministry. I remember talking to one Bible School director who admitted that he faced a challenge when determining how to qualify an African man for the ministry who has only had one wife. If he has had numerous affairs with women before his conversion, who is to determine whether these relationships were short common-law marriages, or simply adulterous affairs? This director implemented a policy that if a dowry was paid, then it was a legal marriage. Otherwise, it was an adulterous relationship that had to be ended, or a marriage ceremony conducted, before a man could enroll in Bible school.
(4) It Creates Strife Within a Marriage Another reason that Paul limits a man to one wife is because the tendency for strife between wives becomes prevalent in a polygamous household. As I have lived in African, and talked to people who were raised in such a household, I have repeatedly heard the testimony of these children being raised in a home full of strife. I read the local African newspapers and hear of constant displays of public arguments between the wives of one man. A good biblical example of this problem is seen in the strife of Abraham’s household. Once Abraham took Hagar as a second “wife,” Sarah and Hagar fell into strife. This strife did not end until Hagar was driven out (Gen 16:1-16; Gen 21:9-21). A second Scriptural example is seen in the constant strife between Leah and Rachel, Jacob’s two wives. This strife never ended between these two women (Gen 29:1 to Gen 30:24). A minister of the Gospel cannot walk with God when strife prevails in his household.
God ordained the family to consist of one man and one woman. A home of polygamy is a home out of God’s divine order. Therefore, a man cannot qualify as a bishop when his home is not in divine order; otherwise, his prayers will be hindered (1Pe 3:7).
1Pe 3:7, “Likewise, ye husbands, dwell with them according to knowledge, giving honour unto the wife, as unto the weaker vessel, and as being heirs together of the grace of life; that your prayers be not hindered.”
(5) It Creates A Society of Murder – It is interesting to note the fact that Lamech, the first polygamist in the Scriptures (Gen 4:23), also committed an act of murder. We can also note that King David committed an act of murder because of his pursuit of polygamy (2Sa 11:1-27). We can note that the religion of Islam, which emphasizes polygamy as a part of hits religious tenets of faith is also characterized as a religion of war and terror and murder. We can note that the African nations are known for their polygamy as well as their internal wars. Thus, there seems to be a relationship between polygamy, or adultery, and the spirit of murder. It is interesting to compare David’s sin of adultery and murder and Lamech with the testimony of Jack Hayford when he was a young minister. His testimony includes a temptation towards adultery followed by thoughts of murder. As a young minister working at the headquarters of the Four Square Church, he found himself becoming close friends with a female co-worker, even though he was married. After some time a mature co-worker noticed this unhealthy friendship. Hayford tells of his emotional experience, how he both love his wife and yet, felt affections for this new lady. He tells how he entertained the thoughts of his wife dying. As he struggled with his heart and the Spirit of God, he felt tremendous conviction, but did not know what to do. He was feeling thoughts of adultery, followed by thoughts of leaving his wife, which was a spirit of murder. However, because of the intercession of others and the work on the Holy Spirit, he came to himself, approached his supervisor and arranged for a separation between himself and this female co-worker. At that point he approached his wife and revealed this struggle with her. Years later, he began to share this testimony from the pulpit and found that it was a frequent struggle with many church leaders and laymen. [103] We find these same two spirits at work in the life of David and Lamech; for they both committed adultery, followed by murder.
[103] Jack Hayford, The Anatomy of Adultery (Ventura, California: Regal Books, 2004).
Summary Paul the apostle had to draw some boundaries for the Church to conduct itself in these heathen societies. He had observed these problems within polygamy and was inspired by the Lord to reject it in the life of Church leadership; for no man of God can live a holy lifestyle and participate in polygamy.
Word Study on “vigilant” Strong says the Greek word “vigilant” ( ) (G3524) means, “sober,” and figuratively, “circumspect.” BDAG says it means, “temperate (in the use of wine), sober.” Zodhiates says it means, “Sober, temperate, self-controlled, especially in respect to wine. Used metaphorically, meaning sober-minded, watchful, circumspect.” The TDNT says it means, “holding no wine.”
Word Study on “ sober ” Strong says the Greek word “sober” ( ) (G4998) literally means, “safe (sound) in mind, that is, self controlled (moderate as to opinion or passion),” and figuratively, “discreet, sober, temperate.” He says this compound word comes from (4982) “to save,” and (5424) “the mind.” BDAG says it means, “prudent, thoughtful, self-controlled.” Vine says it means, “of sound mind, self-controlled.” Zodhiates translates it to mean, “self-disciplined in one’s freedom, self-restrained in all passions and desires.” The TDNT say it literally means, “of sound ( , , ) mind ( ).”
Comments – This person is sober-minded, sensible, level headed, which is the opposite of continual jesting and foolish talking.
Word Study on “of good behaviour” – Strong says the Greek word “of good behaviour” ( ) (G2887) means, “orderly, decorous.” BDAG says it means, “respectable, honorable.” Vine says it means, “orderly, modest.” The TDNT says it means, “honorable, disciplined.”
Word Study on “given to hospitality” Strong says the Greek word “given to hospitality” ( ) (G5382) literally means, “fond of guests,” and figuratively, “given to hospitality.” He says it is a compound word, coming from ( ) (G5384) “friend,” and ( ) (G3581) “stranger.” BDAG says this word means, “hospitality.” Vine says it means, “love of strangers.”
Comments – He is friendly towards others.
Word Study on “apt to teach” Strong says the Greek word “apt to teach” ( ) (G1317) means, “instructive, didactic.” BDAG says it means, “skillful in teaching.” Vine says it means, “skilled in teaching.” The TDNT says it means, “able to teach.”
1Ti 3:3 Not given to wine, no striker, not greedy of filthy lucre; but patient, not a brawler, not covetous;
1Ti 3:3 1Ti 3:3, ‘Not given to wine, no striker, not greedy of filthy lucre; but patient, not a brawler, not covetous;”
Tit 1:7, “For a bishop must be blameless, as the steward of God; not selfwilled, not soon angry, not given to wine, no striker, not given to filthy lucre;”
Scholars are divided as to whether the word should be translated in its literal or figurative sense in the New Testament. 1. The Wider Use – Those who favor the wider use of the word without a reference to drunkenness base their argument upon the use of this word outside the New Testament, and the immediate context of its passage in the New Testament.
a) Citations Outside the New Testament – The Greek verb is used in the LXX with the figurative meaning of “brawling” (Isa 41:12).
Brenton, “ Thou shalt seek them, and thou shalt not find the men who shall insolently rage against thee: for they shall be as if they were not, and they that war against thee shall not be.
Walter Lock cites several uses of the Greek word outside the New Testament where it has the figurative meaning, “‘blustering,’ ‘abusive,’ like a man who has been drinking.” [104]
[104] See Josephus ( Antiquities 4.6.10), Aristides ( Apology 14), and Chrysostom ( de Sacerd. 4.1). See Walter Lock, A Critical and Exegetical Commentary on the Pastoral Epistles (I & II Timothy and Titus), in The International Critical Commentary on the Holy Scriptures of the Old and New Testaments, eds. Charles A. Briggs, Samuel R. Driver, and Alfred Plummer (Edinburgh: T & T. Clark, 1959), 130.
b) The Immediate Context of the Passage – Scholars argue that the context of 1Ti 3:3 places in contrast to (but peaceable). The immediate context of its used in Tit 1:7 deals with anger and brawling as well.
Tit 1:7 2. The Literal Use – In support of the literal meaning of drunkenness, there are a number of strong arguments.
a) The Context of Parallel Verses in the Pastoral Epistles – one notes the parallel qualification of the deacon, which says it is not to be given to “much wine” (1Ti 3:8), and the list of virtues of the aged women in Tit 2:3, both of which do not describe a person’s temperament, but rather his consumption of wine.
b) The Ancient Versions – John Gill cites the Syriac version of this text, which says, “who does not transgress over wine,” meaning that he does not “go beyond due bounds in the use of it.” He says the Arabic version reads, “not insolent through wine,” which describes “one that is heated with it is fierce and furious, and wrangling and quarrelsome, and often very mischievous and injurious;” [105]
[105] John Gill, 1 Timothy, 2 Timothy, and Titus, in John Gill’s Expositor, in e-Sword, v. 7.7.7 [CD-ROM] (Franklin, Tennessee: e-Sword, 2000-2005), comments on 1 Timothy 3:3.
Comments The Greek phrases “ ” (1Ti 3:3, Tit 1:7), “ ” (1Ti 3:8), and “ ” (Tit 2:3) are generally considered to be equivalent in meaning. Thus, the idea is that wine is to be used in moderation among believers.
Paul tells Timothy later in this same epistle to drink a little wine for the sake of his health (1Ti 5:23), and Paul also says that no food or drink is to be refused if it has been received with thanksgiving and the Word of God and prayer (1Ti 4:4-5). Thus, Paul is telling the leaders of the church not to indulge in these areas of his life, but to use wisdom and moderation.
1Ti 5:23, “Drink no longer water, but use a little wine for thy stomach’s sake and thine often infirmities.”
1Ti 4:4-5, “For every creature of God is good, and nothing to be refused, if it be received with thanksgiving: For it is sanctified by the word of God and prayer.”
It should be noted in a similar manner that the Levitical priests were forbidden to not partake of wine or strong drink prior to ministering in their office (Lev 10:9).
Lev 10:9, “Do not drink wine nor strong drink, thou, nor thy sons with thee, when ye go into the tabernacle of the congregation, lest ye die: it shall be a statute for ever throughout your generations:”
“no striker” – Word Study on “striker” – Strong says the Greek word “striker” ( ) (G4131) means, “a smiter, that is, pugnacious (quarrelsome), a striker.” BDAG says it means, “a pugnacious man, a bully.” Vine says it means, “a striker, a brawler.” Zodhiates defines this word to mean, “a striker, a violent person, figuratively a reviler, one who by reproachful and upbraiding language wounds the conscience of his brethren, a contentious person, a quarreler.”
“not greedy of filthy lucre” Word Study on “not a brawler” Strong says the Greek word “not a brawler” ( ) (G269) means, “peaceable,” and is a compound word coming from “ ” as a “negative particle,” and ( ) (G3163), meaning, “a battle, controversy.” BDAG says it means, “peaceable.” Vine says it literally means, “not fighting,” and metaphorically it means, “not contentious.” This Greek word is used twice in the New Testament (1Ti 3:3, Tit 3:2).
1Ti 3:3, “Not given to wine, no striker, not greedy of filthy lucre; but patient, not a brawler , not covetous;”
Tit 3:2, “To speak evil of no man, to be no brawlers , but gentle, shewing all meekness unto all men.”
Comments The idea of wine bibbing and fighting and greedy of worldly gain go together in the sense that people who drink too much often lose their temper while drunk and desire worldly entertainment. A person given to drink is often characterized as temperamental, and one who seeks pleasures. Thus, the three qualifications of “not given to wine, no striker, not greedy of filthy lucre” are placed together in the list.
1Ti 3:4 One that ruleth well his own house, having his children in subjection with all gravity;
1Ti 3:5 1Ti 3:4-5 Scripture References – Note a similar passage in Tit 1:6, “If any be blameless, the husband of one wife, having faithful children not accused of riot or unruly.”
1Ti 3:6 Not a novice, lest being lifted up with pride he fall into the condemnation of the devil.
1Ti 3:7 1Ti 3:7 Yet, if this qualification for a minister is true, why was Paul spoken evil by the Jews throughout the world (Act 21:21; Act 21:27)? How can this balance out?
Because Paul was being persecuted for righteousness sake (1Co 4:9-10). This verse in 1 Timothy is referring to a believer living a Godly lifestyle in the midst of an ungodly world.
Illustrations – Illustrations of how the Jews spoke evil of Paul:
Act 21:21, “And they are informed of thee, that thou teachest all the Jews which are among the Gentiles to forsake Moses, saying that they ought not to circumcise their children, neither to walk after the customs.”
Act 21:27, “And when the seven days were almost ended, the Jews which were of Asia, when they saw him in the temple, stirred up all the people, and laid hands on him,”
1Co 4:9-10, “For I think that God hath set forth us the apostles last, as it were appointed to death: for we are made a spectacle unto the world, and to angels, and to men. We are fools for Christ’s sake, but ye are wise in Christ; we are weak, but ye are strong; ye are honourable, but we are despised.”
The Appointment of Church Leaders: A Good Conscience In 1Ti 3:1-13 Paul deals with church leadership as the second aspect of setting a local church congregation in order. In this passage he discusses the qualifications of bishops (1Ti 3:1-7) and deacons (1Ti 3:8-13) within the local church congregation. Once Timothy has seen certain individuals who have followed him in corporate prayer, whose hearts are pure, he now begins to work with them on issues of character. He will identify those who are living by a good conscience so that their character among the congregation will one day be instilled into the laity.
This discussion of the appointment of church leadership in 1Ti 3:1-13 naturally follows the sequence that Paul has laid out in the previous passages. When a man sets himself in order within the institution of the Church by joining in corporate and private prayer (1Ti 2:1-8), and is also able to bring his wife and family in order within the Church (1Ti 2:9-15), he is then putting himself in a position for the next calling that involves a person’s relationship with the church assemble, which is Church leadership (1Ti 3:1-13). For when a person fulfills his first two roles within a congregation, God will call him to the next level, which is leadership. We can imagine young Timothy calling the congregation to prayer. Those in attendance would be viewed by him as believers whose heart was right with God, and who had a passion for the things of God. It would be out of this group that Timothy would look for potential leaders. Thus, we see a sequence of events in the life of individuals regarding their roles within the local church assembly. There are two levels of leadership; the bishop and the deacon. Later, in his second epistle to young Timothy, Paul will deal with some of the manifold aspects of church leadership.
Outline Here is a proposed outline:
1. The Qualifications of Bishops 1Ti 3:1-7
2. The Qualifications of Deacons 1Ti 3:8-13
The Purpose of Appointing Church Leaders – Paul will charge Titus with the same instructions regarding church leadership in Tit 1:5-9.
Tit 1:5, “For this cause left I thee in Crete, that thou shouldest set in order the things that are wanting, and ordain elders in every city, as I had appointed thee:”
It is of utmost most importance that godly leaders be appointed over God’s flock as quickly as possible. Why is this so?
1. Godly leaders both save themselves and those that hear them:
1Ti 4:16, “Take heed unto thyself, and unto the doctrine; continue in them: for in doing this thou shalt both save thyself, and them that hear thee.”
2. Ungodly leaders can subvert the hearers (Tit 1:11), damning both leader and followers. Tit 1:10-11 explains why.
Tit 1:10-11, “For there are many unruly and vain talkers and deceivers, specially they of the circumcision: Whose mouths must be stopped, who subvert whole houses, teaching things which they ought not, for filthy lucre’s sake.”
This is why so many verses in this epistle are given to the subject of qualified leaders. We see its importance when we read how Jesus spent all night in prayer before choosing His twelve apostles.
Luk 6:12-13, “And it came to pass in those days, that he went out into a mountain to pray, and continued all night in prayer to God. And when it was day, he called unto him his disciples: and of them he chose twelve, whom also he named apostles;”
A Description of The Church Offices within the Pastoral Epistles When we look at the titles given to church leaders in the Pastoral Epistles, we immediately see the office of the bishop ( ) and the deacon ( ). As we continue to read we notice that the title of elder ( ) not only refers to an older man, but also to church leaders as well. Thus, the title of elder would probably signify reverence for age as well as position.
The Basis for Appointments of Church Leaders In the New Testament, the offices of a bishop and deacon are not based on family lineage, as in the Old Testament. It is based on faith and obedience. Even though the Jews of Paul’s day were aware of their tribal heritage, for Paul knew his lineage as a Benjamite (Php 3:5), Paul instructed the Church to chose leaders based on the divine qualifications set forth in these verses.
In contrast, today in Africa everyone knows his tribal heritage. Each African also keeps track of the tribes of their friends and colleagues. This is because of the belief that each tribe has its own unique personalities and characteristics in its people. In fact, during the reigns of Obote and Idi Amin, these two Presidents of Uganda, East Africa, chose leaders out of their own tribes to lead their nations. These were choices based on tribe, and not on abilities to lead a nation.
Php 3:5, “Circumcised the eighth day, of the stock of Israel, of the tribe of Benjamin, an Hebrew of the Hebrews; as touching the law, a Pharisee;”
Dating the Epistle of 1 Timothy It becomes obvious from reading 1Ti 3:1-3 about the qualifications of bishops and deacons that Timothy was already familiar with the roles of these church offices in the local church; for a no time in this Epistle or any other Pauline epistle does he explain their functions and distinctions to Timothy. This familiarity allowed Paul to limit his comments to the identification of men whose character qualified them for these offices.
We see from Act 20:17 that Paul had already ordained elders in the church of Ephesus before departing.
Act 20:17, “And from Miletus he sent to Ephesus, and called the elders of the church.”
Thus, we know that Timothy had watched Paul identify and set apart such men on numerous occasions. In the epistle of 1 Timothy Paul is now delegating this duty to Timothy. I point this fact out because many scholars use Act 20:17 to date this epistle earlier during Paul’s third missionary journey, rather than between his first and second Roman imprisonments. They argue that Paul could not have appointed bishops in this church, then wrote to Timothy years later to do the same. But this argument for an early date of writing assumes that Paul had never appointed bishops and deacons before writing this passage in 1Ti 3:1-13. However, this is a wrong assumption, because this passage clearly implies that Timothy was already familiar with the functions of these offices of church leaders. Otherwise, this passage would have to be lengthy, and this Epistle be the size of some of Paul’s longer epistles in order to explain everything needed to initiate those offices into the body of Christ.
Setting the Church In Order 1Ti 2:1 to 1Ti 6:19 is the body of the epistle in which Paul gives Timothy specific instructions on how to set the church in order. Young believers do not know how to conduct themselves unless they are taught how to do this; thus, Paul places a special emphasis on respect and reverence upon the house of God, because it is a place dedicated to God. A new believer has to learn how to conduct himself in church since it is a new and sacred experience for him.
After Timothy is given his commissions and told how to appoint leadership (1Ti 1:3-20), Paul gives him three things to do in order to set qualified and trained leadership over the church of Ephesus. First, Timothy is to establish this church by calling the congregation to corporate prayer, where godly men will be identified (1Ti 2:1-15). This instruction includes the role of women role in the church. In a new church with new converts, women can dress very immodestly, so Paul is telling Timothy to set these issues straight so that prayer is not hindered. (Note that Jesus set the temple in order by driving out the moneychangers and saying that God’s house must be established as a house of prayer [Mat 21:12-13 ].) These times of corporate prayer will help Timothy identify those with a pure heart. Second, Timothy was instructed to appoint and train elders and deacons by giving them certain qualifications to meet (1Ti 3:1 to 1Ti 4:16). Timothy will begin to look for those who qualify as leaders out of the faithful who follow him in corporate prayer and exhibit a pure heart, and appoint them as bishops and deacons (1Ti 3:1-13). Finally, he will train those whom he has chosen to be future leaders (1Ti 3:14 to 1Ti 4:16). Thus, the steps to becoming a church leader are to first become a man of prayer (1Ti 2:1-15). As the desire for the ministry grows, a person will allow the Lord to develop his character so that he can qualify for the office of a bishop (1Ti 3:1-13). Finally, this person is to train himself unto godliness (1Ti 3:14 to 1Ti 4:16). We see this same method of selecting and training leaders in the life and ministry of our Lord Jesus Christ. He left home and called many to follow Him. For those who did forsake all and followed Him, Jesus chose twelve, whom He then trained for the work of the ministry. The third aspect of setting the church in order is regarding those church members who do not aspire to leadership positions of bishops and deacons. Thus, Paul gives Timothy guidelines on how to set in order additional roles of each member of the congregation (1Ti 5:1 to 1Ti 6:19). The passage on corporate prayer (1Ti 2:1-15) will emphasize the spiritual aspect of the congregation as the members prepare their hearts before the Lord. The passage on the appointment and training of church leadership (1Ti 3:1 to 1Ti 4:16) will emphasize the mental aspect of the congregation as certain members train for the ministry. The passage on the role of additional members (1Ti 5:1 to 1Ti 6:19) will emphasize the physical aspect as they yield themselves to a godly lifestyle.
Outline Here is a proposed outline:
1. The First Order: Corporate & Personal Prayer 1Ti 2:1-15
2. The Second Order: Appointing & Training Church Leaders 1Ti 3:1 to 1Ti 4:16
3. The Third Order: the Roles of the Congregation 1Ti 5:1 to 1Ti 6:19
The Second Order: The Appointment and Training of Church Leaders (Emphasis on Renewing of the Mind) 1Ti 3:1 to 1Ti 4:16 gives a lengthy discourse on how to identify and train members for the offices of bishops and deacons, the primary leaders in a local congregation. This passage will emphasize the renewing of the mind for Christian leadership.
Outline Here is a proposed outline:
1. The Appointment of Church Leaders 1Ti 3:1-13
2. The Training of Church Leaders 1Ti 3:14 to 1Ti 4:16
The Office of a Bishop, or Pastor.
v. 1. This is a true saying, if a man desire the office of a bishop, he desireth a good work.
v. 2. A bishop, then, must be blameless, the husband of one wife, vigilant, sober, of good behavior, given to hospitality, apt to teach;
v. 3. not given to wine, no striker, not greedy of filthy lucre, but patient, not a brawler, not covetous;
v. 4. one that rules well his own house, having his children in subjection with all gravity;
v. 5. (for if a man know not how to rule his own house, how shall he take care of the Church of God?)
v. 6. not a novice, lest, being lifted up with pride, he fall into the condemnation of the devil.
v. 7. Moreover, he must have a good report of them which are without lest he fall into reproach and the snare of the devil.
Here is a very complete table of duties for pastors and all public teachers in the Church, very much like that given in the first chapter of the letter to Titus: Trustworthy is the word, If any one covets the office of a bishop, he desires an excellent work. The doctrine which the apostle here teaches concerning the episcopal office, or ministry, is true, certain, trustworthy for all times. St. Paul here refers to the overseership, to the office of the ministry, in a very casual way, showing that he was not introducing a strange or new order of things. Originally the ministers of the Word and the deacons together seem to have formed the presbytery of the congregations, the former being designated as bishops, or overseers. It was only at the end of the first century that the chairman of the board of presbytery received the definite title of “bishop,” which name was later applied only to the highest church officer in a diocese, city, or district. The hierarchical system of the Roman Church and of the Church of England is not based upon any command of the Lord, but is a mere human institution. Paul is speaking of the simple conditions as they obtained at his time when he states that if one aspires to the office of a bishop, he desires an excellent work. The ministry is a work, a labor, a toil which is fine, excellent, precious, good, not on account of the persons engaged in it, but on account of its object, Eph 4:8-12. Both preachers and hearers, however, should remain conscious of the fact that it is a service, a work, a labor, whose obligation and responsibility, not to speak of the actual activity, both mentally and physically, make it anything but a sinecure if it is properly done. The apostle therefore commends such men as aspire to this office, as are willing to take upon themselves the labor which the grace of God imposes upon them in this most glorious of all occupations.
The apostle now enumerates the principal qualifications of a bishop, of a minister of the Gospel: It is necessary, then, that a bishop be blameless. This demand, in a measure, anticipates and includes all the attributes that are named by the apostle. A minister must have a blameless, irreproachable character; he must lead such a life, not that he be altogether sinless, but that he abstain from all conduct which would rightly render him infamous in the opinion of the world. As the first requisite under this heading, St. Paul mentions: the husband of one wife, that a pastor lead a chaste and decent life, confining his attentions to his wife, if he have one, as he normally will, not living in concubinage or bigamy, or rejecting a woman to whom he is lawfully betrothed for another. Furthermore, a pastor should be sober, not only temperate in every form of sensual enjoyment, but filled with spiritual sobriety, and therefore careful, cautious, discreet, able to retain his cool judgment at a time when practically the whole world is swept with a flood of false enthusiasm and of a “Christianity” which is strongly anti-Biblical. A Christian minister and teacher, moreover, must be sound-minded, firm in character, fully master of himself, not a play of his affections and passions; decorous, displaying his spiritual sound-mindedness in his conduct, in his actions, in his speech, in the proper tact toward all men with whom he comes into contact; in short, every pastor should be a refined, courteous, polite gentleman.
These attributes of the person will naturally find their application in the entire life of the minister or teacher. He will be given to true hospitality, not in encouraging tramps or other undesirable loafers, but in showing all love toward strangers, especially those of the household of faith, Rom 12:13: Heb 13:2; 1Pe 4:9. He must be apt to teach, able to impart knowledge to others; there must be either a natural or an acquired ability, for which reason this point is of prime importance in the training of future pastors and teachers. A congregation has a right to expect, to demand, this qualification, for unless a minister is really in a position to communicate the Christian doctrine to his hearers, he will be lacking in an essential point of his office.
The next attributes concern the relation of a pastor not only to his own members, but also to those that are without. He must not be addicted to wine, to the habitual, intemperate use of strong drink of any kind, he must not be a friend of carousals. “his is demanded with all the greater emphasis, since it may result in wanton profligacy as well as in drunken quarrels, in which he is apt to become, as Paul puts it, a striker, a quarrelsome person, always stalking about with a chip on his shoulder, engaged in heated controversy at the slightest provocation. Instead of these vices of recklessness, pride, and selfishness the apostle counsels leniency, bidding the minister be mild, be ready at all times with a conciliatory tone, avoid dissension and quarrels as long as it can be done without denial of the truth, abstain from selfishness, from covetousness and avarice. If these sins take hold of a person, they render him unfit for the glorious work of the ministry and for dispensing its priceless blessings.
The apostle now emphasizes the function of overseer which belongs to the office of the ministry: One able to manage his own house well, keeping his children in subjection by the application of all gravity (but if any one does not know how to manage his own house, how will he take the proper care of the Church of God?). A minister should have the ability to lead, to rule. He must exhibit the dignity and gravity which is conscious of the obligation resting upon him, also in his own home; he cannot be a mere figurehead. His rule and. management of his own house must be in conformity with the office entrusted to him. His children, therefore, must be in a state of submissiveness to him; he must guard his fatherly authority with quiet firmness of character. There may be cases, of course, in which children will go wrong in spite of all the efforts of the father to bring them up in the nurture and admonition of the Lord. But in general it holds true that people may rightly draw conclusions as to a pastor’s ability to be an overseer of the flock by the success of his management at home. If he cannot take proper care of the small house congregation entrusted to him, how much less will he be able to give proper attention to the needs of every member of his larger flock? If he cannot do justice to the responsibility of managing those dependent upon him by nature, how will he do justice to the pastoral care of the children of God in the congregation?
The apostle now concludes his enumeration of the qualifications of a bishop: Not a novice, lest he, filled with conceit, fall into the judgment of the devil. A recent convert to Christianity should not be given the responsible position of bishop. He is still too weak and too inexperienced in spiritual matters; he is not yet able to meet the dangers and temptations of the office successfully. And the greatest danger would be in his own mind, namely, that his elevation to this high office tends to make him conceited, inflated with vanity. Should this condition result, however, then the inexperienced novice would fall into the condemnation of the devil, the judgment which struck Satan on account of his pride, on account of which he was cast out of heaven and met his doom. But just as a person that aspires to the office of a bishop must guard against the sin of pride, so he must use all careful watchfulness against the wary traps of the deceiver: But it is also necessary that he have a good report among outsiders, lest he fall into reproach and the snare of the devil: The apostle does not mean to say, of course, that a Christian pastor should try to please all men, even with denial of the truth in word or deed, but he does demand that the candidate for the ministry shall have such a reputation in the community that criticism as to his moral life shall have no foundation, that nothing really infamous can be laid to his charge. Should public opinion, in such a case, be discredited and defied in a superior spirit, the result may be a discrediting, a reproach which may work harm to the Gospel of Christ. The censure directed against the person of the candidate would then be transferred to his office. In consequence of this not only he himself may fall into the snare of the devil by being driven back into his former sins, but the offense of the occurrence would be used by Satan to work in others an aversion to the doctrine of Christ. The dignity and beauty of the ministry is so great that the greatest care must be exercised in observing the qualifications here enumerated and in selecting such candidates for the pastoral office as measure up to the standard here set.
EXPOSITION
1Ti 3:1
Faithful is the saying for this is a true saying, A.V.; seeketh for desire, A.V. Faithful is the saying (see above, 1Ti 1:15, note). This manifestly refers to what follows, not, as Chrysostom and others, and margin of the R.V., to the saying which precedes, in 1Ti 2:15. Seeketh (); literally, stretches out his hands after. It is peculiar in the New Testament to the pastoral Epistles and the Epistle to the Hebrews, though common in classical Greek (see 1Ti 6:10; Heb 11:16). The noun , appetite, desire (which is found several times in the LXX.), is used once by St. Paul (Rom 1:27). The office of a bishop; meaning here, as everywhere else in Scripture, that of a presbyter, or priest. , in the sense of “the episcopate,” occurs only here and Act 1:20, where it is rendered “bishopric” in the A.V., and “overseer-ship” in the margin of the R.V., being the translation in the LXX. of Psa 108:1-13. (109., A.V.) of the Hebrew , “his office.” Elsewhere (Luk 19:44; 1Pe 2:12; 1Pe 5:6) it means “visitation.” But , “bishop” (Psa 108:2)except in 1Pe 2:25, where it is applied to Christalways means the overseer of the particular flock,the presbyter (Act 20:28; Php 1:1; Tit 1:7); and the functions of such (1Pe 5:2 compared with 1). It was not till the sub-apostolic age that the name of was confined to the chief overseer who had “priests and deacons” under him, as Timothy and Titus had. Possibly this application of the word arose from the visits of the apostles, and afterwards of men sent by the apostles, as Timothy and Titus, Tychicus and Artemas, were, to visit the Churches, being occasional and temporary only, as those of Visitors. For such occasional visitation is implied in the verb (Mat 25:36, Mat 25:43; Luk 1:68, Luk 1:78; Act 7:23; Act 15:36; Jas 1:27). Afterwards, when the wants of the Churches required permanent oversight, the name vescovo (It.), eueque (Fr.), bischof (Get.), bisceop (A.S.), aipiskaupus (Moeso-Goth.), etc.became universal for the chief overseer of the Church. A good work ( , not , as verse 10). means “honourable,” “becoming,” “beneficial,” and the like.
1Ti 3:2
The for a, A.V.; therefore for then, A.V.; without reproach for blameless, A.V.; temperate for vigilant, A.V.; sober-minded for sober, A.V.; orderly for of good behavior, A.V. The bishop (see note on 1Ti 3:1); “a bishop” is better English. Without reproach (); only here and 1Ti 5:7 and 1Ti 6:14 in the New Testament; not found anywhere in the LXX, but used by Thucydides, Euripides, and others, in the sense of “not open to attack,” “blameless.” The metaphor is said (though denied by others)to be from wrestling or boxing, when a man leaves no part of his body exposed to the attack of his adversary. The husband of one wife (comp. Tit 1:6). Three senses are possible. The passage may be understood
(1) as requiring a bishop, (or presbyter) to have a wife, and so some took it even in Chrysostom’s time (though he does not so understand it), and so the Russian Church understands it;
(2) as prohibiting his having more than one with at a time;
(3) as prohibiting second marriages for priests and bishops. Bishop Wordsworth, Bishop Ellicott, and Dean Alford, among English commentators, all agree in thinking that (3) is the apostle’s meaning. In spite of such consensus, it appears in the highest degree improbable that St. Paul should have laid down such a condition for the priesthood. There is nothing in his writings when treating expressly of second marriages (Rom 7:2, Rom 7:3; 1Co 7:8, 1Co 7:39) to suggest the notion of there being anything disreputable in a second marriage, and it would obviously cast a great slur upon second marriages if it were laid down as a principle that no one who had married twice was fit to be an . But if we consider the general laxity in regard to marriage, and the facility of divorce, which prevailed among Jews and Romans at this time, it must have been a common thing for a man to have more than one woman living who had been his wife. And this, as a distinct breach of the primeval law (Gen 2:24), would properly be a bar to any one being called to the “office of a bishop.” The same case is supposed in 1Co 7:10-13. But it is utterly unsupported by any single passage in Scripture that a second marriage should disqualify a man for the sacred ministry. As regards the opinion of the early Church, it was not at all uniform, and amongst those who held that this passage absolutely prohibits second marriages in the case of an episcopus, it was merely a part of the asceticism of the day. As a matter of course, such writers as Origen and Tertullian held it. The very early opinion that Joseph, the husband of Mary, had children by a former wife, which finds place in the Protevangelium of James (9.), is hardly consistent with the theory of the disreputableness of second marriages. In like manner, the phrase in 1Ti 5:9, , is best explained in accordance with the apostle’s doctrine about the lawfulness of a woman’s second marriage, as meaning that she was the husband of one man only, as long as her husband lived. (For the chief patristic opinions on the subject, see Bishop Wordsworth’s note, and Bingham’s ‘Christian Antiquities,’ bk. 4. 1Ti 5:1-25.) Temperate (); peculiar to the pastoral Epistles (see 1Ti 5:11 and Tit 2:2), but found in classical Greek. The verb means “to be sober” (1Th 5:6; 2Ti 4:5; 1Pe 1:13; 1Pe 4:7; 1Pe 5:8). It denotes that temperate use of meat and drink which keeps the mind watchful and on the alert, and then the state of mind itself so produced. The opposite state of mind is described in Luk 21:34. Sober-minded (); in the New Testament only here and in Tit 1:8; Tit 2:2, Tit 2:5. But is found in the Gospels and Epistles; , in the pastoral Epistles; and in 1Ti 2:15 (where see note). Orderly (; see 1Ti 2:9, note). Given to hospitality (; as Tit 1:8 and 1Pe 4:9). The substantive is found in Rom 12:13; Heb 13:2. Apt to teach (); only here and 2Ti 2:24, and Philo, ‘De Proem. et Virt.,’ 4 (Huther). The classical word is , though chiefly applied to things. In the above-quoted passage in 1Pe 4:1-19. the gifts of speaking and ministering are, as here, placed alongside that of hospitality.
1Ti 3:3
No brawler for not given to wine, A.V.; the R.T. omits the clause ; gentle for patient, A.V.; contentious for a brawler, A.V.; no lover of money, for not covetous, A.V. No brawler ( ); only here and Tit 1:7; but, as well as , common in classical Greek, in the sense of “quarrelsome over wine.” In Mat 11:19 and Luk 7:34 “wine-bibber” is . In 1Pe 4:3 the word for “excess of wine” is . No striker ( ); only here and Tit 1:7. It is used, though rarely, in classical Greek for a “striker,” “brawler.” There is but weak manuscript authority for the reading in the T.R., , not given to filthy lucre, which is thought to have been derived from Tit 1:7 (q.v.). The internal evidence, however, is in its favor, as something is wanted to correspond to , just as and correspond to and at, respectively. Gentle (); as Tit 3:2. So also it is rendered in the A.V. of Jas 3:17; 1Pe 2:18. It is very common in classical Greek, in the sense of “fair,” “meet,” “suitable,” of things; and of “fair,” “kind,” “gentle,” of persons. The substantive means “clemency,” “gentleness,” (Act 24:4; 2Co 10:1). Not contentious (); only here and Tit 3:3 in the New Testament, and in Ecclus. 19:5 in the Complutensian edition. It is also used in this sense in AEschylus, ‘Persse,’ 955, though its more common meaning in classical Greek is “invincible.” No lover of money (); only here and Hebrews xiii, 5. occurs in Hippocrates. The positive , , occurs in 1Ti 6:10; 2Ti 3:2; Luk 16:14. Neither the A.V. nor the R.V. quite preserves the form of the original sentence, where the three negative qualities ( , T.R.) are followed by three positive qualities ( “gentle,” “peaceful,” and “indifferent about money”).
1Ti 3:4
One that ruleth well his own house. The is one who has to preside over and rule () the house of God (1Ti 5:17; Rom 12:8; 1Th 5:12), as the high priest was called “ruler of the house of God” (1Ch 9:11; Neh 11:11). So in Justin Martyr the bishop is called (‘Apology,’ 11) and simply , and similarly in Heb 13:7 the clergy are , “they which have the rule over you.” How needful, then, is it that he should rule well his own house, and have his own children in subjection! The testimony given in this passage to a married clergy is too clear to need any comment. In subjection ( ); as above, 1Ti 2:11, where see note. For the sense, comp. Tit 1:6, which leads us to apply the words, with all gravity (), the contrary to “riot,” ), to the children. The children of the are to exhibit that seriousness and sobriety of conduct which is in accordance with their father’s office, , together with, as in 1Ti 1:14.
1Ti 3:5
But for for, A.V., knoweth for know, A.V.
1Ti 3:6
Puffed up for lifted up with pride, A.V. A novice (); only here in the New Testament, but found repeatedly in the LXX. in its literal sense of “a tree” or “plantation” newly planted (Psa 127:3 (Psa 128:3, A.V.); Psa 144:12; Isa 5:7). Here the novice or neophyte is one recently converted and received into the Church. As such he is not yet fit to be a ruler and a teacher of the brethren. The reason follows. Lest being puffed up he fall into the condemnation of the devil. , puffed up, is peculiar in the New Testament to the pastoral Epistles (1Ti 6:4; 2Ti 3:4), from , smoke (comp. , “smoking flax,” Mat 12:10). The idea seems to be “lightness,” “emptiness,” and “elation.” Some add that of “obscuration” as by smoke; , to wrap in smoke; , to be wrapt in clouds of conceit and folly (Liddell and Scott). The condemnation of the devil. A somewhat obscure phrase. It means either
(1) the same condemnation as that into which the devil fell through pride,and so Chrysostom, Olshausen, Bishop Ellicott, Wordsworth, Alford, etc., take it; or
(2) the condemnation or accusation of the devil. In the latter case would be used in the same sense as in Jud 1:9, and would mean the charge preferred against him by “the accuser of the brethren” (comp. Job 1:9; Job 2:4, Job 2:5). One of the senses of is “to accuse”like (Liddell and Scott). And this view agrees with in Jud 1:7, which means, not the trap into which the devil fell, but the trap laid by the devil. It remains doubtful which is the true sense, but
(2) seems, on the whole, the most probable. The devil ( ) can only mean Satan (Mat 4:1; Mat 13:39, etc.), though possibly conceived of as speaking by the mouth of traducers and vilifiers of the Church, as in Jud 1:7.
1Ti 3:7
Good testimony from for a good report of, A.V.; that for which, A.V. Good testimony ( ; see 1Ti 5:10). So it is said of Timothy himself that , “he was well reported of by the brethren” (Act 16:2). In accordance with this rule, letters testimonial are required of all persons to be ordained, to the importance of character in a clergyman. Them that are without ( ); used in Mat 23:1-39. 27; Luk 11:39; 1Pe 3:3; Rev 11:2, etc., of that; which is outside or external literally, as the outside of the cup, the outer ornament of the body, the outside of the sepulcher, the outer court of the temple. It is synonymous with the more common form, . (For the phrase, “they that are without” ( ), as applied to those who are not members of the Church, see Mar 4:11; Joh 9:34, Joh 9:35; 1Co 5:12, 1Co 5:13; Col 4:5; 1Th 4:12.) The opposite is (1Co 5:12; Mat 23:25, etc.). So exoteric and esoteric, of doctrines intended respectively for the outside world or the inner circle of disciples. Reproach (); the reproaches anti revilings cast upon him by unbelievers (Rom 15:3; Heb 10:33; Heb 11:26; Heb 13:13). The verb has the same sense, and so in classical Greek. This reproach is further described as the snare of the devil, because it is through these revilings that the devil seeks to impair the power of his ministry and frighten him from the exercise of it. The genitive depends only upon , not upon . The does not indicate that there are two separate things into which he falls, but adds, as a description of the , that it is “a snare of the devil.” The idea in 1Pe 5:8 is analogous. There it is by afflictions that the devil seeks to devour the disciple who is weak in faith. Those afflictions might well be described as ,” a snare of the devil,” set for weak souls.
1Ti 3:8
Deacons in like manner must for likewise must the deacons, A.V. Grave (); in Php 4:8 rendered “honest” in the A.V., and “honourable” in the R.V., and “venerable” in the margin. None of the words are satisfactory, but “honest” in the sense of honnete, i.e. “respectable,” “becoming the dignity of a man,” comes nearest to the meaning of . is a man who inspires respect by his conduct and deportment. It occurs again in Php 4:11 and in Tit 2:2. Double-tongued (); only here in the New Testament, or indeed anywhere. The verb and the noun are found in Xenophon and Diodorus Siculus, but in a different sense”to repeat,” “repetition.” Here is used in the sense of (Pro 11:13; Ecclus. 28:13), “a slanderer,” “a false-tongued man,” who, as Theophylact (ap. Schleusner) well explains it, thinks one thing and says another, and says different things to different people. The caution here given is of incalculable importance to young curates. They must not allow themselves to be either receptacles or vehicles of scandal and detraction. Their speech to rich and poor alike must be perfectly sincere and ingenuous. Not given to much wine. The effect of the best sermon may be undone, and more than undone, if the preacher sinks into the pot-companion of his hearers. He at once ceases to be , to inspire respect (comp. Tit 2:3 where the additional idea, most true, of the slavery of drunkards, is introduced). Greedy of filthy lucre (); only here and in Tit 2:3 (T.R.) and Tit 1:7. The adverb occurs in 1Pe 5:2, and is one of many points of resemblance between the pastoral Epistles and 1 Peter. Balsam, Gehazi, and Judas Iscariot are the three prominent examples of professed servants of God being lovers of filthy lucre. Achan (Jos 7:21) is another (see 1Ti 6:10). When lucre is the price for doing wrong, it is “filthy.” When lucre is sought on occasions where none is due, it is “filthy;” and when the desire of even just gains is excessive, it ceases to be clean.
1Ti 3:9
Holding the mystery of the faith in a pure conscience. , a mystery, is that which, having been long hidden, is at length disclosed, either to men generally or to elect disciples. It is derived from , to initiate, of which the passive , to be instructed or initiated, is found in Php 4:12, and is common in classical Greek, being itself derived from , “to close the lips as in pronouncing the syllable ,” whence also taurus. The idea is of something secret, which might not be spoken of. In the New Testament we have “the mysteries of the kingdom of heaven”; and St. Paul brings out the full force of the word when he speaks (Rom 16:25) of “the mystery which was kept secret () since the world began but is now made known to all nations for the obedience of faith” (see too Eph 3:3-6; Col 2:1-23 :26, etc.). “The faith” is equivalent to “the gospel,” or “the kingdom of heaven,” or the “godliness” of Php 4:16 (where see note); and “the mystery of the faith” might be paraphrased by “the revealed truth of Christianity”. What is added, “in a pure conscience,” teaches us that orthodoxy without personal holiness is little worth. Holding “the truth in unrighteousness” is severely condemned by St. Paul (Rom 1:18). He says of himself (Act 23:1), “I have lived in all good conscience before God until this day” (comp. Act 24:16; 2Co 1:12; 1Ti 1:5, 1Ti 1:19, etc.). It is much to be observed how St. Paul, the great teacher of the doctrine of g-race, lays constant stress upon the functions of the conscience, and the necessity of having a pure conscience.
1Ti 3:10
Serve as deacons for use the office of a deacon, A.V.; if they be for being found, A.V. And let these also, etc. There is an ambiguity in the English here. It is not” these also”these in addition to others, i.e. the bishops before namedbut “these be also first proved.” Their general character, as described in 1Ti 3:8, 1Ti 3:9, must not be taken upon loose hearsay, but must be put to the test by examination, by special testimony, by inquiry, and then, if they are , not accused, not open to just blame, blameless, let them be admitted to serve as deacons (see 1Ti 3:13, note). The Church of England scrupulously acts up to these directions by requiring written testimonials, by personal inquiries made by the bishop, by the Si quis, by the appeal to the congregation in the Ordination Service, “Brethren, if there be any of you who knoweth any impediment, or notable crime, in any of these persons presented to be ordained deacons, for the which he ought not to be admitted to that office, let him come forth in the name of God, and show what the crime or impediment is;” as well as by the careful examination of the candidates. Blameless (comp. Tit 1:6, Tit 1:7); , rendered in the Vulgate nullum crimen habentes (which seems to explain the “notable crime” of the Ordination Service), and in Col 1:22 “unreprovable” both in the A.V. and the R.V. The whole passage, from Col 1:2 to Col 1:13, shows the supreme importance of a holy and blameless conversation in the clergy.
1Ti 3:11
Women in like maturer must for even so must their wives, A.V.; temperate for sober, A.V. Women. What is meant by these “women”? Certainly not women in general, which would be quite out of harmony with the context. The choice lies between
(1) the wives of the deacons, as in the A.V.;
(2) the wives of the episcopi and deacons;
(3) deaconesses.
This last, on the whole, is the most probable. The male deacons had just been spoken of, and so the apostle goes on to speak of the female deacons (at , Rom 16:1). He conceives of the deacon’s office as consisting of two branches
(1) the deacons,
(2) the deaconesses;
and gives appropriate directions for each. It must he remembered that the office of the early deacon was in a great measure secular, so that there is nothing strange in that of the deaconess being coupled with it. The retrain in 1Ti 3:12 to the male deacon is in favor of understanding “the women” of the deaconesses, as showing that the subject of the diaconate was not done with. Chrysostom (who says, “He is speaking of those who hold the rank of deaconesses”) and all the ancient commentators, and De Wette, Wiesinger, Wordsworth, Alford, and Ellicott among the moderns, so understand it (see following notes). Grave (; see 1Ti 3:8, note). Not slanderers ( , corresponding to the of 1Ti 3:8). This use of , which is the classical one, is peculiar in the New Testament to the pastoral Epistles (see 2Ti 3:3; Tit 2:3). Temperate (; see 1Ti 3:2, note). It corresponds here to the of 1Ti 3:8. Faithful in all things ( ). This seems to refer specially to their being the almoners of the Church charities, and so favors the explanation of “women” as meaning deaconesses. means especially “trusty” (Mat 24:45; Mat 25:21; Luk 12:42; Luk 16:10, etc.).
1Ti 3:12
Deacons for the deacons, A.V.; husbands for the husbands, A.V. Husbands of one wife (see above, 1Ti 3:2, note). Ruling, etc. (); literally, being at the head of, presiding over (see 1Ti 3:4, note). In Rom 12:8 and 1Th 5:12 it is applied to the spiritual ruler, the or of the Church. Elsewhere only in the pastoral Epistles (above, 1Th 5:4 and 1Th 5:5; 1Ti 5:17; Tit 3:8, Tit 3:14). Their own houses (above, 1Th 5:5). “Their own“ is in contrast to” God‘s house.”
1Ti 3:13
Served well as deacons for used the office of a deacon well, A.V.; gain to themselves a good standing for purchase to themselves a good degree, A.V. Served as deacons (); as in 1Ti 3:10. In this technical sense only found in these two passages; which well agrees with the late date of this Epistle, when the technical sense of was established. Gain to themselves a good standing. The sense of the passage depends a good deal upon the exact meaning of . In 1Sa 5:4, 1Sa 5:5, in the LXX., is the rendering of (rendered in Eze 9:3; Eze 10:4), a somewhat unusual word for a “threshold.” In 2Ki 20:9, 2Ki 20:10, 2Ki 20:11, it is the rendering of , “a degree on the sun-dial.” This latter seems to suit better the verb , they gain or acquire, which suggests the idea of advancement. It does not follow that St. Paul had in his mind their advancement from the “inferior office” to “the higher ministries in the Church” (Ordination Service); he may merely have meant to say that the discharge of the duties of a deacon in an efficient and exemplary manner raised a man to high estimation in the Church, and so gave him confidence in confessing the faith of Jesus Christ both by word and deed. Gain to themselves (); acquire by purchase or otherwise. Frequent in the LXX.; but only elsewhere in the New Testament in Act 20:28. Boldness (); very common in the New Testament (comp. Act 4:13, Act 4:29, Act 4:31; Eph 6:19; Php 1:20, etc.), where it is especially applied to boldness in preaching the gospel of Christ. This seems to imply that St. Paul contemplated preaching as a part of the deacon’s work. We know that Philip the deacon and Stephen the deacon were both preachers.
1Ti 3:14
To come unto thee; to Ephesus, where Timothy was (1Ti 1:3).
1Ti 3:15
Men ought to behave themselves for thou oughtest to behave thyself, A.V. To behave thyself (); variously rendered, both in the A.V. and the R.V., “to have one’s conversation,” “to live,” “to pass (one’s time),” “to be used” (Heb 10:33). It is literally “to go up and down” a given place, “backwards and forwards,” hence “to dwell in it.” The substantive , in the thirteen places where it occurs in the New Testament, is always rendered “conversation” in the A.V.; in the R.V., “manner of life,” “life,” “issue of life,” “manner of living,” “behaviour,” “living.” It is a favorite word in the two Epistles of St. Peter, where it occurs eight times. The house of God. This phrase here denotes, as it is explained in the following words, the Church on earth. So Heb 3:6, “Christ as a Son over his house; whose house are we,” where the reference is to Num 12:7, “My servant Moses… is faithful in all mine house.” The Church of the living God. Here is again a somewhat remarkable resemblance to the phraseology of the Epistle to the Hebrews, “Ye are come unto Mount Zion, and unto the city of the living God…. to the general assembly and Church of the Firstborn” (Heb 12:22, Heb 12:23). However, the phraseology is not peculiar to the Epistle to the Hebrews. Thus we read in 2Co 6:16, “Ye are the temple of the living God.” The phrase, “the living God,” occurs seven times in St. Paul’s Epistles, and four times in the Epistle to the Hebrews. It occurs three times in the Gospels, once in the Acts of the Apostles, and once in the Revelation. Here it is used by St. Paul to enhance the obligation to a holy and blameless walk in those who have the oversight of his Church. The pillar and ground of the truth. Some apply these words to Timothy himself (Gregory of Nyssa, Gregory Nazianzen, Basil, and others cited by Alford), after the analogy of Gal 2:9, where James, Cephas, and John are said to be “pillars” (), and Rev 3:12, where it is said of him that over-cometh, “I will make him a pillar () in the house of my God.” And so, in Venantius Fortunatus, St. Paul is called “stilus ille.” But the metaphors of “a pillar” and “a foundation” do not all suit the verb ; and it is well argued that the absence of the pronoun is unfavorable to the application of “the pillar and ground of the truth” to the subject of the first clause. It is therefore better to understand this clause as descriptive of the Church of God. The Church is the pillar of the truth. It supports it; holds it togetherbinds together its different parts. And it is the ground of the truth. By it the truth is made fast, firm, and fixed. The ground (). This word only occurs here at all; , common both in the New Testament, the LXX., and in classical Greek, means “fixed,” “firm,” or” fast.” In the A.V. of 1Co 7:37 and 1Co 15:58, “steadfast;” Col 1:23 (where it is coupled with ), “settled.” Thence in late Greek, “to make firm or fast,” and , the “establishment” or “grounding” of the truth; that in and by which the truth is placed on a sure and fixed basis.
1Ti 3:16
He who for God, A.V. and T.R.; manifested for manifest, A.V.; among the nations for unto the Gentiles, A.V.; in for into, A.V. Without controversy (); only here in the New Testament, but used in the same sense in the LXX. and in classical Greek, “confessedly,” by common confession. Great is the mystery of godliness. This is said to enhance the glory of the Church just spoken of, to whom this mystery has been entrusted, and so still further to impress upon Timothy the vital necessity of a wise and holy walk in the Church. The mystery of godliness is all that truth which “in other ages was not made known unto the sons of men, as it is now revealed unto his holy apostles and prophets by the Spirit.” Godliness ( ); i.e.“ the Christian faith;” what in 1Ti 6:3 is called “The words of our Lord Jesus Christ, and the doctrine which is according to godliness ( ),” and in 2Ti 1:1, “The truth which is according to godliness.” In 2Ti 1:9 it is “the mystery of the froth, where is equivalent to . Bishop Ellicott, however, does not admit this objective sense of or but explains the genitive as “a pure possessive genitive,” the mystery appertaining to, or the property of, subjective faith and godliness; but this is a use not borne out b- any passage in which the word “mystery” occurs. It is always mysteries (or mystery) of the kingdom of God, of Christ, of God, of the gospel, and the like. In the following passages the objective sense of is either necessary or by far the most natural: Act 3:7; Act 13:8; Act 14:22; Act 16:5; Gal 1:23; Eph 4:5; Php 1:27; Col 1:23; Col 2:7; 1Ti 1:19; 1Ti 5:8; 1Ti 6:10,1Ti 6:21; 2Ti 4:7; Tit 1:13; Jas 2:1; Jud Jas 1:3. Having thus exalted the “mystery of godliness,” St. Paul goes on to expound it. He who (). This is generally adopted now as the true reading, instead of (, instead of ). Bishop Ellicott satisfied himself, by most careful personal examination, that the original reading of the Cod. Alex. was , and that it had been altered by a later hand to . The Cod. Sinait certainly has , and to this all the older versions agree. The Vulgate has quod, agreeing with sacramentum and representing the Greek Accepting this, then, as the true reading, we proceed to explain it. , who, is a relative, and must, therefore, have an antecedent. But there is no expressed antecedent of the masculine gender for it to agree with. The antecedent, therefore, must be understood, and gathered from the preceding words, . It can only be Christ. The mystery of the whole Old Testament, that which was wrapped in types and hidden under veils, was Christ (Col 1:27). Moses spake of him, the Psalms speak of him, the prophets speak of him; but all of them spake darkly. But in the gospel “the mystery of Christ” (Col 4:3)is revealed. Christ is the Mystery of Christianity. It is, therefore, no difficult step to pass from “the mystery” to “Christ,” and to supply the word “Christ” as the antecedent to “who.” Was manifested (); a word frequently applied to Christ (Joh 1:31; 1Jn 1:2; 1Jn 3:5, 1Jn 3:8, etc.). The idea is the same in Joh 1:14. Justified in the spirit. This is rather an obscure expression. But it seems to describe our Lord’s spotless righteousness, perhaps with special reference to the declaration of it at his baptism, “This is my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased.” We have the same contrast between the flesh and the Spirit of Christ in 1Pe 3:18. And between the flesh and the spirit of a Christian man in Rom 8:10, “The body is dead because of sin, but the spirit is life because of righteousness.” To this clause apparently the remark of Chrysostom applies, “God became man, and man became God.” “The spirit” seems to mean the moral naturethe inner man. Seen of angels. Perhaps the multitude of the heavenly host who welcomed the birth of Christ were permitted to see the new-born Babe, as he seems to have done who described him to the shepherds as “wrapped in swaddling clothes” (Luk 2:12-14). Angels ministered unto him after the temptation (Mar 1:13), and in the Garden of Gethsemane (Mat 22:43, where the word is used), and at his resurrection (Mat 28:2). The special interest of angels in the “great mystery” is referred to in 1Pe 1:12; Heb 1:6. Preached among the nations ( ). It would have been better to keep the rendering “Gentiles” here, to mark the identity of thought with Eph 3:6, Eph 3:8, where, in the apostle’s view, the preaching of the gospel to the Gentiles, that they might be fellow-heirs with the Jews of the promises of God, is one main feature of the mystery. Believed on in the world. The next step in this ascending scale is the acceptance of Christ in the world as the Savior thereof. The language here is not stronger than that of Col 1:5, Col 1:6, “The word of the truth of the gospel, which is come unto you; even as it is also in all the world, and beareth fruit.” And in Col 1:23, “The gospel which was preached in all creation under heaven” (comp. Rom 1:8). The statement in Mar 16:15-20 might almost have been in St. Paul’s mind. Note the use there of the words , . Received up in glory. The change of “into” (A.V.) into “in” is of very doubtful propriety. In New Testament Greek , frequently follows verbs of motion, and means the same as , like the Hebrew . Our Lord is net said to have ascended in glory (as he appeared at the Transfiguration), but, as St. Mark has it, “He was received up into heaven, and [there] sat down at the right hand of God,” fulfilling Joh 17:5. This grand burst of dogmatic teaching is somewhat like that in 1Ti 2:5-7. There is no adequate evidence of its being, as many commentators have thought, a portion of a hymn or creed used in the Church. It rather implies the same tension in the apostle’s mind which is apparent in other parts of the Epistle.
HOMILETICS
1Ti 3:1-16.The clergy.
It was one of the weightiest duties laid upon Timothy, when called to be the spiritual ruler of the Church of Ephesus, to take care that the priests and deacons were men well qualified for their holy office. The condition of a congregation depends so largely upon the spiritual character of those who minister to it, that the choice of fit persons to serve in the sacred ministry of God’s Church is a matter of vital importance to the welfare of the people, and demands the utmost wisdom and fidelity of those who have the chief oversight of the house of God. Accordingly St. Paul lays down with great care the qualifications of priests and deacons respectively. For the priest an irreproachable character amongst those outside as well as those inside the Church, in order to ensure respect; a life of chastity, that his example may give no countenance to a lax morality; strict temperance in the use of meat and drink, both for his own sake and as an example to others; a staid, sober mind and demeanor, as becomes one who lives near to God, and handles holy things; a large hospitality, as one who counts all he has to belong to the Church, whose servant he is; aptitude to teach the doctrines of the gospel, and a delight in teaching; a placable, gentle disposition, abhorring brawls and quarrels, and studying peace with all men; the absence of all greediness and covetousness, as one whose conversation is in heaven, and as one determined to be fair and impartial in all his dealings with men;these are the things needful for one who is a priest in the Church of God. But besides these strictly personal qualifications he must have a well-ordered house. His family must bear the traces of a gentle but firm parental discipline. He that is a ruler in the house of God must show that he can rule his own children and servants; and a portion of the gravity and sobriety of the man of God must be seen in the members of his household. With regard to deacons, they too must be grave in their demeanor and conversation; in all their private intercourse with the members of the Church where they serve, they must be conspicuously honest and ingenuous. In all social intercourse they must show themselves temperate and abstemious. In handling the public money, and ministering the alms of the faithful, they must make it clear that none sticks to their own fingers, and that they have no eye to gain in the ministrations they undertake. The spirit of their ministrations must be “all for love and nothing for reward.” Nor must they be only honest men; they must be devout believers in the Lord Jesus Christ, thoroughly instructed in the mystery of the Christian faith, and adorning that faith by their personal holiness. As regards their families, the same rule applies to them as to the priests. Like the priests, they hold office in the Church of God; they minister in that temple where God’s pure truth is fixed and established for ever; they are the expounders, with the priests, of the great mystery of godliness, the incarnate Word, the preached Jesus, the glorified Christ. What, then, ought their character to be; how high above things earthly, how closely assimilated to the glorious holiness of heaven!
HOMILIES BY T. CROSKERY
1Ti 3:1.The Christian pastorate a good work.
The apostle, having in the previous chapter regulated the worship of the congregation and placed it in the hands of men, not women, now proceeds to describe the qualifications of the pastors of congregations, as if to imply that the pastorate did not belong to all men.
I. THE OFFICE OF PASTOR IS A GOOD WORK. “Faithful is the saying, If any one seeketh the office of pastor [or, ‘bishop’], he desireth a good work.”
1. The office in question was held by persons called by the two names of bishop and elder.
(1) The apostle uses the terms of the same office (Tit 1:5-7).
(2) The terms came from two different quarters. The term “elder,” or “presbyter,” was of Jewish origin, and was earlier than the other, having been long in use in the synagogue administration. It had respect primarily to the age of those presiding over the religious community, but came by-and-by, and especially in the Christian Church, to signify its head, and was a title of dignity and gravity. The other term, “bishop,” came from the Greek world, and was a designation of the duties of the office as involving an oversight of the Churches.
(3) The term “bishop” is, therefore, mostly employed of the Churches in Asia Airier, consisting of converted Greeks, but the Jewish term “elder” had precedence of it at that earlier stage when the Church consisted of a nucleus of converted Jews. In Crete, where the Greek and Jewish elements were about equally powerful, both terms are used.
2. The office in question is a good work. This was one of the faithful sayings of the apostle. It was
(1) a work, not a sinecure, or title of honor, but a laborious office, and therefore pastors are called “laborers in the Word and. doctrine;”
(2) a good work, being excellent in itself, and in its aims as for the good of men and the glory of God.
II. THE PASTORATE IS A WORTHY OBJECT OF AMBITION. “He desireth a good work.” It may be laudably desired, not as an office of profit or honor, but with a supreme regard to the glory of God and the welfare of man, and ought not to be undertaken except by those who have a real delight and pleasure in acting upon these great principles.T.C.
1Ti 3:2.The positive qualifications of the Christian pastor.
The apostle first sets forth those qualifications which respect the personal life of the pastor, and afterwards those which affect his family life. His personal qualifications are those of a spiritual and moral order presented positively.
I. HE OUGHT TO BE BLAMELESS. It may be hard for a faithful man to avoid the censure of a critical society, but he must be irreproachable as being guilty of no scandal, and, above all, free from the vices enumerated under the negative aspect of his qualifications. He must be held in high moral repute by the community around him.
II. HE IS TO BE THE HUSBAND OF ONE WIFE.
1. This condemns the rule of celibacy in the Church of Rome. It is quite absurd to say that the “one wife’ is the Church; for the context regards the minister as having relation both to a Church and to a wife (1Ti 3:5). Besides, this Roman ides would make the Church the wife of many husbands. Where the apostle, in the seventh chapter of 1 Corinthians, seems to favor a celibate condition “on account of the present distress,” it is not on account of any superior holiness belonging to the unmarried state, but because it sometimes affords a better opportunity for pursuing Christian work under trying conditions.
2. It does not necessarily compel pastors to marry, like the Greek Church, which yet inconsistently reserves its bishoprics for unmarried monks. But it clearly gives the preference to a married ministry.
3. It does not mean that a pastor is to avoid a second marriageas the Greek Fathers generally understood it under the growing influence of Eastern asceticismbecause the apostle sanctions such marriages (1Co 7:1); and, secondly, because a remarrying does not make a pastor more than the husband of one wife.
4. It seems, then, to mean that the pastor was to be “the husband of one wife,” avoiding the polygamy that was then so common among the Jews, and the system of divorce still so common in that age, and remaining faithful to the wife of his choice.
III. SOBER. He must be not only so in eating and drinking, but watchful over himself, his work, and his actions.
IV. DISCREET. With a sound judgment and good understanding, capable of directing himself wisely in the midst of difficult situations.
V. ORDERLY. With a due proportion in his life, modest in deportment, courteous to all, of a calm temper and grave demeanor.
VI. GIVEN TO HOSPITALITY. In an age when Christians traveled from place to place, and were exposed to the risks of evil companionship in public inns, it was important that pastors should be able to show hospitality, and assist with their counsel as well as with the necessaries of life.
VII. APT TO TEACH. The pastor must have the capacity to impart Christian knowledge, the ability to interpret Scripture, to explain its doctrines, to enforce its precepts, and to defend it against errorists of every class. He must possess the gifts of utterance and knowledge. He must have both “skill and will, ability and dexterity, being neither ignorant of his duty nor negligent in the performance of it.”T.C.
1Ti 3:3.The negative qualifications of the Christian pastor.
I. NOT VIOLENT OVER WINE. In allusion not so much to drunkenness as to the noisy and quarrelsome temper which is generated by wine bibbing. The word impliedly condemns both cause and effect.
II. NO STRIKER. In evident allusion to the previous temper. The pastor must never lift his hand in anger or violence.
III. FORBEARING. Reasonable and gentle, rather disposed to take wrong than avenge it.
IV. NOT CONTENTIOUS. Neither litigious nor quarrelsome, seeking peace with all men.
V. NO LOVER OF MONEY. He must appear to be perfectly disinterested, not mercenary in his aims, not seeking his own things rather than the things of Jesus Christ; but, on the contrary, he must himself be generous and hospitable and kind, with a heart and a hand ever ready to relieve distress.T.C.
1Ti 3:4, 1Ti 3:5.The Christian pastor in his home life.
The apostle here turns to the family life of the pastor as an important element affecting the public examination of his character.
I. THE IMPORTANCE OF A WELL–ORDERED HOUSEHOLD. “One that ruleth well his own house, having his children in subjection with all gravity.”
1. The pastor is no ascetic recluse, but shares in the everyday life of the world.
2. He must have firmness and authority to rule his familywife, children, and servants; not slack in his rule like old Eli, but faithful as Abraham, who not only taught but commanded his children and household to keep the way of the Lord.
3. He is to rule gently yet firmly, so as, while securing subjection in his household, he creates that gravity of deportment which is the accompanying grace of obedience in children reared under wise and loving mastery.
II. THE WELL–ORDERED HOUSEHOLD THE TEST OF FITNESS FOR THE RULE OF THE HOUSE OF GOD. “For if a man know not how to rule his own house, how shall he take care of the Church of God?”
1. The argument is from the less to the greater. The family is the lesser sphere, the Church the larger family. The family needs much prudence, care, forethought, affection. But while it is the narrowest sphere, it is governed with peculiar advantages, arising from the feelings of love and dependence on the part of the children. If there is failure here, there is a self-evident unfitness for the wider and more complex administration of the Church.
2. The Church of God is to be a subject of anxious care to the pastor. The Greek word implies this thought. The apostle himself had the care of all the Churches upon him. But the pastor has a care for the individual members of his flock, to seek the conversion of sinners, to instruct the ignorant, to guide the perplexed, to comfort the doubting, to check the wayward, and to defend the flock against errorists. “Who is sufficient for these things?”T.C.
1Ti 3:6.The pastor must not be a novice.
“Not a novice.”
I. THE ADVANTAGES OF EXPERIENCE IN A PASTOR. The apostle does not refer to youth, but to inexperience. Yet the qualification must be regarded relatively; for a longer or a shorter probation might be required, according to circumstances. The Church at Ephesus had been long enough established to admit of a selection being made out of men of Christian experience and wisdom. It is significant to remark that no definite age is assigned for candidates for the ministry. In a Church like that of Ephesus, threatened with heresy within and violence without, it was necessary that the elders should be men with a rare understanding of the mysteries of the faith, and with a large fund of sanctified experience.
II. THE REASON OR GROUND OF THE APOSTLE‘S COUNSEL. “Lest, being besotted with pride, he should fall into the condemnation of the devil.”
1. The risk of the novice is an undue self-elation, arising from the thought of the dignity of his office and of the estimation in which he is held on account of his gifts. His judgment would thus become clouded, and he would fail to see the true relation of things.
2. The consequence would be his falling under the very condemnation pronounced upon the devil. Thus a blinding pride would receive its just retribution.
3. It is evident that the apostle believed in the existence of a personal evil spirit, the adversary of God and man. It is equally evident that he regarded the fall of the devil as clue to pride, and that he regarded him as the tempter of man.T.C.
1Ti 3:7.The pastor must have an honest preparation before the world.
He must stand well both without and within the Church.
I. THE IMPORTANCE OF AN UNBLEMISHED REPUTATION. “But he must also have a good testimony from them that are without.”
1. It is a mistake to ignore or defy the opinion of the world in matters falling fairly within its judgment. What we do ought not only to be “acceptable to God, but approved of men” (Rom 14:18). “Let not your good be evil spoken of” (Rom 14:16). The world understands the principles of natural justice. The minister cannot violate these without loss of reputation and influence.
2. A blameless life is calculated to make a deep impression on the world. “Let your light so shine before men, that they, seeing your good works, may glorify your Father which is in heaven” (Mat 5:16). Your holy walk ought to attract “those that are without” into the happy communion of the Church.
3. It is a great evil to blast the reputation if Christian ministers, for it undermines their influence for good.
II. THE DANGERS OF A DOUBTFUL REPUTATION BEFORE THE WORLD. “Lest he fall into reproach and the snare of the devil.” It would be a great risk to introduce into the ministry one who had once followed a loose life, because those who were familiar with his history would be ready to suspect the purity of his congregation from the blemished reputation of its pastor. The effect in the minister might be diverse.
1. He might be excited to an angry resentment of such disagreeable attacks.
2. He might fall into despair, and thus become reckless, and ultimately justly the worst imputations of the world.
3. He might cease to reprove transgressors because he had not the courage to condemn faults which were only too observable in himself. Thus the devil would set its snares around him for his undoing. When George III. was asked to give a bishopric to a clergyman who had made a serious lapse from virtue, and was told that the clergyman had long ago repented of it, his appropriate answer was, “I would rather appoint bishops who had not that particular sin to repent of.”T.C.
1Ti 3:8, 1Ti 3:9.The qualifications of deacons.
The apostle next proceeds to direct Timothy respecting the character and appointment of another class of office-bearers.
I. THE ORDER OF DEACONS.
1. Their origin. We find the first trace of the order about two years after the Ascension (Act 6:1-4). It owed its origin to a necessity that arose from the extension of the Church. Seven deacons were appointed as almoners. They are not so called, but their name is traceable in the two terms which indicate the sphere of their office, “serving tables” and “ministry” ( ).
2. Their sphere of duty. It is expressly distinguished from “the ministry of the Word” and “prayer” (1Ti 3:4), and was therefore, as the “serving of tables” signifies, an office for the care of the poor and strangers who might be connected with the Church. The deaconship was, therefore, a purely secular office.
3. Historic notices of deacons. The earliest notices of the order are apparently in Rom 12:7, “Or ministry (deaconship), let us wait on our ministering” (deaconship); in 1Co 12:28,” helps” (); and at a later time in 1Pe 4:11, “If any man minister” (). We read in Php 1:1 of “the bishops and deacons,” and in Rom 16:1 of Phoebe as “a deaconess” of the Church at Cenchrea.
II. THE QUALIFICATIONS OF DEACONS.
1. “Grave.” Of a serious demeanor, befitting the position of responsibility held by them.
2. “Not double-tongued.” Not saying one thing to one person and another to another, under the pressure, perhaps, of applications for assistance; or, not promising aid which is afterwards withheld. Misunderstandings would necessarily arise from any kind of prevarication.
3. “Not addicted to much wine.” The deacons must not be given to pleasures of the table, which render people unfit for disagreeable duty, and tempt to the consumption of the wealth committed to their keeping.
4. “Not lovers of base gain.” There might otherwise arise a Judas among the deacons to embezzle the Church funds.
5. “Holding the mystery of the faith in a pure conscience.”
(1) The mystery is what faith is conversant witha thing once secret, but now revealed by Christ’s gospel; called variously “the mystery of God,” “the mystery of Christ,” “the mystery of his will,” “the mystery of godliness,” and “the mystery of the gospel,” which is the great subject of gospel-preaching. It was the mystery of redemption through the blood of Christ.
(2) The mystery of faith was not to be speculatively, but practically, held and maintained. “In a pure conscience.” The deacons were to be sincerely attached to the truth, and to realize its practical power in their life and experience.
(3) They are to “hold the mystery,” not to preach it. There is no intimation that the deacons, as such, were preachers, though two of them (Stephen and Philip) are afterwards found acting as evangelists.
III. THE METHOD OF THEIR APPOINTMENT. “And these also let them first be proved; then let them serve as deacons, if they are without blame.”
1. The election of the seven deacons was left in the hands of the Christian people themselves. (Act 6:3.)
2. There is no formal method prescribed for testing their qualifications. Their fitness could be easily judged of without any regular investigation. The moral element, however, was to be supreme in such appointments; for they were not chosen unless they were “without blame.”
3. Their formal appointment to service. Let them serve in the various branches of their office as deacons.T.C.
1Ti 3:11.The qualifications of deaconesses.
“Women in like manner must be grave, not slanderers, sober, faithful in all things.” The allusion is evidently not to the wives of deacons, but to deaconesses. Why should the duties of deacons’ wives be set forth when there is no allusion to the duties of ministers’ wives? The omission of all mention of domestic duties in this case is significant.
I. THE ORDER OF DEACONESSES. There was evidently such an order in the primitive Church. Phoebe of Cenchrea (Rom 16:1), Euodias and Syntyche (Php 4:2), and probably the association with which Dorcas was connected at Joppa (Act 9:36-41), seem to have belonged to the order. The order did not cease to exist till the fifth century in the Latin Church, and till the twelfth in the Greek Church. It had its origin, probably, in the extreme jealousy which guarded the relations of the sexes in early times, for women were comparatively secluded from the society of men. Deaconesses were, therefore, appointed to maintain the religious intercourse of Christian women with a Church whose ministrations were in the hands of men.
II. THE QUALIFICATIONS OF DEACONESSES.
1. “Grave.” Not given to levity or gay manners, but sober in speech, gesture, and dress.
2. “Not slanderers.” Not too ready to take up an accusation against the poor, or too ready to use the tongue in the way of false insinuation.
3. “Sober.” Not to be given to pleasures of the table, but showing a seemly abstemiousness.
4. “Faithful in all things.” Faithful in all ecclesiastical duties.
(1) Faithful to the poor, whose secrets are to be jealously kept;
(2) faithful to the Church, which entrusts its funds to their wise and discriminating distribution; and
(3) faithful to God in all religious obligations whatsoever.T.C.
1Ti 3:12, 1Ti 3:13.The domestic duty of deacons.
The apostle here returns to add some further injunctions about deacons, as well as to suggest a reason for exacting the qualifications already described.
I. THE DEACONS‘ DOMESTIC RELATIONS.
1. “Let the deacons be the husbands of one wife.” The same qualification is needed for deacons as for bishops, for their houses were to be examples of purity, peace, and orderliness.
2. “Ruling their children and their own houses well.” The father of a loving household would be best fitted for the sympathetic administration of funds allocated to the poor, while the pious order of his family would enhance the public confidence in the reality of his religious character.
II. REASON FOR THE VARIOUS QUALIFICATIONS DESCRIBED. “For those who have done the work of a deacon well obtain for themselves a good degree, and much boldness in the faith which is in Christ Jesus.”
1. The good degree does not refer to promotion to higher ecclesiastical office. The idea, indeed, would be quite an anachronism.
2. It refers to the place of honor and distinction that will be given to the faithful deacon in the day of final recompense. The doctrine of rewards is that of Scripture, and especially of our Lord’s parables (Mat 25:45; Luk 19:11-27).
3. There is the further idea of the joyful confidence toward God which would characterize him in view of a faithful discharge of his dutiesa confidence springing out of faith resting in Jesus Christ.T.C.
1Ti 3:14, 1Ti 3:15.The importance of a due regulation of Church order.
The apostle expected to visit Ephesus shortly, but in case of his visit being delayed by necessary causes, he deemed it right to give Timothy these instructions in writing respecting the appointment of bishops and deacons, and other details of Church order. “These things I write to thee, hoping to come shortly; but if I should tarry, [I write them] that thou mayest know how thou oughtest to conduct thyself in God’s house.”
I. THE NECESSITY OF A DUE ORDER IN THE CHURCH.
1. Darbyites suppose that it is wrong for man to make arrangements in God‘s Churchthat it is the Holy Ghost who should regulate the order of worship and service, and that his presidency should be recognized in everything. In that case why should the apostle have been at such pains to regulate even the ministrations of prophets and speakers with tongues at Corinth? God is a God of peace, not of confusion (1Co 14:33).
2. It was not enough for Timothy to stir up his own persona! gifts and do the work of an evangelist, but he must execute the special commission he had received from the apostle, to regulate the appointment of the office-bearers of the Church, and the details of Church worship. The Church was to be guided in choice of ministers by the considerations suggested by the apostle.
3. There was special reason for these instructions in the rise of heresies at Ephesus and elsewhere. (1Ti 4:1-3.)
II. THE DIGNITY AND OFFICE OF THE CHURCH. It is “God’s house, which indeed is the Church of the living God, the pillar and basement of the truth.”
1. It is the Church of the living God.
(1) It is so, regarded either as the Christian congregation with a local reference, or as the whole Church of the redeemed, in communion with Christ and with each of its members.
(2) Its internal glory consists in the fact that it is no material temple of dead deities, like the proud temple of Diana which reared itself aloft over the roofs of Ephesus; but a spiritual community, realizing the living and personal presence of God in the midst of it.
2. It is the house of God.
(1) This term denoted primarily the temple at Jerusalem, and secondarily the covenant people (Num 12:7; Hos 8:1), who had God for a Sanctuary or Dwelling-place (Psa 90:1; Eze 11:16). There was a mutual indwellingthey in him, and he in them.
(2) It now denotes the Church of God, represented variously as
(a) a spiritual building resting on Christ as chief Corner-stone (Eph 2:20);
(b) as the true temple in which God dwells (1Co 6:16);
(c) as the household or “house of God,” over which is Christ as Son (Heb 3:6)”whose house are we.” Moses was servant in this house, Jesus a Son over it; it was, therefore, the same house in the two dispensations. A proof, in opposition to Darbyism, that the Church existed in Old Testament times, and did not first come into existence at Pentecost.
3. It is the pillar and basement of the truth.
(1) Negatively, Christ, and not the Church, is the only ground of truth. “For other foundation can no man lay than that is laid, which is Christ Jesus” (1Co 3:11). This passage implies that the Church rests upon the truth rather than that the truth rests on the Church. But a misapprehension arises from confounding the truth as it is in itself with the truth as apprehended by believers and acknowledged before the world. Further, the truth does not derive its authority from the Church, but from Christ.
(2) Positively, the passage sets forth
(a) the presentative manifestation of the truth; for “the Church is the pillar of the truth.” The Church is to hold up the saving truths of the gospel before the eyes of men. It is a pillar inscribed all over with the truth. Without the Church “there would be no witness, no guardian of archives, no basis, nothing whereon acknowledged truth would rest.” It is the Church which holds the deposit of truth, and perpetuates it from generation to generation.
(b) The passage sets forth the stability of the truth. “The Church is the basis of truth.” The truth finds its true basis in the hearts of believing men, who hold forth the glories of redemption amidst all the fluctuations of the world. There is nothing in this exposition to sanction the assumptions of the Church of Rome, because she must first substantiate her claims to be a teacher of the truth before she can be regarded as “a pillar and ground of the truth.”T.C.
1Ti 3:10.The treasure of truth committed to the Church’s guardianship.
I. IT IS CHRIST IN ALL HIS RELATIONS AS THE MYSTERY OF GODLINESS. This implies that he is the Revelation of God to man; for God “has made known what is the wealth of the glory of this mystery among the Gentiles, which is Christ in you, the Hope of glory” (Col 1:27). Thus Christianity is Christ. He is the Center of Christian theology, as he is the Object of Christian faith and love.
II. THE MANIFESTATION OF THE PERSON OF CHRIST. He is set forth as the Life of the Church, and if he were not God as well as man, the mystery would not be so obvious to our understanding.
1. He was “manifested in the flesh.” This very expression implies the divinity of Christ; for it would be superfluous, if not absurd, to say these words of any mere man. The words imply
(1) that it was essential Deity that was manifested;
(2) that it was a manifestation made, not to our understanding, but to our senses;
(3) that there was a real incarnation, for he was manifest in the flesh, or, as John says, “The Word was made flesh.” It was not only by the flesh, but in the flesh.
2. He was “justified in the spirit.” He was approved to be righteous in the higher principle of spiritual life within him. There is no allusion to the Holy Spirit. The spirit here is the counterpart of the flesh. Christ fulfilled all righteousness. If his manifestation in the flesh exhibited his true and real humanity, his justification in the spirit exhibited his holiness and perfection. The passage consists of a series of parallel clauses, of which every two form a connected pair.
3. He was “seen of angels.” In the sense of showing himself to them in his incarnation. They announced his advent, they ministered to his wants, they heralded his resurrection, they attended him in his triumphant return to heaven, and they now see him in his glorified humanity.
4. He was “preached among the Gentiles.” Here, again, is another pair of opposites; the angels inhabitants of a holy heaven, the Gentiles inhabitants of a sinful earth. It was one of the six glories of our Redeemer that he was to be a “Light to the Gentiles” (Isa 49:6).
5. He was “believed on in the world.” Christianity is a world-wide religion, embraced by men of all nationalities; unlike Mohammedanism and Buddhism, which are restricted to the East. The gospel finds acceptance alike in East and West.
6. He was “received up in glory.” In reference to Christ’s historical ascent to heaven amidst circumstances of marvelous glory. The last pair of opposites is the world and glory. How far they are apart! Yet they are brought nigh by the blood of Christ. This passage, from its antithetical structure, would seem to have been an ancient hymn of the Church, setting forth the leading facts of the Messianic story.T.C.
HOMILIES BY W.M. STATHAM
1Ti 3:15.Behavior in church.
“That thou mayest know how thou oughtest to behave thyself in the house of God.” “Behavior” seems a commonplace word enough, and we often assign it a subordinate place in religion. It is, however, a word large as “character.” It is a vocabulary in itself. It is not “do” havior, but “be” havior! What I do may be accidental; what I am is everything. Paul has been addressing pastors, deacons, women professing godliness, and wives. He has dealt with marriage, and the ruling of children; and now he speaks to the Church about the conduct of men in church.
WHAT IS BEHAVIOR? A man’s behavior reveals much of what he is. Earnest or frivolous; gentle or hard; forgiving or unforgiving; selfish or generous; pitiful or censorious; appreciative or unthankful. Behavior is an every-hour sermon. It corrects the notion that a man’s religion is mainly in his doctrine or opinions, his ritual or ceremonial. Manners are not to be put on like a garment, nor can we masquerade in them and pretend to be what we are not. Bending the knee is nothing, if we are not reverent at heart. A gift is nothing, unless given from love. Prayer is nothing, unless our life is a prayer. Praise is nothing, unless our life be a garment of praise. Manners are not etiquette, nor best dresses, nor courtesies of speech; they are the expressions of a life. In this aspect their potency is wonderful. In church we are to behave well; not to give ourselves airs, as rich, or learned, or superior people, but to remember that we are bought with a price. But behavior is not much thought about. There is an idea that some men are good at heart, though they are brusque, if you knew how to approach them. This is nonsense. The flower does not wait for me to unfold it; it does not say, “If you knew how to tempt my kindness, I would give you fragrant incense.” It is a flower everywhere, to everybody.W.M.S.
1Ti 3:15.What “Church” means.
“In the house of God, which is the Church of the living God.” The idea of what the Church is, is to regulate what our behavior is. The word “church” comes from the Greek words Kurios oikos. These two words abbreviated make “church” or “kirk.”
I. IF IT BE THE CHURCH OF GOD, IN OUR BEHAVIOUR THERE MUST BE REVERENCE. Reverence is at the root of all religion. Flippancy of manner, indevoutness of heart, will destroy the best service. We read the old command, “Ye shall reverence my sanctuary, saith the Lord;” and wherever we meet together, even in the humblest church, “the Lord is in his holy temple,” and we are to “keep silence” or “be reverent” before him.
II. BEHAVIOUR MEANS LIFE. It is the Church, not merely of the God of Abraham, or Isaac, or Jacob, but of the living God. We do not build temples as monuments of a past glory. Christ said, “Do this in remembrance of me.” Before his departure he said, “I go away and come again;” and wherever two or three are gathered together in his Name, there he is in the midst of them. This Church of God is further described as the pillar, or ground and stay, of the truth; that is to say, that no sacred books will preserve religion without a sacred life. Men may answer an argument or adopt a theory, but the victory of the early Church was won by the Church’s life or behavior. “See how these Christians love one another.” Learn, then, the great lesson, that behavior is everything. “How unblamably we behave ourselves,” says Paul to the Thessalonians. “I will behave myself wisely in a perfect way,” says the psalmist.W.M.S.
HOMILIES BY R. FINLAYSON
1Ti 3:1-13.Qualifications of three classes of office-bearers.
I. QUALIFICATIONS OF A BISHOP. Preliminary direction to Timothy. “Faithful is the saying, If a man seeketh the office of a bishop, he desireth a good work.” The Scripture idea of the episcopate is that of oversight, viz. of souls. A bishop was one who had the duty of overseeing a congregation in spiritual matters, being, in respect of gravity and dignity, called presbyter or elder. Timothy was to encourage any who sought to enter into the episcopate. The saying in Christian circles was to be relied on, “If a man seeketh the office of a bishop, he desireth a good work.” It is not a sinecure, but a work or employment taxing the energies. Its excellence lies in its having respect to men’s highest interests. But if he was to encourage entrance into the episcopate, he was not to do so without regard to the proper qualifications which he has laid down for him. “The bishop therefore must be without reproach.” This is a general qualification. A minister is not to be chosen without regard to character. If a man gives just ground for reproachhas not character behind his giftshe is not fitted for the office of a minister, which is to influence men in the production of Christian character. “The husband of one wife.” Some high authorities take the meaning to be that the contraction of a second marriage, even after the death of the first wife, was a disqualification for the office of a bishop. But this forbidding to ecclesiastics of what in the New Testament is expressly permitted to others, seems to belong to a post-apostolic asceticism. The language seems to be directed against “any deviation from morality in respect of marriage, whether by concubinage, polygamy, or improper second marriages.” “Temperate, sober-minded, orderly.” One who is to be chosen as a minister must be temperate, i.e. must have command of his desires and his temper. He must also be sober-minded, i.e. must bring sound sense to the consideration of all matters, He must also be orderly, i.e. must have a love for good rules. “Given to hospitality.” He must be raised above all meanness toward those whom he ought to entertain. How is he to commend the generosity of God, if he is niggardly in his own dealings? “Apt to teach.” This is a special qualification. With all that is righteous and sensible and even lovely in his character, he must have skill in teachingin opening the Word, and in bringing it to bear for all its uses on the wants of men. However excellent a man’s character is, he is not fit for being a minister if he cannot skillfully handle Divine truth. “No brawler, no striker; but gentle, not contentious.” A disqualification is being quarrelsome over wine, and consequently coming to blows. He must, on the other hand, be gentle; i.e. while he is to be thoroughly reasonable, he is to be kindly and forbearing, waiving even his rights for the sake of gaining his end as a minister, viz. the spiritual good of those with whom he deals. It is a disqualification to be contentious, i.e. to be in one’s element, and to give way to unholy feelings, in fighting. “No lover of money.” It is a further disqualification to have a groveling desire for money, instead of having a feeling of responsibility with regard to its proper uses. “One that ruleth well his own house, having his children in subjection with all gravity.” This is in one view an ordinary qualification, inasmuch as it is what is expected of every one who is in authority in a house. It is expected even of a man who is not qualified to teach that he can rule well his own house, i.e. lay down proper rules for his household, and see to their being carried out. The apostle’s idea of ruling the house well, is the having the children in subjection with all gravity. “In the phrase, ‘all gravity,’ he is looking at a kind of obedience that touches the deepest notes of principle and character. Contrary to this, there is an obedience without principle, which is obedience with all levity; that which is paid to mere will and force; that which is another name for fear; that which is bought by promises and paid by indulgences; that which makes a time-server, or a coward, or a lying pretender, as the case may be, and not a Christian. This latterthat which makes a Christianis the aim of all true government, and should never be out of sight for an hour.” Parenthesis showing how a bishop ought to be able to rule his own house well. “But if a man knoweth not how to rule his own house, how shall he take care of the Church of God?” A bishop has to manage men. The Church of God is the family enlarged and heightened. If one fails in the lower sphere, how, can he be expected to succeed in the higher sphere? Even Confucius had before this time said, “It is impossible that be who knows not how to govern and reform his own family should rightly govern and reform a people.” “Not a novice, lest being puffed up he fall into the condemnation of the devil.” By a novice we are to understand a recent convert to Christianity. Such a one being necessarily inexperienced in the truth, and also in the evil of his own heart, was unfitted for office. And the putting him into office was fitted to have a bad effect upon him. The introducer of evil into the universe was in high position, but gave way to a feeling of pride. How this feeling operated is described by a word, which means enveloped with smoke, as if that were the kind of atmosphere that pride throws around a person. In some matter in which his rank was involved, under the clouding of pride, instead of bending to the will of God, which would have been his approval, he asserted his self-importance, which was his condemnation. So the novice, instead of being weighed down under the responsibilities of office, is more likely, under the clouding of pride occasioned by his elevation, to fall into the condemnation of the devil. “Moreover he must have good testimony from them that are without lest he fall into reproach; and the snare of the devil.” He must be able to command the respect of non-Christians, especially for his acting in a way consistent with his professions. For if he falls so low as not to be respected by those, then this want of respect is sure to be used as a snare by Satan for his destruction.
II. QUALIFICATIONS OF DEACONS. “Deacons in like manner.” Deacons, originally the almoners of the Church, came to be regarded as assistants of the eiders, having the oversight of the temporal affairs as these of the spiritual affairs of a congregation. “Must be grave.” They must feel the responsibility of life, and especially the responsibility connected with their office. “Not double-tongued, not given to much wine, not greedy of filthy lucre.” Of the three disqualifications, the first has respect to a temptation connected with the desire for public favor, the second has respect to a temptation connected with the enjoyment of hospitality, the third has respect to a temptation connected with the use of office. Those who serve God in the management of the temporal affairs of a congregation must be free from obsequiousness, from intemperate habits, from avarice. “Holding the mystery of the faith in a pure conscience.” Their duty to the truth, regarded as the object of faith which was formerly concealed from men, was not to teach it, but to enshrine it in a holy life, characterized by the power which has to do with the production of it. “And let these also first be proved; then let them serve as deacons, if they be blameless.” The deacons, no more than the bishops, were to be put suddenly into office. Opportunity was to be given for their being proved, and, if found to be blameless in the estimation of those who had opportunity of watching their conduct, they were to be appointed to service.
III. QUALIFICATIONS OF DEACONESSES. “Women in like manner.” The apostle has not yet given all the qualifications of the deacons; we must, therefore, think of these women as closely associated with the diaconate. We might think of the wives of the deacons, but, as nothing has been said about the wives of bishops, and as by the insertion of the phrase, “in like manner,” we are led to think of the election of women to office, it is better to think of deaconesses. We have an example of a deaconess in Phoebe of Cenchrea, mentioned in Rom 16:1. They were probably assistants in the same way as the deacons, in so far as they had the care of the sick and the destitute. “Must be grave, not slanderers, temperate, faithful in all things.” It was fitting that those who were engaged in such service should be women who were serious, or free from frivolity. They were not to go about from house to house as bearers of evil reports. They were to be temperate, or free from all unholy excitement. And they were to be faithful in all things, not abusing their charge.
IV. QUALIFICATIONS OF DEACONS RESUMED. “Let deacons be husbands of one wife, ruling their children and their own house well.” In these two particulars the apostle requires the same qualifications of the deacons as of the bishops. “For they that have served well as deacons gain to themselves a good standing, and great boldness in the faith which is in Christ Jesus.” The old translation is preferable here”purchase to themselves a good degree.” The idea is that they obtain for themselves a step, or get higher up. In those days this might mean their elevation to the episcopate. They also obtain Christian boldness, such as was especially required in those days of peril. For getting up, and the encountering of greater difficulties, go together.R.F.
1Ti 3:14-16.Upholder of the truth, and grandeur of truth upheld.
I. REASON FOR GIVING TIMOTHY WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. “These things write I unto thee, hoping to come unto thee shortly; but if I tarry long, that thou mayest know how men ought to behave themselves in the house of God, which is the Church of the living God, the pillar and ground of the truth.” Paul hoped to come to Timothy at Ephesus shortly; there was a possibility, however, of his hope not being realized. In the event of his tarrying long, Timothy had written instructions for his conduct as an ecclesiastic. It would be held to be of great consequence that any one who officiated in the temple of Diana should be in a fit state of body and of mind, and should be conversant with the ceremonial. It was of far greater consequence that Timothy should know what was suitable behavior for the house of God. This was not the temple of a dead idol, butpassing over from the material structure to what was typified by itthe Church of the living God. It was “a living and spiritual community, a life-stream of believers in an ever-living God.” It was fitting, then, that there should be those arrangements which are most conducive to the life of the community. This Church of the living God is declared to be the pillar and ground of the truth. There was a singular appropriateness in the language. The columns in the temple of Diana were one hundred and twenty-seven in number, sixty feet high, each the gift of a king. Massive in their form, substantial in their basement, they gave promise of the structure being upheld in its integrity down: through the centuries. And such it seemed to Paul was the Churcha columnar structure, substantially based, by which the truth is to be upheld from age to age. It is a great honor which God has laid on such imperfect believers as we are; and we should see to it that we do not belie the representation, that we do nothing to take away from the strength of the structure, that we preserve the continuity of the Church’s life, that we witness faithfully to what God is and to what he has done.
II. GRANDEUR OF THE TRUTH UPHELD BY THE CHURCH. “And without controversy great is the mystery of godliness.” The truth is here called “the mystery of godliness.” A mystery is that which, being concealed for a time is brought out of concealment by a revelation. It is also something above our comprehension. And that meaning is not excluded here. For it is the mystery of godliness or piety. It is the mystery by which the Divine life is nourished in the soul. As religious beings, we need something that stretches away into infinitude. We can only breathe freely in an element of mystery. All religions that have ever been have sought to provide for the appetite for the wonderful. And where there has not been found real mystery, there have been dark inventions. But composedly great is the mystery, which the Christian religion provides for our nourishment. It is pronounced great by all who are capable of judging. And even those who reject it do so not infrequently on the ground of its being incredible, or too great to be true. The subject of the mystery is Christ. As set forth in the language which follows it is entirely Christ, or the facts about Christ. And the teaching is that it is by meditating upon these facts that we become pious or religious. Of the facts themselves we can take tangible hold; it is when we try to explain them to ourselves that we rise into the region where our religious feelings are excited and receive their nourishment. The rhythmic way in which the facts are presented has led some to suppose that they are taken from a Christian hymn in existence at the time when Paul wrote. We can believe them to have been written by Paul. In either case they have the stamp of the Holy Ghost. They are to be divided into threes, the first two in each division pointing to earthly relations, the third to heavenly. Of the earthly relations, the first in each division is external, the second internal. Facts particularized. “He who was manifested in the flesh.” There is good reason for the change from “God” to “He who.” We are not dependent on the old reading for the proof of our Lord’s divinity. The manifestation of Christ implies previous concealment. And the language is more suggestive of the concealment of pre-existence than of the concealment of non-existence. The beginning of the mystery is Christ coming out of that concealment. “The Word became flesh, and dwelt among us.” The Creator descended into the conditions, circumstances, of a creature. He was made of the substance of a woman. The almighty Builder of the universe was a helpless infant on a mother’s knee. The eternal Son was the infant of days. He descended so low that he had to proceed from weakness to strength, from ignorance to knowledge. That, however, is only part of the mystery. It is said here that he was manifested in the flesh, and that means, not our nature as it came from the hand of God, but our nature as it has suffered from the fall. He descended into our weak, passable, mortal nature, to which the unfallen Adam was a stranger. He was in a state of utter bodily exhaustion from want of food when he was tempted in the wilderness. He sat down wearied with his journey at Jacob’s well. He was often worn out with the arduous nature of his work. His compassion brought sorrow to his heart, which found vent in tears and sighs and groans. At last his flesh succumbed, could not bear any longer the burden laid on it; and his lifeless body was laid in the tomb. But still, as we consider, the mystery deepens. He died, not as paying the common debt of nature, but under the stroke of the Divine vengeance. “Awake, O sword, against my Shepherd, against the Man that is mine equal, saith the Lord of hosts.” This is not so much for the understanding as for the inner sanctuary of the heart. It is not so much to be fixed in words as to be pondered and admired and felt. “Justified in the spirit.” In the flesh he did not appear to be the pre-existent Son of God, and the Sent of God to be the Savior of the world; but he was this in his spirit or higher nature, and was vindicated as such both in the Divine marks which were put upon him, and in the principle which pervaded his life. There was a mark put upon him at the very first in his being separated from the taint of our nature through the power of the Holy Ghost. The glimpse we have of him in his youth shows him right in spirit both toward his Father and that Father’s earthly representatives. At his baptism he received not the Spirit by measure, and there was the attestation of the voice from the excellent glory, “This is my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased.” At the outset of his public career, under extreme temptation, he showed that he was not to be turned aside from his mission. His starry pathway of miracles witnessed to the truth of his claims. And not less did his opening of the mind of God, and application of the truth to human need, witness to the singleness and loftiness of his spirit. There was a reiterated attestation from heaven to his Divine nature and mission at his transfiguration. But especially was he justified in the manner in which he died. He resisted unto blood, striving against sin. As we with some degree of resignation may bear a light trial, so he with perfect resignation bore the unmitigated weight of the Divine vengeance. As we with some degree of self-forgetfulness may labor for those who are near to us, so he with perfect self-forgetfulness and magnanimity sacrificed himself for sinners. That death in all its terribleness, reaching far beyond our conception, was what pre-eminently made proof of him, and it showed his spirit to be in perfect accord with the will of God in salvation. Last of all, he was justified by his resurrection. It is said, in Rom 1:4, that by this he was declared with power to be the Son of God. It was God setting his seal upon his whole career. Because he was pleased with the manner in which he had acted all along, saw the ends of justice and mercy carried out successfully in human salvation, therefore it was that he raised him from the dead. “Seen of angels.” He was an object of interest to the heavenly world. We find angels jubilantly ushering him into this world, within sight and hearing of men. They appear at the commencement of his ministry, strengthening him after his temptation. And again they appear at the close, strengthening him after his agony, and also watching over his tomb. But were they not always there behind the veil? Unseen by us, they go about our world ministering to the heirs of salvation. Would they not minister, more than was seen, to the Author of salvation? They came forward upon the scene at critical times. It was enough; we can imagine the rest. But the language seems also to point to the fact that, in becoming incarnate, Christ made himself to be seen by angels. In the human form assumed by him he held them in rapt gaze. They could not turn away from beholding and wondering. They saw the Son of God in a form that was level to them, that was even below them; for he was made a little lower than the angels. What cause for wonder in the change from that ineffable, unapproachable glory to this frail flesh; from that God most high, to this infant lying in a manger! And as the mystery was developed, how would their wonder increase! He was degraded until he could to no lower depth be degraded. Well might they be overwhelmed with wonder as they looked on at Calvary. Having a desire to look into these things, as we are told, they would be lost in trying to account for them. Even when knowing the object contemplated, they would be amazed to think that, for the accomplishment of it, the Divine Son should descend into such a condition of mortal woe. “Preached among the nations.” This is quite a new interest. Angels merely saw, admired from a distance. They were spectators contemplating that in which they were not directly involved. It was different with men. He was the subject of an evangel to them. He was proclaimed as their personal Savior, without whom they were lost, in whom alone they had standing before God and everlasting blessedness. But stress is laid upon the universal reference of the preaching. He was preached, not to one nation, but among the nations (Jews included), without distinction. This was being realized as historical fact. He was being proclaimed without respect to national distinction, without respect to social condition, without respect to culture, with respect simply to the fact that all were sinners and in need of salvation. Following upon his having taken the common nature, and his having wrought out the common salvation, the message of salvation was being conveyed with the utmost impartiality. This was part of the mystery which was then being disclosed, and which the unprejudiced agreed in calling great. It was impressive to the early Church to witness the proclamation of a world-wide salvation. “Believed on in the world.” God does not force us to believe. There must be a sufficient cause for our faith, sufficient to move our hearts and gain us over. Our faith must be caused in a rational way, in a way consistent with the nature of God and our own nature. The cause must be homogeneous with respect to the effect; spiritual as faith is a spiritual effect. How, then, is Christ to be believed on in the world, i.e. in that which is naturally unbelieving, which contains no germ of faith which can be cultivated? How can light be brought out of darkness, how can faith be brought out of unbelief? And yet what have we here? There is such a potency in the fact of God incarnate as to work a moral miracle, to evoke faith from that which is naturally incapable of faith. And wherein does the potency lie? It is in the love which the fact manifests. “The Son of God, who loved me, and gave himself up for me.” He did not spare himself all the humiliation of the death of the cross. That is a fact which requires to be contemplated; but, as it is contemplated, it asserts its power over hearts, so as to make the insensate feel, the unbelieving believe. Now, the apostle regards it as glorious testimony to the greatness of the mystery that Christ should actually be believed on in the world, that there should be some trophies of the power of his love over unbelief, that there should be some to offer him a home in their hearts. “Received up in glory.” In the biographies of great men we are told of one achievement gained after another, of one honor conferred after another. But however long and glorious the scroll which can be shown, it has to end with their bidding a long farewell to all their greatness. And, though monuments are raised to their memory, it cannot take away the essential ingloriousness of the termination to their career. With Christ it is at the earthly termination that to outward appearance he becomes great. He had indeed, like others and more than others, to undergo the ingloriousness of dying, and of being laid in the tomb. But that ingloriousness was completely reversed by his resurrection. He lingered long enough on earth for history to attest the fact that he was indeed risen. And then he made his triumphal entry into heaven. “Why leap ye, ye high hills? this is the hill which God desireth to dwell in; yea, the Lord will dwell in it for ever. The chariots of God are twenty thousand, even thousands of angels: the Lord is among them, as in Sinai, in the holy place. Thou hast ascended on high, thou hast led captivity captive.” He was received up into gloryinto glorious exaltation in our nature at the right hand of Godand in glory he forever remains. This is conclusive evidence to the greatness of the mystery. The godly delight to dwell upon and to feed their life, not only with the humiliation, but, beyond that, with the exaltation.R.F.
1Ti 3:1 . After speaking of the behaviour of men and women in the church-assemblies, Paul goes on to give instructions regarding the proper qualifications of office-bearers in the church. He begins emphatically with the introductory words: , which here, as in 1Ti 1:15 , do not refer to what precedes (Chrysostom, Erasmus, and others), but to what follows.
] Since corresponds with in 1Ti 3:2 , the word does not denote here generally “the office of one who is set over others” (Hofmann), but specially “ the office of a bishop ;” for only in this way can the inferences in 1Ti 3:2 f. be drawn from what is said here. Why the previous words should not be in agreement with this, we cannot understand.
has a similar meaning in Act 1:20 , where it denotes the office of apostle; comp. Meyer on the passage. In the N. T. the word usually means “the visitation.”
does not necessarily imply here, as de Wette thinks, the notion of ambitious striving; comp. Heb 11:16 .
The ground of the may indeed be ambition, but it may also be the zeal of faith and love. The apostle does not blame the in itself; he merely asks us to consider that the is a , and that not every one therefore may assume it.
] Leo and others take here in the sense of ; but it seems more correct to hold by the meaning: “work, business” (Luther, Matthies, de Wette, Wiesinger, Hofmann, and others); comp. 2Ti 4:5 : ; 1Th 5:13 , where the church is exhorted to the love of the . It is, however, very doubtful, to say the least, that the word is chosen to lay stress on the thought that the is an office of work and not of enjoyment (Jerome: “opus, non dignitatem, non delicias;” Bengel: “negotium, non otium”).
, see 1Ti 1:18 ; 2Ti 4:7 .
VII 1Ti 3:1-7
1This is a true1 saying [Faithful is the saying], If a man desire [aspire unto] the office of a bishop, he desireth a good work. 2A bishop then must be blameless, the husband of one wife, vigilant,2 sober, of good behaviour [decorous = ornatum], given to hospitality, apt to teach; [,] 3Not given to wine, no striker, not greedy of filthy lucre;3 [,] but patient, not a brawler, not covetous; [,] 4One that ruleth well his own house,4 having his children in subjection with 5all gravity; [] For if a man know not how to rule his own house, how shall he take care of the church of God? [] 6Not a novice, lest being lifted up [blinded] with pride he fall into the condemnation of the devil. 7Moreover he must have5 a good report of them which are without; lest he fall into reproach and the snare of the devil.
EXEGETICAL AND CRITICAL
1Ti 3:1. This is a true saying. There is no reason whatever to refer this phrase, which often occurs in the Pastoral Epistles, to the preceding remarks (Chrysostom); it is clear, on the contrary, that here, as 1Ti 1:15, there begins a new line of thought. After the Apostle, in the former chapter, has treated of the duties of the church as a whole, especially in regard of public prayer, he turns to the special view of certain persons, the episcopi and diaconi. Undoubtedly it would fall to the lot of Timothy, in his intimate relations to the body, to appoint such officers; and as there might arise a difference of opinion, it was desirable for him to have a written direction from the Apostle, to which he might always appeal. Paul begins, therefore, by informing him, as Titus (1Ti 1:6), what special qualities such officers should possess. It is from his own knowledge, doubtless, of the high importance of this function of the episcopus, that he considers first its weighty requirements.If a man desire, &c. It appears as if, at that time, there was in Ephesus, and its neighborhood, an eager strife for such a presbyterial ranka strife which contrasts strikingly with the reluctance shown to its acceptance by so many eminent men in the third and fourth centuries; and as it certainly did not spring with all from the purest motives, it does not give us the happiest proof of their Christian spirit. Yet we need not understand in the sense of an ambitious rivalry (thus De Wette, against which comp. Heb 11:16), since the Apostle would surely have rebuked it with decision. It may have been joined, on the part of many, with an active zeal for the church, which needed only a partial check and guidance.The office of a bishop, . The word does not before occur in this sense in the New Testament, with the exception of the citation from the Old Testament (Act 1:20). As to its real meaning, it is proven beyond doubt that in the days of the Apostle the had no higher rank than the , although Paul (1Ti 5:17) makes a distinction even among the latter and it is certain, likewise, that first in later times, by the combined influence of various causes, a higher place was given to the bishops among their fellow episcopi (Act 20:17; Act 20:28). The rule of the church at large was entrusted to, the Apostles; that of the individual communities, to the episcopate or presbyterate. On the diaconate, which is not at all identical with these last, see below, 1Ti 3:8.He desireth a good work, . The adjective expresses the excellence, the noun the difficulty of the work; since , in this connection, is not the same as or . The Apostle regards it not as a passive, but an active reality; and Augustin thus far wrote with truth, De Civ. Dei, xix. 19: Episcopatus est nomen operis, non honoris.Jerome: Opus, non dignitatem, non delicias; opus per quod humilitate decrescat, non intumescat fastigio. Bengel: Negotium, non otium. On the whole subject here treated by Paul, we may well compare the Tractatus by Joh. de Wiclef, De Officio Pastorali, published by Dr. G. B. Lechler, Leipzig, 1863. He treats of two points, de sanctimonio vit, et de salubritate doctrin, and gives suggestions to be laid to heart.
[Note, on the Presbyter-Episcopal Office.This verse is the crux of the whole controversy concerning the ministry of the apostolic church, and should not, therefore, be passed by with so slight notice as in this commentary. We will endeavor here to give an impartial, critical summary of the evidence contained in the Pastoral Epistles. It is clear, from 1Ti 3:1-7; Tit 1:5-9, that the titles episcopus and presbyter belonged at first to the same rank. See Bingham, Ch. Antiq., B. 1, c. 3; Schaff, Apost, Ch., B. 3, c. 3, and the citation from Jerome, Ep. 82, Ad Oceanum. Presbyter was the earlier Jewish-Christian name, nomen tatis; episcopus the later, taken from political usage among the Greeks, nomen officii. The former very probably denoted the general ministerial dignity; the latter, the oversight of a particular church. The restriction of the episcopate to a superior order, therefore, came later. Was it of apostolic date or authority? We turn to this Epistle, and it is clear that Timothy had the power of judging presbyters; 1Ti 4:11; 1Ti 4:14; 1Ti 5:1; 1Ti 5:17-24; and the power of ordaining them; 1Ti 5:22. The power of ordaining elders in every city is also given to Tit 1:2; the injunction to rebuke with all authority, Tit 2:15. We omit 2Ti 1:6; 2Ti 1:14; 1Ti 2:2, since these are too vague for any fair argument. Timothy and Titus, then, were commissioned by St. Paul, and had the two powers of ordination and of judicial rule. See Hooker, Eccl. Pol., B. 7, c. 11, where the argument is forcibly stated. But the next question is, was this superior office a temporary or permanent one? Were these diocesan bishops, or only evangelists, sent on a special mission? It cannot be proved with certainty, from these Epistles, that they were more than evangelists. Timothy, moreover, is charged to do the work of an evangelist, 2Ti 4:5. Titus is spoken of, 2Co 8:23, with other brethren, as messengers of the churches. See Calvin, Inst.i1Tim 1Ti 3:3, s. 4. The fact of their superior authority appears to us, then, a presumptive argument for the establishment of the episcopate; yet it cannot be a demonstration. But a further question remains: How can this change of name be explained, by which the later bishop became higher than the presbyter? It is the received theory of the Episcopal divine, that when the apostolic authority had thus passed into this diocesan form, the official title was restricted to the higher rank. The name, it is said, is unimportant, but the fact is the essential. See Bingham, B. 2, c. 19. But this does not wholly meet the difficulty. It is not at all likely, had these new diocesan rulers been appointed directly, like Timothy and Titus, by the Apostles, that they would have taken a name appropriated to a lower order. The change points naturally to some election of a presbyter by the college as their chief. This sufficiently explains the case, and appears the most probable custom in the early church. Thus Field, Of the Church, B. 5, c. 27. Yet it is, after all, uncertain whether this was done in all cases, as he claims, by the direct choice of the Apostles, or by the choice of the body. There can be little doubt, however, from the appointment of Timothy and Titus, that such a superior order of men was becoming the general rule of the church, and that, too, with the permission, if not by the ordinance of the Apostles. We must, then, draw our conclusion from these meagre and uncertain hints. The chief error has been on either hand, that men have judged the plastic, growing institutions of the early church by the fixed order of a later age. It is enough to say, that toward the close of the lives of St. Paul and St. John, there was a natural, historic change of the church, as it became settled in its great social centres, from the general rule of the apostolate to a diocesan structure. See Rothe, Anfnge d. christl. Kirche, p. 498, ff. We see, in the cases of Timothy and Titus, the germinal form of such an episcopal office. It was a legitimate outgrowth. It had the sanction of the Apostles. To say that it was the invention of a later age, an apostasy from primitive parity or democracy, is unhistoric. Such a structural change could not have taken place without conflict; and the very silence of the sub-apostolic records, the undisputed right with which diocesan episcopacy emerges at the opening of authentic church history, confirms it as primitive. Yet it is alike unhistoric to rear this fact into a jus divinum, or to identify this simple episcopate of the early church with the type of a later hierarchy. Compare also the numerous works on the Ignatian controversy, by Cureton, Bunsen, Baur, Lipsius, Uhlhorn, and others.W.]
1Ti 3:2. A bishop then must be, &c. Here follows a long list of qualifications, partly negative, and wholly concerned with the circle of daily, household life; since the Apostle is not speaking here of the higher gifts of Spirit and faith, which should be lacking in no Christian, least of all in an episcopus. All which is needed for the life hid with Christ, is passed by in silence, that he may consider solely the special requisites of the office. This fully met his purpose, as he speaks only of the aspirants to the episcopate, not of those already in it; and this apostolic rule was to serve Timothy as a safeguard against the importunity of incapable and unworthy men.Then, , joins the following counsel with the previous praise of the office. Bengel: Bonum negotium, bonis committendum.Blameless, the husband of one wife. Two qualifications are named first, which the Apostle holds of highest worth. The episcopus must be blameless, , in good repute, without offence in the eyes of believers, as well as of the unbelieving world. Thus he would be by no means blameless, were he not . Is this phrase to be understood as forbidding polygamy or deuterogamy to the newly-appointed overseer? Scholars are not agreed, and the subject itself is far from clear. It is cited in favor of the former view, that polygamy was by no means strange among the Jews; see Justin M., Dial c. Tryph., 134, ed. Colon; that this custom was less common among the Greeks, and might give offence; that Christianity expressly enjoins and demands (monogamy. The champions of the other view maintain that Timothy hardly needed the warning not to choose an episcopus who had several wives, since the unfitness of so sensual a man for this spiritual office would be self-evident; that, on the other hand, a second marriage might not have been approved by the Greeks; that Paul did not prescribe this abstinence as a general rule (the opposite is clear from 1Co 7:8; 1Co 7:39), but that this may rightly have been enjoined on such officers, who were to set an example of the highest self-restraint; and that, finally, in 1Ti 5:9, it is required of a widow, chosen as deaconess, to have been once only married. The last reason seems of the greatest weight; and we therefore agree with those who hold this command of Paul to be directed against a second marriage, as unseemly for the episcopal office. As to the question how far this rule should be considered binding now, we cannot better reply than with Heubner, in loco: Perhaps the rude, quarrelsome disposition of the stepmother, in the servile condition of women at that time, was the cause of this law. With us such a reason is no longer applicable; and, on the contrary, the nurture of the young often requires a second marriage. If we regard marriage ideally, as the heartfelt union of two persons, wholly surrendered to each other, then a second marriage seems to disparage the first, or to be rather a thing of policy than love. Our general inference is, that a church teacher should conform to the usages of the country or the society in which he lives, so far as he can. That, however, Christian antiquity had really no favorable opinion of second marriage, is seen from Athenag., Legat. pro Christo, p. 37. Theophilusad Autolyc. iii. p. 127, ed. Colon. Minucius Felix Octav.: Unius matrimonii vinculo libenter adhremus, cupiditate procreandi aut unam scimus, aut nullam. Tertullian. ad ux. i. 7. Exhort. Castit., c. 7. De Monogamia, c. 12. Origenes, Contr. Celsum, iii. p. 141, and elsewhere. (According to Diod. Sic. xiii.12, the old Sicilian legislator Charondas had deemed that he who gave his children a stepmother, should not hold office as judge.) The wisdom of this apostolic rule was specially suited to that time, when Christians were anxious to avoid whatever might harm their reputation with the heathen. The view, that Paul speaks here only of the married state, as a conditio sine qunon for the episcopi, or that he merely discourages anything unusual, immoral, or illegal in the married life of such officers, does not fully explain his language. We may mention, as a curious view, still another of some Romish expositors, that by the here named should be understood the church. Such finespun ingenuity cannot destroy the strong argument which this passage contains against the law of Gregory VII. enforcing celibacy. [Conybeare has here a suggestive note. In the corrupt facility of divorce allowed both by Greek and Roman law, it was very common for man and wife to separate, and marry other parties during the life of each other. Thus, a man might have three or four living wives, or women who had successively been his wives. An example of this may be found in the English colony of Mauritius, where the French revolutionary law of divorce had been left unrepealed by the English Government; and it is not uncommon to meet in society three or four women who have all been wives of one man, and three or four men who have all been husbands of one woman. This successive rather than simultaneous polygamy is perhaps forbidden here.W.]Vigilant, sober, of good behaviour, &c Vigilant, ; here probably in the sense of spiritual vigilance, since it would else make a tautology with 1Ti 3:3; having thus the same meaning as prudent, judicious, and joined, therefore, with , the opposite of that violent disposition which can never keep the right measure. Of good behaviour; orderly, so that his whole conduct has in it nothing unseemly; the outward sign of the inward state, expressed by .Given to hospitality (comp. Tit 1:8); especially toward so many Christian brethren (Rom 12:13; Heb 13:2; 1Pe 4:9).Apt to teach. It appears, from 1Ti 5:17, that he counts worthy of special honor the episcopi, who labor in word and doctrine (comp. 2Ti 2:24).
1Ti 3:3. Not given to wine = , 1Ti 3:8 (comp. Tit 1:7); a vice usually leading to quarrel, and hence the phrase just after: No striker; one who, in his rage, would soon use blows against his opponents. [Wordsworth notices that this injunction against striking shows the impulsive vehemence of the Oriental character. We may add, that it shows the half-Christianized morality of the early Church, which could need such precepts in regard to the first rules of social conduct. The history of church councils in the East supplies too many shameful illustrations.W.]But patient, ; the opposite of a quarrelsome character. Luther: Gentle.Not a brawler, ; shunning all needless strifes. Luther: Not wrangling.Not covetous, ; free from that selfish greed which so often begets wrath and strife (comp. 1Ti 6:10; Heb 13:5). We know how often the Lord warned His disciples to beware of covetousness (Luk 16:14, and elsewhere).
1Ti 3:4. One that ruleth well his own house. Bengel: Multi, foris mansueti, domi eo minus coercent iracundiam, erga conjuges, &c. The Apostle requires of the episcopus that he shall make his own family a little Christian community. House here embraces the members of the whole household, the private family, in distinction from the public affairs of the Christian body (1Ti 3:5). Slaves are therefore included; but the Apostle has in special view the good training of the children.Having his children in subjection. Here, as often, = ; see Wolf on this passage. Subjection is regarded as the wholesome rein to check all lawless, froward actions in the children.With all gravity, does not apparently refer to the children (Wiesinger, Huther), since the word fitly signifies the gravity of the manly and the epicopal character; it betokens, too, the way in which the father must do his duty (comp. Tit 2:15), by the needful exercise of his paternal power. The justice of such a requirement is obvious, as the firmness which enables us to rule our own household must be needed to guide the community; and he who lacks this in the smaller, personal sphere, cannot exhibit it in the greater. In the following verse this is still more plainly urged.
1Ti 3:5. For if a man know not, &c. A parenthetical proposition, containing a conclusion a minori ad majus.Take care, ; to nourish, provide for, administeralmost identical with the foregoing . It is used in Luk 10:34, of the care of the Samaritan for the wounded Jew. Theodoret: .
1Ti 3:6. Not a novice, , newly planted; i. e., who has shortly since become a convert to Christianity. Undoubtedly, in a community so recently established, there must have been such a novice now and then placed in the episcopal office. But in Ephesus, where the church had existed some years already, Timothy could more easily choose among those who, earlier or later, had professed the gospel; and it was wise, therefore, not to include the latter among those raised to the episcopal office. This meets the objections of De Wette. It was not merely youth, but the lack of necessary knowledge and experience, which marked the novice; and he would, besides, be in danger of being misled by his pride.Lifted up, ; literally, beclouded, darkened, befooled; i. e., from pride and self-delusion, through his promotion to such rank above even older converts. There could be no readier sin for the newly converted than such self-exaltation, and, above all, if they were placed in any eminent position; the grace of God must keep them in the path of humility, discipline, and suffering. The following words, lest he fall into the condemnation of the devil, are variously explained. Luther has: That he be not puffed up, and fall under the judgment of the slanderers; i. e., give, occasion to slanderers. Others (Mosheim, Wegscheider) refer it to calumnious men. But there is no reason, when . is here used, to understand by it aught save the father of lies, the murderer from the beginning. Nor is the idea satisfactory (Matthias), that the principle of evil is here denoted; but we think it should have the significance of the inward spiritual Power of evil. But what is the condemnation () of the devil? Not the judgment which the devil brings on those who fall under his influence (Genit. subjecti); for here Bengels remark applies: Diabolus potest opprobrium inferre, judicium inferre non potest; non enim judicat, sed judicature. But it is rather the judgment which has been fulfilled in the case of the devil (Genit. objecti), and will reach, likewise, all who are led astray by pride. Jerome: Tale judicium, in quod etiam diabolus incidit. is not merely denunciation, accusation (Matthies), but, as often, in the sense of or = the sentence of condemnation. If we compare this passage with 2Pe 2:4; Judges 6, we may infer that pride was the chief cause of the devils fall. Bengel: Videtur prius quam alii angeli ad prfecturam super multos angelos, licet multis junior esset, fuisse suscitatus et erectus, quod ipsum ei quoque occasio superbi fuit. Comp. Artemonius, ad init. Joh. prfect., p. 23.
1Ti 3:7. Moreover, he must, &c. A last requisite is added to the rest. It is not enough that the episcopus should be blameless in the eyes of the community (1Ti 3:2), but he must have a truly good report from those without; that is, who are not, or no longer members of the Christian body.Lest he fall into reproach and the snare of the devil. If before his nomination he had lived in gross sin, yet had been appointed, the remembrance of his old vices would still remain with those who had known him, and this might bring suspicion on the office itself. It was better for such a man, even after a genuine conversion, to retire into the seclusion of a private life, than take a prominent place. Otherwise he would fall into suspicion,whether deserved or not, and from those, too, within, as well as without the community; and thus, in his weakness and depression, he might readily fall into the snare of the devil, . . Deprived of his good name, he might lapse into the same sins which he had scarcely renounced, and become as evil as he was reputed to be. Quid enim spei restat, si nullius peccati pudor? Calvin. As and are not separated by , we must consider the former no less than the latter as the work of the devil.
DOCTRINAL AND ETHICAL
1. The worth of the episcopal office, which Paul has here so impressively set forth, has been affirmed in all ages and in manifold ways. Compare, e.g., Chrysostom, De Sacerdotio; Baxter, Reformed Pastor; Burk, Pastoral Theology in its Examples; and the well-known writings of Harms, Vinet, Nitzsch, Ebrard, Moll, Lhe, and others. Pastor habet triplex officium; primo, verbo Dei spiritualiter pascere oves suas; secundo, purgare prudenter oves suas a scabie, ne sese et alios magis inficiant; tertio, defendere oves suas a lupis rapacibus, tam sensibilibus quam insensibilibus; Wiclef.
2. Undoubtedly the Greek church, in forbidding second marriage to its clergy, has a support in the of Paul. Yet it is quite another question how far the Apostle enjoins the literal fulfilment, in all countries, times, and circumstances, of the precept which he gave for Ephesus. The opponents of the papal hierarchywhich has found so strong a prop in the law of celibacyrightly point to the liberty given by Paul to the episcopi, of entering once at least into marriage. A compulsory abstinence, without any special calling to it, is surely most unlike the spirit of the Apostle. Yet, whether the eagerness, with which many young pastors of the evangelical church unite their entrance into the ministry with their marriage, would always have his sanction, is quite a doubtful question. All depends on the time and circumstances; but it might be wished that, in the choice of their wives, clergymen would not quite forget the Christian church to which they may be so useful. Compare the Mirror of a Good Clergymans Wife, by Chr. Burk, 1842. [See Wordsworth for a valuable note on the usage of the Eastern and Western churches in regard of the Apostles rule. It seems to have been a general, unwritten law, yet not held of perpetual obligation, or enforced by any decree of general councils. In the time of Callistus, at the beginning of the second century, we learn from Hippolytus that persons twice or thrice married were admitted to the ministry. The whole passage, however, is most striking as a picture of the simple, healthful household life of the primitive clergyman, in contrast with the later diseased type of the Latin church.W.]
3. It is a noteworthy proof of the practical spirit of Christianity, that the Apostle gives such special worth to the domestic and social virtues even in the official rulers of the community. A life of faith and morality are indivisible in his view. The pastor of the church must above all be a good father in his own family, and that even to the least particulars. If there be those who think that the care of their wider sphere of labor will not permit them to attend to such private duties, the Apostle sets before them our Lords words: These ought ye to have done, and not to leave the other undone (Mat 23:23). The family of the clergyman must specially deserve the name of a little household church. He must have a hundred eyes on every side; his spiritual vision must be sharp, not short-sighted. He must be awake, not for self, but for others; Chrysostom. It is notable that the same Church father laments, in eloquent words, that his care for his large flock hardly left him time to think and watch over his own soul. 44 Hom. in Act. App. Opp. ix. p. 335, ed. Montfauc.
4. With reason Paul here enjoins that an episcopus should be . If this vice be the root of all evil in general, the life of Judas Iscariot and Simon Magus show what injury it has done to the clergy and the church; and we may say in this view, that the history of simony is no less shameful than that of celibacy.
5. The words of Paul on the condemnation of the devil is a striking contribution to the New Testament dmonology, although he gives us but a glance behind the raised veil. The representation of Satan as a fallen angel makes a marked distinction between this scriptural doctrine and the Persian dualism from which it is so often sought to be derived.
HOMILETICAL AND PRACTICAL
The high worth of the episcopal office.If any man desireth the office of a bishop, he desireth a good work. This is clear from (1) Its origin; (2) its nature; (3) its lineage; (4) its object; (5) its fruit.The episcopal office: (1) A work; (2) a noble work; (3) a work which every one should not desire.The due qualifications named by Paul are: (1) Manifold; (2) difficult; (3) just; (4) rich in blessing.The evangelical clergyman is called to be a pattern of all personal, domestic, and social virtues.The clergyman (1) a householder of God in the church; (2) in his own dwelling.Use and abuse of the saying, Whoso careth not for his own house, &c.The rocks which are in the way of a newly-converted man.Through high to low, through low to high.The value of a blameless youth to him who would feed the flock of God.The snare of the devil in the office of pastor and teacher.
Starke: Art thou of high rank, and therefore ashamed to be a preacher of Christ? yet believe it, the office is noble and weighty; it has to do with the greatest things; it regards the salvation of souls, and eternal life.A preacher may be unmarried without wrong, yet it is better for many reasons that he marry.Continence of body must be joined with soberness of soul, in him who would grow in spiritual prudence, discretion, foresight.Langes Opus: Covetousness is a hidden, shameful lust, especially in a clergyman.Starke: A clergyman may be zealous, but not deal blows like a godless man.A teacher who would not make his family an offence to the church, must look to it that he choose a devout help-meet; else, if he make a blind and carnal choice, he will lay the corner-stone of great evil.A man can more easily rule his household, than a whole community: (1) Because it is far smaller; (2) because the household will sooner obey than strangers; (3) because he associates more with them than with others; (4) because he naturally treats them with more affection than others.If a new convert be unfit for the office of teacher, how much more an unconverted person.The shame and vice of a teacher are snares of the devil, whereby Satan robs his office of its blessing (1Co 9:12).
Lisco: The personal characteristics of a servant of the word.
Heubner: The bishop must consider his good appearing, his good fame, not hold it lightly because of his real purity; for his good fame adds to his influence.Covetousness is a blot on the character of a clergyman.Loss of honor often makes a man dull and base; honor leads to self-respect.Perhaps the Apostle regarded the higher virtues, here omitted, as acknowledged requisites, and would only keep us from undervaluing those lower ones; or he would guide us upward from the outward conduct of life, here sketched, to the inward gifts.
Footnotes:
[1]1Ti 3:1.[; all the authorities; the Sinaiticus. But ., Orig. also, ; humanus, hc lectio vetustior est Hieronymo. But no one is rash enough to approve it. Matthi, quoted by Huther.E. H.]
[2]1Ti 3:2.[. Every one now reads .E. H.]
[3]1Ti 3:3. . Wanting in A. D. F. G., and others, and upon this account Lachmann and Tischendorf have left it out. The Sinaiticus has it not. Apparently it has been intercalated from Tit 1:7.
[4]1Ti 3:4.[. So Recepta, Lachmann, Tischendorf. The Sinaiticus reads peculiar and exceptional.E. H.]
[5]1Ti 3:7.[ ; left out by Lachmann and Tischendorf (wanting in A. F. G. H., and others); not in the Sinaiticus. In G., the whole seventh verse is written in the margin; according to Lachmann.E. H.]
CONTENTS
The Apostle here enters upon the Subject of the Ministry. He shows how the Office should be sacredly observed: with their Connections. The Chapter closeth most blessedly, concerning the great mystery of Godliness.
(1) This is a true saying, If a man desire the office of a bishop, he desireth a good work. (2) A bishop then must be blameless, the husband of one wife, vigilant, sober, of good behaviour, given to hospitality, apt to teach; (3) Not given to wine, no striker, not greedy of filthy lucre; but patient, not a brawler, not covetous; (4) One that ruleth well his own house, having his children in subjection with all gravity; (5) (For if a man know not how to rule his own house, how shall he take care of the church of God?) (6) Not a novice, lest being lifted up with pride he fall into the condemnation of the devil. (7) Moreover he must have a good report of them which are without; lest he fall into reproach and the snare of the devil. (8) Likewise must the deacons be grave, not doubletongued, not given to much wine, not greedy of filthy lucre; (9) Holding the mystery of the faith in a pure conscience. (10) And let these also first be proved; then let them use the office of a deacon, being found blameless. (11) Even so must their wives be grave, not slanderers, sober, faithful in all things. (12) Let the deacons be the husbands of one wife, ruling their children and their own houses well. (13) For they that have used the office of a deacon well purchase to themselves a good degree, and great boldness in the faith which is in Christ Jesus. (14) These things write I unto thee, hoping to come unto thee shortly: (15) But if I tarry long, that thou mayest know how thou oughtest to behave thyself in the house of God, which is the church of the living God, the pillar and ground of the truth.
I do not think it necessary, in a work of this kind, intended for the poor in spirit, and the humble in Christ’s flock; and not likely to fall under the notice of the high in rank, and dignity; the bishops, and shepherds of the fold; to enter into an account of their offices. Indeed, the Apostle hath said all that can be necessary, on the subject. One point only I venture to remark, in what Paul hath here said; namely, he calls the office of a bishop a good work. And a good work, or labor, it most assuredly is, if well followed. The close of the service will show, that the highest, and the lowest office of the ministry of souls, is alike an accountable trust, where men will be answerable as servants, not as lords. Among men, it may be proper, to preserve distinctions of rank, and honor. But in the sight of God, these things lose their very name. Usefulness, diligence, faithfulness, and honesty, are the qualifications then to be accounted for; and none else will stand the examination. It were well, if all who minister in holy things, of whatever rank they move up and down in, among men, were every day, before they enter upon their sacred function, or mingle in family duties, of reading the scriptures, and prayer; to read over in private, what Paul hath here marked down, from the inspiration of God the Holy Ghost. This would serve, under the same Almighty Teacher’s influence, to show, how all ought to behave themselves in the house of God. That as Christ himself, is both the foundation, and pillar of his Church; so, his servants, which minister faithfully in his name, may be found as monumental pillars, bearing inscriptions, to his truth and glory.
Modern Snares
1Ti 3:7
I. The snares are always about our feet. They vary in their guise, but their purpose remains unchanged. I want to look at a few of the perils which thus beset the youth of our modern life. (1) There is the snare of materialism. I speak of it not as a theory, but as a life. In Watts’ ‘Mammon’ there is a great pompous figure in heavy scarlet and gold. His face is fat and sightless. Brutal hands and feet are resting carelessly on the Godlike figures of the young. The bloated materialistic presence has the ears of an ass, indicating that he is powerful but imbecile. That is the materialistic life, the worship of naked gain, the pursuit of carnal power, and the unconsidered crushing of all the ethereal elements in our richly dowered being. It is one of the most insidious snares of the devil in our time. (2) And there is the snare of cynicism. In our childhood we live and move in an atmosphere of happy confidence and trust. But this is how the cynic is made. First of all, we discover our own duplicity. There comes a momentous day when I discover that I am putting in the shop window of my life goods of a different quality from what I keep in my warehouse. It dawns upon me that I am leading a double life, that appearances say one thing when the reality is quite another. And then I begin to wonder if others are the same. I read myself into them, and at last I discover a man in some duplicity. Now a double discovery of this kind is apt to embitter a man, and he becomes a cynic. The man who fosters the cynical spirit converts his world into a charnel house. It is the very opposite of the Christian spirit. ‘Don’t bark against the bad, but chant the beauty of the good.’ (3) And there is the snare of superficialism. There is the peril of moving and abiding upon the superficies, of being contented with the surface waters, the shallow but by no means crystal pools which lie here and there in the common ways.
II. How can we be lifted above these modern perils? (1) Seek height of fellowship, and begin with the highest of the heights, even with the Lord Himself. (2) Seek the fellowship of the saints. If you cannot find them in actual life, then seek their companionship in noble books. (3) Seek breadth of outlook. Read the best books. Take notes of the best books, and incarnate their best teachings. (4) Seek depths of noble service. The indolent are never safe.
J. H. Jowett, The British Congregationalist, p. 228.
References. III. 9. Bishop Bickersteth, Sermons, p. 33. Expositor (5th Series), vol. ii. p. 168. III. 13. C. Parsons Reichel, Sermons, p. 382. Expositor (4th Series), vol. v. p. 184. III. 14-16. H. S. Holland, Christian World Pulpit, vol. lvii. p. 72. III. 15. Spurgeon, Sermons, vol. vii. No. 393. Bishop Jayne, Christian World Pulpit, vol. lii. p. 369. F. W. Farrar, ibid. vol. liv. p. 247. J. B. Mozley, University Sermons, p. 332. Spurgeon, Sermons, vol. xxiv. No. 1436. W. J. Hills, Sermons and Addresses, p. 1. H. Allen, Penny Pulpit, No. 1611, p. 287. S. Baring-Gould, Village Preaching for a Year (2nd Series), vol. i. p. 17.
God Made Visible
1Ti 3:16
We are taught that there is a great scheme of providence at work round about us. It is a very mysterious providence; if you look at it in the wrong light, it is so mysterious as to be painful and destructive in its expression and energy. If I would study the providence of God, I would read all that Jesus Christ did. What shall I get from such a perusal of His record? A clear vision of what at present is regarded as the invisible providence. We talk about a providence within a providence; we speak thus almost atheistically. The providence of God is as plain as the sunlight, as beautiful as the summer landscape. How can we approach it? By studying Jesus Christ; the daily life of Christ was the daily life of God. Then why tear the clouds asunder to see some at present invisible providence? It is needless, it may soon become impious. We need not batter the cloud-door, and say, Admit us to see the machinery of the universe. No need of that; read the life of Jesus Christ, and you will see what God is doing, what God can do, and what God has been doing all the undated and uncalendared ages.
This brings the matter very closely to us. The kingdom of God is amongst us, the kingdom of God is within you. Why stretch your necks to see something beyond the horizon when God Himself is standing in your midst and manifesting Himself in your own flesh? Then we will study Jesus, and see what He thought about the people and about life, and how He sought comfort for all the persons that trusted to Him, how He made the orchards grow and the wheat-fields and the vineyards and the yards of olives. That is right; now you are becoming religious.
I. How does God Deal with the Poor? Ask Jesus. What does Jesus say? He says to His disciples when they mention the necessities of the people to Him, Give ye them to eat. Yet we are the men who want to know what God does for the poor in His providence! He gives to me that I may give to the man sitting next me. He has made the man sitting next me rich in gold that he may hand some of it over to me He sets up the great doctrine of mutual interdependence; not the bastard socialism of a card-up-the-sleeve with which some swindler may seek to win the game, but the true socialism and masonry of brotherhood. That is too simple a plan for many persons; they like something more intricate, something that needs to be explained in long and resounding words; whereas God in Christ says to every man who has a loaf, Give some of it to the man who has no bread; I gave you the loaf, not that you might keep it, but that you might distribute it, and I have so arranged the economy of life that distribution is multiplication, and that whoso gives the bread most freely will be surprised at the last to find that he had more to end with than he had to begin with.
II. What does the Invisible and Unthinkable God do in the Matter of the Prodigality and Sinfulness of the World? Read Jesus Christ’s life and you will get the answer at once. What is God’s plan about a lapsed and ruined world? ‘The Son of man is come to seek and to save that which is lost.’ That is what God is doing all the time; He is seeking and saving the lost; He is keeping the door of His own heart open that the very least and worst of His children may enter in and be saved. We have a pleading God, a self-humbling God, a God we keep standing out in the dews of the midnight and amid all its boisterous winds; and we are asking profound or foolish questions about God’s method of dealing with the world He made and loved and redeemed. III. What is God’s Method of Judgment? We read of a great white throne, we read of a day of final audit and trial. We need not wonder about that; Jesus Christ has gone through the whole process; if we study Him we know all about it; and the day of judgment may be no longer than one flash of light, than the twinkling of an eye. What is God’s plan of judgment as shown by Jesus Christ? He said, Where much is given much will be required; where little is given little will be expected. Where there is poverty and difficulty about doing certain things, yet there sounds this sweet music, She hath done what she could. Let us go to Jesus when we would know about God. Let us study His example when we would apprehend somewhat of Divine metaphysics. With Christ at hand no man need be at a loss for God.
Joseph Parker, City Temple Pulpit, vol. II. p. 137.
References. III. 16. Spurgeon, Sermons, vol. xiii. No. 786. Lyman Abbott, Christian World Pulpit, vol. xlvii. p. 75. Spurgeon, Sermons, vol. xviii. No. 1087. T. Arnold, Sermons, vol. ii. p. 70. S. Bentley, Parish Sermons, p. 1. E. A. Bray, Sermons, vol. ii. p. 296. O. Bronson, Sermons, p. 48. Expositor (5th Series), vol. vi. pp. 151, 330, 380; ibid. vol. vii. p. 297; ibid. (6th Series), vol. iv. p. 153; ibid. vol. xii. p. 105. III. 17. Ibid. vol. ii. p. 378. IV. 1. Ibid. p. 296. IV. 1-5. Ibid. vol. xii. p. 182.
God Revealed
1Ti 3:16
This simplifies the whole mystery of the Godhead, as far as simplification is possible. We know now what to do: when we want to know what God is, what God does, what God thinks, what God wishes, how God governs the world, we have to look at Jesus Christ. This gives a new value to the biography of the Son of God. He is not only an historical character, he is a revelation; he was God manifest, made clear, visible, simple, intelligible. “He that hath seen me hath seen the Father.” We have seen more than the Christ the measurable, living, personal Christ; we have looked upon Jesus, and therefore have looked upon God. If this be not the meaning of the words, we cannot tell what that meaning is. “God was manifest in the flesh”: God was revealed in the flesh; he condescended or came down from heaven and tabernacled with men, and was as a man among men: we ourselves have seen and felt and handled of the word of life. The idea would seem to be this: we have been familiar with the idea of God, a God reigning in eternity, concealed by clouds and darkness; a mysterious yet benign, a judicial yet gracious, Providence: but what that power is we know not. We have believed it, for we seemed to need it all; it alone filled our imagination, and satisfied our aspirations, and gave us religious equanimity and contentment; but beyond that we could not go; we had no light, no definition, no intellectual apprehension, that could be stated in terms: but now all that has changed; the screen has been taken down, or the veil has been rent, or all the intervening circumstances have been set back for a little time, and we have actually seen the whole economy of God; yea, we have seen God himself; we know now the strings and the keys of the instrument over which he presides; and we have seen his whole action, so far as it may be brought within the limits of time and space and sense. How the story of the Evangelists changes under this conception! We have to deal, not with the Son of Mary, the Son of Joseph, but with the Son of God, and God the Son. Let us fearlessly accept the words in that sense, and at least see how they bear the strain and test of actual experience, of concrete positive life, as shown in the history of Jesus Christ.
The great challenge may be thus stated: if you want to see the Father, look upon the Son; if you want to see God, look upon Christ; turn away your intellectual imagination from all transcendental thinking and speculativeness, and fix the whole attention of mind, heart, and soul, upon the life of Jesus Christ of Nazareth. That life is, within its own limits, the biography of God. We make the statement thus boldly and frankly in order to show that we are about fearlessly to approach the grand test. If the life shrink from this test, then we have been deceived by a cunningly devised or a clumsily constructed fable.
Our first thought naturally turns to God’s greatness. Observe how it is that we have come into the New Testament: we have come into the New Testament through the pathways of the Old. We have not broken in, as it were, rudely and unexpectedly upon the Sanctuary of the New Testament; we have been Scripture students up to this moment; we have finished the last syllable of Malachi, we have waited all the intervening centuries, and now that the God of the Old Testament, as the God of eternity, as seated on the circle of eternity, as inhabiting eternity and the praises thereof, is before our imagination, any one who presumes to represent him must not disturb this idea too rudely. Who can read the Old Testament without being overpowered with a sense of the Divine Majesty? He is the high and the holy One; the clouds are the dust of his feet; he taketh up the isles as a very little thing; all the nations are as the drop of a bucket before him; he orders the stars like servants that must obey his will; he is clothed with honour and majesty: can we see him? Yes. Where? God manifest in the flesh, in the person of his Son. Is that seriously affirmed? It is. Then turn to the life at once: “Show us the Father, and it sufficeth us.” We are expecting grandeur, blaze after blaze of glory: we expect to hear great thunderings and trumpetings; we are looking for a figure brighter than the midday sun: now, can we see the God we have worshipped? We see him in Jesus Christ of Nazareth. But is it grandeur that we see in him? Yes. It does not meet with our ideas of grandeur. No, because our ideas of grandeur themselves are wrong; we have been mistaking the true definition of grandeur all the time. Analyse our thought of grandeur, and what is it? bulk, brilliance, pomp, dazzling glory. But all this is timidity, and weakness, and error. The true grandeur is simplicity. Give us an idea of grandeur, say in the fields of earth: now choose your symbol. Who would not hunt in all the gardens and paradises of time to bring forth the largest, most glowing flower? But Jesus Christ would not choose thus. Fix upon some personage in history who should represent the idea of grandeur as we view that term: probably we should fix upon Solomon; the like of him never appeared on the thrones of the ages: but Jesus Christ, acknowledging Solomon’s outward pomp and grandeur, said that the lily excelled him in glory, for “Solomon in all his glory was not arrayed like one of these.” The sacrifice, therefore, we have to make at the first is a sacrifice of false definition. Life is grander than any accident that can attach to it. To be is more than to be clothed upon, adorned, decorated, enriched, handled by generous art. The glory of a man is to be a man, how poor soever, or lost, or driven before a cold wind, houseless, homeless; still, to be a man is to eclipse the stars, when it becomes a question of comparative value and glory. The tiniest child is greater than the vastest sun that burns in boundless space. This is the teaching of Jesus Christ himself regarding humanity. Yet, this simplicity must itself be well guarded from rude and exaggerated interpretation. Jesus Christ was most simple: he brought the grandeur, he did not receive it; he conferred the honour, he never accepted it; when he sat down at a feast he made it a sacrament; when he went into the poorest house, by the grandeur of his personality it flamed like a palace built by God; he transfigured, transformed, all things, and by his use he made them sacred. If Jesus Christ is so simple as this, then we may make free with him? Do not tempt him! There were men who ventured to make themselves familiar with him, but they never repeated the rude offence. He was hedged about with a mysterious sacredness. If we would meet him upon a common level, one look would set us back upon our proper ground; if we thought ourselves his equal intellectually, able to discuss current questions with him upon equal terms, he would put one inquiry which would make us feel that we had not begun to learn. In all things Jesus Christ taught us to understand the greatness of simplicity; to find in so-called little things the mirror of the Deity. Never did he speak in the language of Oriental poetry, but always in that simple language which yet is the last symbol of profundity. He spake not to a class, but to a world; not to a school, but to a household to the oldest member, and the last-come little child; and they all understood the music of that tender brotherhood. So then, though we started at first with expecting that the Hebrew idea of God would perfectly disable Omnipotence itself from coming into the flesh, yet we begin to see, by a close study of Jesus Christ’s life, that the true grandeur is simplicity, and that the thing which we aforetime accounted without value is in the sight of God of great price.
Then we have become accustomed to another idea, namely, the providence, rule, sovereignty, guidance. We have said that God watches all things; we have said, he knoweth our downsitting and our uprising, our going out and our coming in; and we have said, There is not a word on our tongue, there is not a thought in our heart, but lo, O Lord, thou knowest it altogether. Do we see the economy of Providence in the life of this mysterious Christ? If we study him, shall we see how God governs the world? The answer is, Certainly we shall: the veil is taken down for a few brief years, and we see the action of the whole machinery of Providence, so to say; the face is taken off, that hid the inner working of the instrument, and now we see it in all its anatomy. Would you see Providence? Look at Christ. Let us then watch him. What is he caring for? For the body. How extraordinary! He will have people healed, he cannot be easy whilst there is a diseased man in his presence: he himself is healthy, and health must make others healthy. See how he has brought round about him the deaf, and dumb, and blind, and halt, and leprous; and how he heals them all! Is this the God we have worshipped in Old Testament terms of pomp and grandeur? Lo, this is the God of gods, the Lords of lords; a mother-God, a physician-God, a healing, nurturing, restoring God. We thought of him in connection with thunders, and trumpets, and constellations, and thrones, and princedoms, and hierarchies. Again we must correct our definition of greatness and grandeur. Probably, from a human point of view, God is never so great as when he is stooping over some one who needs his care. The Son of Man God in the Son of Man is come to seek and to save that which was lost. Why dost thou hasten over the mountains and stony places, thou Shepherd of the universe? He answers, I so hasten because one lamb is lost. Is this the providence of God? This is the economy under which we live. He will not have one vacant place at the table, if love can help it; he will not be content that there are ninety-and-nine in the fold, it is the one who is not there that gives him heartache. Does God suffer? Truly! and on what scale he suffers, our imagination can never conceive. He is not an ivory God, tipped with gold; nor a golden God, seated upon a throne of ivory: but a great heart, a father-mother-sister-brother heart; a great sensitiveness that responds to every cry of need. But Jesus Christ associated with sinners; he went in unto them, and ate and drank with them: does God do so? This is the very thing he has been doing all the ages. God associates with sinners; he eats with them. This may startle us for a moment, but pause and think what it all means. Who spreads the table at which the world takes its daily repast? Are the harvest fields of the world godless, atheistic ground, swamps that are only recovered from ‘sterility by human industry and human skill? Doth not the goodness of God lead thee to repentance? When thy feast is spread, O thou hard-hearted publican or sinner, it is God that spreads it for thee, and he sits at the head of the table and would have thee feel that thou art at the sacramental board. God clothes our bodies, supplies our necessities, constructs and guards and sanctifies our home; and herein Christ was God manifest in the flesh. Has the worst man any sign of God’s presence about him? If so, then is he not forsaken: sometimes through his grimmest misery there comes a smile as if a lamp had been lighted within him; then he is not in hell. God associates with sinners in providence, in opening doors for them, in making friends for them, in creating for them opportunities of settlement, advancement, progress, comfort. Do not suppose that redemption stands apart from all the current of human life: providence is redemption along the lower levels of human experience: he who cares for the body must by that very fact care for the soul; he who protects the lamb in his arms must seek to save the spirit from destruction. If we once grant providence we cannot escape redemption: once allow that God sent the loaf to the table, and having allowed that, we cannot logically or consistently rest until we see him planting the Cross on Calvary tree of life, tree of healing. But Jesus Christ, as we now see him, has tears in his eyes: is he in that moment of weakness to be regarded as God manifest in the flesh? Yes, pre-eminently so. He is to me less God when he thunders in the ear of the grave and makes it yield its prey, than when he makes the company sit down, and breaks bread to travellers and weary ones in their hunger; he is to me less God when he orders the storm to be quiet, than when he takes up a little child and blesses it. God pities the world. God sheds tears in heaven. This is the necessity of the case, if Christ represented him. He did not create a body that he might cry through it or break his heart in it; he created a body to show what he has been doing ever since man came upon the earth: the body was but a temporary accident, or medium was but the substance which the eternal silence broke into audible and articulate sound; the Eternal himself was not changed, the manifestation was ordered upon a scale and upon lines which suited human weakness and human blindness.
When Jesus sits over against the city and weeps over it, he is God manifest in the flesh; for God sitteth in his eternity and weeps over the erring children of men. This is grandeur, but of another kind than that which we had thought about once. What is so grand as love? Yet who has ever called it grand? We have kept such words as grand, glorious, amazing, for war, for destruction, for the burning of towns and the slaughter of populations; but we are gradually being so spiritually refined and educated as to see that love is the great triumph, love is the great glory. When our education is complete we shall begin to see that our first conceptions of grandeur were mistaken conceptions, and that the true grandeur is in being good, and doing good, and making life simple in its motive and simple in its issues. We have been accustomed to trace names up to their highest meanings. That has been the usual course of human reasoning. We have already in these Bible readings traced Time, until we reached the point where a man said, “For ever and ever.” His arithmetic failed him, and his imagination became the algebra by which he worked his way to the thought of a further and unutterable duration. We have carried the word Space up through the air into astronomic fields, until we began to say, We have no more numbers whereby to represent the extent of faith, and therefore we constructed a symbol and said it represented infinity. We have also traced Love in the same way up through courtesy, civility, kindness, sympathy, honour on, and still farther on, until all our epithetic resources were exhausted, and then we wrote the word Sacrifice. So with the word Man. We began with man, and carried our ideas of man through genius, capacity, statesmanship, philosophy, prophetic gift, until we reached angel, seraph, cherub, archangel, God. With that process we have become familiar; but we have forgotten that the process may be reversed, and therein may bring us to the manger-cradle of Bethlehem. Show us eternity! is the cry, as Philip’s cry was, “Show us the Father.” Now, when we would show men eternity, what do we show them? We show them time; we ask them to consider time, to extend it, continue it, make so much of it, that they can make no more, and thus we take a downward course of reasoning, from eternity to time. When men say, Show us infinity, and it sufficeth us, all we can show them is space, and ask them so to treat space, quantity, figure, geometry, until they have become lost in the vastness of extension. So when men say, Show us God, we show them Man not a man only, not all men, but Man; the Man, the second Adam, the Lord from heaven, Immanuel; and we say, “God was manifest in the flesh”: he who hath seen Jesus hath seen God. All the great words are in Genesis, first chapter, first verse: “In the beginning [of eternity] God [the undefinable name] created [incarnated] the heavens [all height] and the earth [all homeliness and utility];” and the remainder of the chapters in Genesis are devoted to detailing these gross terms, these infinite expressions. So “in the beginning” becomes in the other parts of the chapter “days,” and “weeks,” and “months,” and “years”: thus eternity was time manifest in succession. “Created” becomes detailed in the work of “the first day,” “the second day,” “the third day”; and so we see all the panorama of incarnation take place; and creation was energy manifest in bird, and beast, and fish, and living thing, on mountain and in meadow. Then the heavens and the earth were brought near to us in many a measurable shape, in many an alluring and symbolic figure. And then God himself remained to be detailed: how did he express himself at this point? “Let us make a man in our image, after our likeness.” A man who has seen himself has seen the image of God. A man who has seen Christ has seen the very God, the Father.
What is God’s purpose of judgment? God is high in heaven, and we believe he rules the nations, takes an interest in all the people, and associates himself with all the economy of the worlds: will he bring all things to judgment? or will he let them break away, fall off into nothingness and oblivion as they may? Jesus Christ was God manifest in the flesh in this matter. What said he about judgment? He said: If any man has much given to him, from him shall much be expected; if any man has little to begin with, little only will be looked for in the issue of his probation: He said: If a city be exalted to heaven with privilege, and neglect its opportunities, it shall be cast down to hell the depth shall correspond with the height: if any one have but few privileges, one box of spikenard, two mites, one cup of cold water, he says, Let him, let her, alone: poor creatures they have done what they could. Is this the way in which God has been judging creation all the time? To this inquiry we return a final affirmative. He knows the dowry of each; the starting-point of each is known to him: he will judge us by what he first gave us. When we say this, we sanctify reason, we glorify conscience; and we say, Verily the universe is settled on foundations of equity. We need not press all these illustrations too far; we have already spoken of the necessary limits of incarnation, and we must judge the manifestation of God according to the conditions which he himself elected. We cannot see all eternity in time: as we see the sun reflected in the dewdrop, so we may see eternity flashed back from the moments of time, rightly viewed, rightly interpreted.
The practical application is this, and it may well make the stoutest afraid, that the flesh may be filled, inspired, sanctified by God; it may be the house of God: know ye not that your bodies are the temples of the Holy Ghost? Here again we are limited by the necessities of incarnation. The common body is to be made like unto Christ’s glorious body. We must therefore always limit our judgment by our present condition. We can in our way be God manifest in the flesh. Jesus asked us to follow him, to be his imitators, to do what he did so far as we are able; and now by his incarnation we are expected to incarnate God ourselves. So we may be able up to a given point by loftiness of thought, by self-sacrifice, by pitying the poor, the lost, the weak, the helpless, by sweet, eternal charity. We may so work upon men that they may say, These Christians have a life the world never gave them; they have a peace not time-born; they work by motives which do not come from the science of leverage as it is understood in social economies: they are moved from eternity; their countenances shine with a light acquired on mountain heights by long communion with God. To this we are called. From this we shrink in the letter, yet we understand it somewhat in its spirit and sweetest meaning.
IV
THE SPHERES OF MEN AND WOMEN IN THE CHURCH; CHURCH OFFICERS AND THEIR QUALIFICATIONS
1Ti 2:8-3:13
There must be no question that this letter is about church affairs affairs of the particular church at Ephesus. This appears both from explicit statements (1Ti 1:3 ; 1Ti 3:14-15 ) and from the subject matter. It relates to present heterodox teachings (1Ti 1:3 ), public worship (2), church officers, pastors, deacons, and deaconesses, the truth to be upheld by the church (3), its danger through future heresies (4), its discipline and pension list (5), its social duties (6).
Indeed, its express object is to show how its members should conduct themselves in the church assemblies, worship, and services. If we do not keep this ruling thought in our minds, we will widely miss the mark in our interpretation. Particularly must we bear this in mind when we attempt to expound the last paragraph in 1Ti 2:8-15 . And, as Dr. Broadus says, “We must let the Scripture mean what it wants to mean.”
This paragraph, by any fair rule of interpretation, does distinguish sharply between the spheres of the man and the woman in these public, mixed assemblies. Nothing can be more explicit than the way the apostle commences: “I desire that the men pray everywhere . . . in like manner [I desire] that women”; note the article before “men.” Carefully note three other things:
1. These injunctions on the woman in these church assemblies.
2. The reasons therefore.
3. The encouraging and compensating promise to women in their different and restricted sphere.
1. Injunctions:
(1) Not to appear in the church assemblies in gorgeous, costly, worldly, immodest, flaunting, fashionable attire. That mind is blind indeed that cannot both understand and appreciate the spiritual value of this injunction.
The church assembly is not for dress parade. It is not a meeting at the opera, or theater, or ballroom, or bridge party, or some worldly, social function, where decollete dress, marvelous head attire, and blazing jewels are fashionable. These worldly assemblies have their own standards and reasons for their fashions, and it is not for us to judge them that are without. It is the standard for the church assemblies, gathered to worship God and to save the lost, under consideration. Jesus Christ, and not Lord Chesterfield, established the church. Our dress at church, if nowhere else, should be simple, modest, in no way ministering to vanity, display, or tending to keep away the poor, or sad, or sin-burdened. I appeal to any cultivated, real lady, who has a sense of proprieties, to answer the question: Is the church assembly the place for gorgeous and costly dress? Positively, women are enjoined to seek the adornment of good works.
(2) They are enjoined to learn in quietness with all subjection, not to teach or have dominion over the man, or as expressed in 1Co 14:33-35 . Evidently from all the context, this passage in Timothy refers to official teaching, as a pastor ruling a church, and to prophesying in 1Co 14:34-35 . The custom in some congregations of having a woman as pastor is in flat contradiction to this apostolic teaching and is open rebellion against Christ our King, and high treason against his sovereignty, and against nature as well as grace. It unsexes both the woman who usurps this authority and the men who submit to it. Under no circumstances conceivable is it justifiable. 2. Reasons:
(1) Adam was first formed, then Eve. Here the allusion is obvious to the beginning of the human race. The whole race was created in Adam potentially. His companion, later named Eve for a grace reason, was called “woman,” which simply means derived from the man. The man, by nature, is the head of the family.
(2) In addition to this natural reason is the explicit divine part in the fall of the race. Compare Gen 3:16 with this authority subjecting her to the man because of her tempting passage (1Ti 2:14 ).
3. The encouraging and compensatory promise:
“But she shall be saved through her childbearing, if they continue in faith and love and sanctification with sobriety.” Whatever this ‘difficult passage means, it is intended as compensation to the woman for her restriction in sphere and subjection of position. Two words constitute the difficulty of interpretation: (1) The import of “saved”, “she shall be saved through her childbearing”; (2) what the antecedent of the pronoun “they”, “if they shall continue, etc.” One obvious meaning of saved lies in the evident allusion to the gospel promise in Gen 3:15 . “The seed of the woman shall bruise the serpent’s head,” and to Adam’s evident understanding of the grace in the promise, since he at once changes her name from “woman” (Issha), i. e., derived from the man, to “Eve” (Chavvah), because she was thus made the mother of all living (Chay). As for grace reasons Abram’s name was changed to Abraham, Sari to Sarah, Jacob to Israel, Simon to Cephas, so she is no longer named “derived from the man,” but “the mother of all life,” and this came through the bearing of a child her seed, not the man’s who shall be the Saviour of the world. What a marvelous change of names! Though herself derived from the man, yet from her is derived salvation through her Son. See the explanation of the angel at the annunciation to the virgin Mary in Luk 1:31-35 . She shall be saved in bearing a child who is God manifest in the flesh.
But the true antecedent of the pronoun “they” “if they continue, etc.” suggests a more appropriate thought, at least one in better harmony with the context. Let us get at this thought by a paraphrase: The man shall have his life directly in authority and public leadership. The woman shall live, indirectly, in the children she bears if they (the children) prove to be worthy. The man lives or dies according to his rule and leadership in public affairs; the woman lives or dies in her children. His sphere is the public arena. Her sphere, the home. Washington’s mother lived in him; Lois and Eunice lived in Timothy. The Roman matron, Cornelia, pointed to her boys, the Gracchi, and said, “These are my jewels.”
The world is better and brighter when women sanctify and beautify home, proudly saying, “My husband is my glory, my children are my jewels and I am content to live in them. Why should I desire to be a man and fill his place: who then will fill mine?” See the ideal woman in Pro 31:10-31 . It would be unnatural and ungrammatical to start a sentence with “she,” singular, and arbitrarily change it to “they,” both referring to the same antecedent. That nation perishes which has no homes, no family sanctity, no good mothers.
Under my construction of this paragraph, I never call on a woman to lead the prayers of a church assembly, nor yield any kind of encouragement to a woman pastor. This is very far from denying any place to woman in kingdom activities. I have just suggested to a woman the great theme for an essay: “Woman’s Sphere in Kingdom Activities.” The Scriptures blaze with light on the subject and teem with illustrations and inspiring examples. Understand that the injunction against woman’s teaching does not at all apply to teaching in the schoolroom nor at home, but only to teaching involving church rule that would put man in subjection. Nor is prayer inhibited, but the leading in prayers in the church assemblies.
The third chapter, except the last paragraph, relates to church officers, their qualifications and duties, and the last paragraph relates to the church mission. Let us now take up the first part. The first officer of the church is the bishop (1Ti 3:1-7 ), and we find here that this title episcopos (“bishop”) ig derived from a function of his work, to wit: overseeing, or superintending, the work of the church. An episcopos is an overseer. Considering the church as a flock that must be guided, fed, and guarded, he is called “pastor,” that is, a shepherd. He is also called “presbytery,” i. e., elder, a church ruler. In view of his duty to proclaim the messages of God, he is called a kerux, that is, “preacher.” In view of his duty to expound the word and instruct, he is didaskalos, a “teacher.” But bishop, pastor, elder, preacher, and teacher do not signify so many offices, but departments of work in the one office. Here is a working force there is an overseer for that working force; here is a flock there is a shepherd for that flock; here is an assembly there is a ruler of that assembly, a president; here is an audience there is a preacher to that audience; here is a school and there is a teacher for that school, an expounder of the word of God. This office, from its importance, may be learned from the fact that “no man taketh the office unto himself”; God calls him to it, as Paul said to the elders at Ephesus, “The Holy Spirit hath made you bishops,” and the church sets him apart by prayer and the laying on of hands. In the Northern section of this country some say, “What is ordination? It is nothing.”
We had better let God’s ordinances stand as he instituted them.
The duties of the pastor may be inferred from the terms above.
We now come to consider the question of his qualifications, and the qualifications in this passage are put before us, first negatively and then positively, or rather, the two intermingle, now a positive, now a negative.
Let us look at the negative qualifications: “Without reproach.” Do not make a man the pastor of a congregation whose record is all spotted, reproaches coming up against him here, there, and everywhere. Second, he must be no brawlers I once heard a pastor boast on a train that he had just knocked a man down. I said, “I am going to pray for you either to repent of that sin, or resign as a pastor.” I will admit there was some provocation, but a pastor must not be a brawler, he is not a swash buckler, he is no striker. In the case of the two wicked men who headed off the Methodist circuit rider and told him he must turn back I believe I would myself have fought under the circumstances, and as the Methodist preacher did fight, and I am glad he whipped the other fellows. But the idea here is that the preacher must not have the reputation of “throwing his hat into the ring”: “Now, there’s my hat, and I’ll follow it”, “don’t you kick my dawg around.” Not contentious. I saw within the last ten days the account of a man’s death, and I thought as soon as I saw it: “O Lord, I hope thy grace has saved him and put him in a place where he will see that it is not right to be an eternal disputer.” We should not be like Shakespeare’s Hotspur, ready “to cavil on the ninth part of a hair.”
“No lover of money.” Any man that loves money is guilty of the sin of idolatry; covetousness is idolatry, and the fellow that holds the dollar till the eagle squeals, or holds it so close to his eye that he cannot see a lost world, or that dreams about it and just loves to pour it through his fingers or to hear the bank notes rustic he should not preach.
“Not a novice.” What is a novice? A novice is one just starting out. Now that does not mean that a novice must not be a preacher. He must learn to preach some time, but do not make him the bishop of a church. “Not a novice” why? “Lest being lifted up with pride, be falls into the condemnation that came on the devil.” That is where the devil got his fall. Being lifted up with pride, too proud to be under another creature at first made lower than himself, afterward to be exalted above him.
These are the negatives. Now, let’s look at the positives. First, “the husband of one wife.” Does that mean that he must be the husband of a wife is that what it means? In other words, that an unmarried, man ought not to be a pastor? I will say this for the unmarried pastor: If he is not wiser than Solomon, more prudent than Augustus and more patient than Job, he certainly has rocks ahead of him I We had an old deacon once that put his foot right on it that that was what it meant: “I am willing to give that young preacher a place, I am willing to recognize him and even ordain him to special mission stations to preach, but no unmarried man can be pastor of this church.”
Second, does it mean that as a large part of these people were heathen, just converted, and tangled up with their polygamous associations even when they were converted, having more than one wife, the question being: “What are you going to do with them and the children?” Now does the apostle mean that even if we patiently bear for a time with the bigamist or polygamist cases, yet we must not make bishops of them? Some commentaries suggest that meaning. I will put it in a third form: Does it mean that he must have but one wife according to scriptural law? Some have been legally divorced under human law, but not under the Scriptures, and have married again. Now, shall we have a man as a pastor who may not under human law, but who under Christ’s law, may have more than one wife is that what it means?
We find the same requirement in the case of the deacon. But to proceed with qualifications: “temperate” and I think that not merely means temperance in drink, but includes temperance in eating. A man may be a glutton as well as a tippler; and without raising the question as to whether the pastor should be a total abstainer, one thing is certain; no man should be made the pastor of a church who drinks intoxicating liquors as a beverage.
“Sober minded” in the sense of grave, the opposite of which is levity. Do not put a man in the office of bishop who is a clown. I knew a man who occupied the pastoral position in a prominent place in this state; a very brilliant man. But it was impossible to have a reverent feeling toward him, for he was the funniest man I ever saw; he could imitate birds, dogs, and cattle, and hearing him imitate a stutterer would make a dog laugh. It was exceedingly funny, but after you laughed at him and listened to him, somehow or other you did not have reverence for him, for he was not sober-minded.
The next word is “orderly.” I said once to a young preacher, “You have mind enough to be a preacher, and I really believe you are a converted man, but you have a disorderly and lawless spirit. You will more likely succeed as an anarchist than as pastor of a church.”
The next phrase is “given to hospitality.” Here most preachers stand the test. As a rule they and their wives are very open hearted and open handed. God bless them! They have not only given themselves to hospitality, but they have given to it everything they have, as a rule. I have known my father to entertain a whole association of seventy messengers. The highest I ever entertained was forty, and they crowded me, too, but they were a lot of mighty good fellows.
“Gentle”: he ought not to be a rough fellow. “Ruling well his own house”: that’s the rock that some of us fall on. I am sure that when I was a pastor I did not measure up on that. “Having a good testimony from them that are on the outside.” If we go out over a town or community and inquire about the preachers, we find that for some preachers everybody has a good word, and for some other preachers no one speaks well and some even sneer when his name is mentioned. The obvious reason of this requirement is that the preacher, in order to fulfil his mission to the lost, must be in position to reach them. If they have no confidence in him as a man if they can even plausibly question his personal integrity as to honesty, veracity, and purity, he can do them no good.
But though we have all the characteristics so far named, the lack of two of them knocks us out: “aptness to teach” and “ability to rule.” The first does not mean that we must be learned; that our range of information must be extensive; that we must have gathered a great storehouse of varied knowledge. We may have all of these and yet be a dead failure in the teacher’s office. Indeed, we may lack these our ignorance be as vast as another man’s learning and yet possess that essential qualification: “aptness to teach.” Ignorance can be cured, but the natural incapacity to teach is irremediable so far as this office is concerned. The power to arrest and hold attention, the power to awaken the dormant and alarm the careless, the great faculty of being able to impart what we do know or may acquire, the being able, not only to say things but, to so say them that they will stick, yea, the power not of pouring into empty vessels from our fulness nor of cramming a receptacle with many things, but of suggesting so that the other mind will do the thinking and working out that is the teacher.
Once only, though inclined thereto more than once, I put my arms in tenderness around a ministerial student and said, “My boy, may you and God forgive me if I make a mistake, but after patient trial and much observation, I am impressed that you never can be a preacher. You are a Christian all right, your moral character is blameless) but so far as I am capable of judging with the lights before me, you are wholly devoid of any aptness to teach.”
The deacon. So far as moral qualifications go, there is little difference between the qualifications of preacher and deacon. And they area like in the requirement of “soundness in the faith.” It is not fitting that any officer of a church should hold loose views on the cardinal doctrines of Christianity. Yea, there are strong and obvious reasons why the collector and disburser of church funds should be as free as the preacher from “the love of money,” or “covetousness,” lest in making estimates on recommending expenditures he should make his own miserly spirit the standard of church liberality.
But, also, because of his official relation to church finances, even more than in the preacher’s case, he should have business sense and judgment. Without going into details of the exposition of words and phrases, we need to impress our minds with some general reflections on this office:
1. In what idea did the office originate? In the necessity of the division of labor. One man cannot do everything. Old Jethro, the father-in-law of Moses, was a wise man in his generation. He observed Moses trying to do everything in the administration of the affairs of a nation, and fortunately for succeeding administrations freed his mind, saying in substance: “This is not a wise thing you do. You weary yourself and the people who have to wait for attention. You attend to things Godward, and appoint others to attend to secular matters.” The good advice for a division of labor resulted in the appointment of graded judges, to the great dispatch of business and the relief of the overburdened Moses and the weary people. (See full account, Exo 18:13-26 .)
Certainly the judicious division of labor is one of the greatest elements of success in the administration of the world’s affairs. From the account in Act 6:1-6 , it is evident that this was the ruling idea in the institution of the deacon’s office. The ministerial office was overtaxed in giving attention to the distribution of the charity fund, to the detriment of its spiritual work. This was bad policy in economics and unreasonable. It left unemployed competent talent. People to be interested in any enterprise must have something to do.
2. The next idea underlying this office was, that in applying the economic principle of the division of labor, this office should be supplemental to the preaching office. It was designed to free the preacher’s mind and heart from unnecessary cares with a view to the concentration of his powers in spiritual matters. “It is not fit that we should forsake the word of God and serve tables. Look ye out among yourselves suitable men to attend to this business. But we will continue stedfastly in prayer, and in the ministry of the word.” Evidently, therefore, the deacon’s office is supplemental to the pastor’s office. A deacon therefore whose services are not helpful in this direction fails in the fundamental purposes of his appointment. He is not to be a long-horned ox to gore the pastor, but a help to him. Some deacons so act as to become the enemy and dread of every incoming pastor.
3. The third idea of his office delimits his duties the charge of the temporalities of the church, over against the pastor’s charge of the spiritualities. Of course, this includes the finances of the church, the care of its property and the provision for comfortable service and worship, and for the proper observances of its ordinances. I heard an old-time Baptist preacher, at the ordination of some deacons, expound this text, “to serve tables.”
His outline was:
1. To serve the table of the Lord arrange for the Lord’s Supper.
2. To serve the table of the poor administer the charities of the church.
3. To serve the table of the pastor make the estimates and recommendations of appropriations for pastoral support and other current expenses, collect and disburse the fund. But we go outside the record and introduce vicious innovations on New Testament simplicity if we regard, or allow the deacons themselves to regard a board of deacons as
1. The grand jury of a church. To bring in all bills of indictments in cases of discipline. They are not even, exofficio, a committee on discipline, though not barred, as individuals, from serving on such committees. Discipline is an intensely spiritual matter, whether in regard to morals or doctrines, and is the most delicate of all the affairs of a church. It does not at all follow that one competent as a businessman to attend to temporal and financial matters is the best man to handle such a delicate, spiritual matter as discipline. The preacher, charged with the spiritualities of the church is, exofficio, the leader and manager here, as every case of discipline in the New Testament shows. In not one of them does a deacon, as such, appear. Indeed, any member of a church may bring a case of discipline to its attention, and every member of the church is required under proper conditions to do this very thing. (See Mat 18:15-17 .)
In reading this paragraph omit the “against thee” in the second line as unsupported by the best manuscripts. Read it this way: “If thy brother sin, go right along, and convict him of his fault, between thee and him alone.” No matter against whom the sin, nor whether it be a personal or general offense, as soon as you know it, go right along and take the steps required first of you alone, then of you and others. If you and the others fail, even then it does not say: “Tell it to the deacons.” Officially they have nothing in the world to do with it. “Tell it to the church.” When the deacons are made a grand jury, God’s law of responsibility resting on each brother is superseded by a most vicious human innovation.
2. A board of deacons is not a board of ruling elders having official charge of all church affairs. Baptists are not Presbyterians in church polity. It is not the name, but the thing, that is objectionable. We do not dodge the offense of having a ruling board by calling them deacons. The New Testament elders who ruled were preachers. There is not even a remote hint in the New Testament that the deacon’s office was a ruling office.
The reader must observe that proving precedes appointment to pastoral or deacon’s office. Unknown, untried men should not be put in either office. One of the greatest needs in the Baptist denomination today is a corps of good deacons in every church, attending to the New Testament functions of their office and no other. One of the greatest evils in our denomination is making, or allowing the corps of deacons to become a grand jury or a board of rulers. All along the shores of history are the debris of churches wrecked on these sunken, keel-splitting rocks.
One other great need of our people is that a great sentence of this section should be lifted up and glorified as a good deacon’s objective and incentive: “For they that have served well as deacons gain to themselves a good standing, and great boldness in the faith which is in Jesus Christ” (1Ti 3:13 ). It ought to become so exalted that it would become every deacon’s inspiration and guiding star. As a meritorious distinction, it should outrank the badge of the Legion of Honor, the Collar of the Golden Fleece, or the degree of Ph.D. conferred by earth’s greatest university.
We need now to consider only one other sentence: “Women in like manner must be grave, not slanderers, temperate, faithful in all -things.” As this verse is sandwiched between two paragraphs on the deacon’s office, and is a part of the section on church officers, it would be out of all connection to interpret it of women in general. And as there is no similar requirement concerning the pastor’s higher office, we should not render it “wives” meaning the wives of deacons. The context requires the rendering: “women deacons.” This rendering not only has the support of Rom 16:1 , commending Phoebe as a deaconess of the church at Cenchrea and as doing work supplemental to the preacher and the administrator of charity help, but meets a need as obvious as the need of a male deacon. In every large church there is deacon’s work that cannot be well done except by a female deacon. In the administration of charity in some cases of women in the preparation of female candidates for baptism) and in other matters of delicacy there is need for a woman church official. The Waco church of which I was pastor for so many years, had, by my suggestion and approval, a corps of spiritually minded, judicious female deacons who were very helpful, and in some delicate cases indispensable. In churches on heathen mission fields the need is even greater than in our country Many an embarrassment did the worthy deaconess save me from, even on the subject of visitation. In some cases appealing for charity, only these women could make the necessary investigation.
QUESTIONS
1. To what matters Isa 1 Timothy confined, what the evidence thereof and how does the fact bear on the interpretation of the book?
2. What distinction does the paragraph 1Ti 2:8-15 sharply make?
3. What the first injunction on women in the church assemblies and why?
4. What the second and the reasons?
5. What the result of having a woman pastor?
6. What the compensating promise for these restrictions?
7. What words constitute the difficulties of interpreting this promise?
8. What the antecedent of the pronoun, “they”?
9. What the possible explanation of “She shall be saved through her childbearing”?
10. In this context what the more probable explanation? Convey it by a paraphrase.
11. Illustrate this by a scriptural, a classical, and a modern case.
12. What Old Testament passage is in line with the thought and pictures the ideal woman?
13. What the limitations on woman’s praying and teaching?
14. What the twofold lesson of 1Ti 3 ?
15. In the paragraph 1Ti 3:1-7 what the name of highest church officer and its meaning?
16. Give other names for this officer and their meanings.
17. Give the qualifications for this officer negatively and positively.
18. What the meaning of “husband of one wife”?
19. Meaning of “novice”?
20. Why should a pastor have good testimony of them that are without?
21. Most of these qualifications relate to his character, but what two bear on his work?
22. Show what “aptness to teach” does not mean and then show in what it consists.
23. Cite other passages to show that the bishop is a ruler.
24. What the second office?
25. Wherein do his qualifications coincide with the pastor’s?
26. Wherein superior?
27. Why should not a deacon be “a lover of money”?
28. In what idea did the office originate?
29. Cite an Old Testament example.
30. What the second idea underlying the office and what the passage showing it?
31. What the third?
32. Give the text and outline of a notable sermon at the ordination of deacons.
33. Show why a corps of deacons should not be considered a grand jury.
34. Why not a ruling board?
35. What officer of a church has charge of discipline and why? Of ruling?
36. What is a long-horned deacon? Ans.: One who gores the pastor instead of helping him and in love of ruling runs roughshod over the church.
37. Why from the context must 2Ti 3:11 be construed to teach that there should be “female deacons” and what other scripture in support and what the need of having them?
1 This is a true saying, If a man desire the office of a bishop, he desireth a good work.
Ver. 1. If a man desire ] As no woman, so neither may every man desire the office of a minister, but such only as are gifted and fitted for such a service.
He desireth a good work ] But a hard work. The ministry is not an idle man’s occupation, but a sore labour; Onus ipsis etiam angelis tremendum, saith Chrysostom, a burden too heavy for an angel’s shoulders; a pains nothing short of that of a travailing woman, saith Melancthon after Paul, Gal 4:19 . There were those who read this text thus, Quicunque desiderat episcopatum bonum, opes desiderat. But this was a foul mistake at best. That is a good observation of Estius, that the former word, , rendered desire, importeth a more earnest desire (such as is that after meat when one is hungry) than the other following, . “He desireth a good work,” quod eadem res nomine Episcopatus desideretur ardentius, quam nomine operis et officii, because the same thing by the name of episcopacy is more ardently desired than by the name of work and duty. That hypocrisy of the Canonists is very ridiculous, not admitting any to personal government in the Church, unless he either seem to refuse it, or unwillingly to undertake it, though he had never so much laboured it. The Bishop of Metis answered cunningly, when being demanded whether he desired a bishopric, he replied, Nolens volo, et volens nolo, I do, and I do not. One reporteth of a priest that used to have a net spread upon his table where he dined, that he might mind St Peter, that fisher of men. But when by his diligent preaching he had gotten a bishopric, he did take away the net, for he had got what he fished for.
1 13 .] Precepts respecting overseers (presbyters) ( 1Ti 3:1-7 ), and deacons ( 1Ti 3:8-13 ).
1 .] Faithful is the saying (see on ch. 1Ti 1:15 , from the analogy of which it appears that the words are to be referred to what follows, not, as Chrys., Thl., Erasm., al., to what has preceded): if any man seeks (it does not seem that he uses with any reference to an ambitious seeking, as De W. thinks: in Heb 11:16 the word is a ‘vox media,’ and even in ch. 1Ti 6:10 , the blame rests, not on , but on the thing sought; and in Polyb. ix. 20. 5, the word is used as one merely of passage, in giving directions respecting the office sought: . ( ). So that De W.’s inference respecting ambition for the episcopate betraying the late age of the Epistle, falls to the ground) the overseership (or, bishopric; office of an ; but the of the N. T. have officially nothing in common with our Bishops . See notes on Act 20:17 ; Act 20:28 . The identity of the and in apostolic times is evident from Tit 1:5-7 ; see also note on Phi 1:1 , the article Bischof in Herzog’s Real-Encyclopdie, and Ellic.’s note here), he desires a good work (not ‘a good thing :’ but a good employment : see 1Th 5:13 ; 2Ti 4:5 ; one of the so often spoken of (reff.)). It behoves then ( is best regarded as taking up , and substantiating that assertion: “bonum negotium bonis committendum,” Bengel) an ( generic, singular of ) overseer to be blameless (Thucyd. v. 17, , where the Schol. has, . Thdrt. draws an important distinction: , ), husband of one wife (two great varieties of interpretation of these words have prevailed, among those who agree to take them as restrictive , not injunctive , which the spirit of the passage and the insertion of surely alike forbid. They have been supposed to prohibit either 1) simultaneous polygamy , or 2) successive polygamy . 1) has somewhat to be said for it. The custom of polygamy was then prevalent among the Jews (see Just. Mart. Tryph. 134, p. 226, . : and Jos. Antt. vii. 2 (so cited in Suicer and Huther, but the reference is wrong), ), and might easily find its way into the Christian community. And such, it is argued, was the Apostle’s reference, not to second marriages, which he himself commands ch. 1Ti 5:14 , and allows in several other places, e.g. Rom 7:2-3 ; 1Co 7:39 . But the objection to taking this meaning is, that the Apostle would hardly have specified that as a requisite for the episcopate or presbyterate, which we know to have been fulfilled by all Christians whatever: no instance being adduced of polygamy being practised in the Christian church, and no exhortations to abstain from it. As to St. Paul’s command and permissions, see below. Still, we must not lose sight of the circumstance that the earlier Commentators were unanimous for this view. Chrys. is the only one who proposes an alternative: , , . . Thdrt.: , . . . . . . , , . . , , . , , , . And similarly Thl., c., and Jer 2 ) For the view that second marriages are prohibited to aspirants after the episcopate, is, the most probable meaning (see there) of in ch. 1Ti 5:9 , as also the wide prevalence in the early Church of the idea that, although second marriages were not forbidden to Christians, abstinence from them was better than indulgence in them. So Hermas Pastor, ii. 4. 4, p. 921 f., ‘Domine, si vir vel mulier alicujus discesserit, et nupserit aliquis eorum, numquid peccat?’ ‘Qui nubit, non peccat: sed si per se manserit, magnum sibi conquirit honorem apud Dominum:’ and Clem. Alex. Strom. iii. 12 (81), p. 548 P., ( 1Co 7:39-40 ) . , . , , . And so in Suicer, i. p. 892 f., Chrys., Greg. Naz. ( () , , . , . Orat. xxxvii. 8, p. 650), Epiphanius ( ( ) . Doct. compend. de fide, p. 1104), Orig., the Apostolical Canon xvii. ( , , , , , ), &c. Huther cites from Athenagoras the expression applied to second marriage. With regard to the Apostle’s own command and permissions of this state (see above), they do not come into account here, because they are confessedly (and expressly so in ch. 1Ti 5:14 ) for those whom it was not contemplated to admit into ecclesiastical office. 3) There have been some divergent lines of interpretation, but they have not found many advocates. Some (e.g. Wegscheider) deny altogether the formal reference to 1) or 2), and understand the expression only of a chaste life of fidelity to the marriage vow: “that neither polygamy, nor concubinage, nor any offensive deuterogamy, should be able to be alleged against such a person.” But surely this is very vague, for the precise words . Bretschneider maintains that is here the indefinite article, and that the Apostle means, an should be the husband of a wife. This hardly needs serious refutation. Winer however has treated it, edn. 6, 18. 9 note, shewing that by no possibility can the indefinite stand where it would as here cause ambiguity, only where unity is taken for granted. Worse still is the Romanist evasion, which understands the of the Church.
The view then which must I think be adopted, especially in presence of ch. 1Ti 5:9 (where see note) is, that to candidates for the episcopate (presbytery) St. Paul forbids second marriage. He requires of them pre-eminent chastity, and abstinence from a licence which is allowed to other Christians. How far such a prohibition is to be considered binding on us, now that the Christian life has entered into another and totally different phase, is of course an open question for the present Christian church at any time to deal with. It must be as matter of course understood that regulations, in all lawful things, depend, even when made by an Apostle, on circumstances: and the superstitious observance of the letter in such cases is often pregnant with mischief to the people and cause of Christ) sober (probably in the more extended sense of the word (‘vigilantem animo,’ Beng.: , , Thdrt. , , , , . . . Chrys.), as in 1Th 5:6 ; 1Th 5:8 ; a pattern of active sobriety and watchfulness: for all these adjectives, as far as , are descriptive of positive qualities: giving the negative and more restricted opposite), self-restrained (or, discreet ; see above on ch. 1Ti 2:9 ), orderly (‘quod est intus, id est extra,’ Beng.: thus expanded by Theodoret: ), hospitable (loving, and entertaining strangers: see reff. and Heb 13:2 . This duty in the early days of the Christian church was one of great importance. Brethren in their travels could not resort to the houses of the heathen, and would be subject to insult in the public deversoria), apt in teaching ( , , Thdrt.: so we have , Xen. Sympos. ii. 10: not merely given to teaching, but able and skilled in it. All might teach , to whom the Spirit imparted the gift: but skill in teaching was the especial office of the minister, on whom would fall the ordinary duty of instruction of believers and refutation of gainsayers):
1Ti 3:1-13 . The qualifications of the men who are to be ministers; and first ( a ) of the episcopus (vv.1-7) secondly ( b ) of the deacons (1Ti 3:8-13 ) with a parenthetical instruction respecting women church-workers (1Ti 3:11 ).
, . . .: Having given elementary directions concerning the scope of public prayer, and the ministers thereof, St. Paul now takes up the matter of Church organisation. He begins with the office of the episcopus, or presbyter, because that is of the very essence of Church order. On the question as to the terms presbyter and episcopus, it is sufficient here to state my own conclusion, that they represent slightly different aspects of the same office, pastoral and official; aspects which came naturally into prominence in the Jewish and Greek societies respectively which gave birth to the names. This seems the obvious conclusion from a comparison of Act 20:17 ; Act 20:28 ; Phi 1:1 ; Tit 1:5 ; Tit 1:7 ; 1Ti 3:1-2 ; 1Ti 3:4-5 ; 1Ti 5:17 ; 1Pe 5:1-2 ; Clem. Rom 1 Cor . 44; Polycarp, 5; Clem. Al. Quis Dives , 42.
: The R.V. ( seeketh desireth ) indicates to the English reader that two distinct Greek words are used; a fact which is concealed in the A.V. ( desire desireth ). So Vulg. has desiderat in both places; but [263] 47 , cupit desiderat . , which occurs again in 1Ti 6:10 of reaching after money, is not used in any depreciatory sense. Field (in loc.) notes that “it has a special application to such objects as a man is commonly said to aspire to ”. The sanity of St. Paul’s judgment is nowhere better seen than in his commendation of lawful ambition. A man may be actuated by a variety of motives; yet it is not inevitable that those that are lower should impair the quality of the higher; they need not interpenetrate each other. In any case, St. Paul credits the aspirant with the noblest ideal: He who aspires to be an episcopus desires to perform a good work , “ Est opus; negotium, non otium . Act 15:38 , Phi 2:30 ” (Bengel).
[263] Speculum
: and (see reff.) are not peculiar to the Pastorals (Mat 5:16 ; Mat 26:10 = Mar 14:6 ; Joh 10:32-33 ); but, as the references show, the phrase is found in them only of the Pauline Epistles. On the other hand, occurs six times in the Pastorals. See reff. on chap. 1Ti 2:10 . We perceive in the use of it a qualification of the earlier depreciation of the works of the Law, induced by a natural reaction from the abuse of that teaching.
1Ti 3:1 . : This refers to the exegesis of Genesis which has preceded. (So Chrys.). We may compare Barnabas, 9, where, after an allegorical explanation of Abraham’s 318 servants, the writer exclaims, . See note on 1Ti 1:15 .
1Ti 2:8 to 1Ti 3:1 a . The ministers of public prayer must be the men of the congregation, not the women. A woman’s positive duty is to make herself conspicuous by good works, not by personal display. Her place in relation to man is one of subordination. This is one of the lessons of the inspired narratives of the Creation and of the Fall. Nevertheless this does not affect her eternal position. Salvation is the goal alike of man and woman. They both attain supreme blessedness in the working out of the primal penalty imposed on Adam and Eve.
1 Timothy Chapter 3
The character and qualifications for the local charges of bishops and deacons are next laid down. Timothy, though not an apostle, had a position superior even to the higher of the two, and he is here instructed in that which was desirable for each office. The prohibition of women from the exercise of authority naturally led the way, when their case was fully disposed of, to the due requisites for such as might desire the good and weighty work of overseeing the house of God. It is a question of government here, rather than of gifts, whatever the importance of gifts for the right discharge of the office. Women were excluded: but all Christian men were not therefore eligible. Certain weighty qualifications, and circumstances morally clear, were to be sought in such as desired to do this excellent work.
Hence one sees the mistake such as Calvin make when they talk of “ordaining pastors.” For “pastors and teachers” the apostle treats in Eph 4:11 as Christ’s gift for the perfecting of the saints. Ordination there was where either government or even service in external things was the object, and the only lawful authority descended from Christ through the apostles whom He chose (or apostolic delegates, such as Timothy or Titus, specially commissioned to act for an apostle in this respect) to appoint the bishops or elders and the deacons.
No doubt apostles hold an unique place. They stand the first in point of gifts ( , 1Co 12 ; , Eph 4 ); but they were also the chief of appointed authorities with title to appoint subordinate authorities in the Lord’s name. Hence they, and they only, are seen in scripture appointing presbyters and deacons, either directly or through an authorized deputy in a given sphere like Titus. Never is such a fact heard of as a presbyter ordaining a presbyter or a deacon. It destroys the whole principle of authority descending from above as stated in scripture; but, whatever else may or must go, scripture cannot be broken. (Joh 10:35 ).
If we are familiar with scripture, we shall soon learn that evangelists and pastors and teachers are simply Christ’s gifts, without question of ordination any more than prophets, whom none (but fanatics that neglect scripture for their own quasi-divine communications) would think of ordaining. They are all alike bound to exercise their gift in immediate responsibility to Him Who gave and sent them for ministerial work, for edifying the body of the Christ.
Ye men who call for order in this matter, why do you not heed the order of the Lord, alone recognised in holy writ? Is it that you are so prejudiced as to see nothing but the traditional order of your own sect? Beware of giving up all principle, and if you know your own order to be scripturally valueless, of being content with any order, provided it be human and contrary to God’s word. I am grieved deeply for you, my brethren, if the only order you decry is that which is solely founded on and formed by obedience to scripture, alike in what is done or not done. Search and see where you are as to this good work; search the scriptures whether these things are so. God caused His word to be written that it might be understood and obeyed.
The Catholic error is the confusion of ministry and rule with priesthood, and this error is fundamental. It flows from ignorance of the gospel, and is of either Jewish or heathen extraction; where the living relationship of children reconciled to the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ is unknown. All Christians are priests (Heb 10:19-22 ; 1Pe 2:5 , 1Pe 2:9 ; Rev 1:6 ). Nor is it a question of words or title only, but of fact. They are brought nigh to God by Christ’s blood. Having a great High-priest they are exhorted now to come boldly to the throne of grace (Heb 4:16 ), yea, into the holies by the blood of Jesus, by the way which He dedicated for us, a new and living way, through the veil. None but a priest of the highest dignity of old did so, tremblingly and once a year; whereas “brethren” as such are now free to do so habitually (Heb 10:19-22 ). But all Christians are not ministers in the word, only those to whom the Lord by the Spirit has given the gift: “Having gifts then differing according to the grace that is given to us, whether prophecy . . .” (Rom 12:6-8 ).
The Protestant mistake is the confusion of gifts with offices or charges.* The gifts were in association with the body of Christ, as we see wherever they are spoken of. Local charges are never found mixed up with gifts, though individuals might have both. It was when Christ ascended on high that He gave gifts, some beyond controversy to lay the foundation, as the apostles and prophets; others, as evangelists, pastors, and teachers, to carry out the work in its more ordinary shape. Such is the true source and character of ministry in the word. For ministry is serving Christ the Lord in the exercise of whatever gift may have been given for any purpose of His love. Hence, even in its humblest form, it is essentially in the unity of His body, and not limited to this or that locality: whereas local charge, which has government for its aim, is based on the possession of qualities chiefly moral (with or without specific gift in the word) which would give weight in dealing with conscience, or righteous aptitude in the discharge of external duty.
* Some try to eke out the error by the argument that “presbyter” is priest writ large. Very likely the English word is etymologically due to that Anglicized exotic. But in fact of usage they are wholly distinct, and “priest” in every version, save the corrupt Rhemish, represents not its ancestor which really means “elder,” but the sacrificial officer .
The importance of this distinction is great because men quite ignore the real permanence and universal character of gifts, and merge all in the local charges, which have come to be regarded as inalienable and exclusive fixtures, one of them the minister, the other (singular or plural) being a subordinate office, and in some places the noviciate to the higher grade. The truth seen in scripture is that where the assemblies had time to grow up a little, the apostles used to choose elders or presbyters for the disciples ( never the disciples for themselves); which as clearly shows that there were assemblies which as yet had them not, and might, as some, never in fact have them, for want of apostolic authority (direct or indirect) to appoint them: a comforting consideration for those who cleave to scriptural order and shrink from make-shift, believing that the Lord Who so ordered things is worthy of all trust, without inventions of our own in default of that order.
“Faithful [is] the word: if anyone is eager for oversight, he is desirous of a good work. The overseer [or bishop] therefore must be irreproachable, husband of one wife, temperate, sober, orderly, hospitable, apt to teach, not given to wine, no striker,* but gentle, not contentious, not fond of money, one that ruleth well his own house, having children in subjection with all gravity, (but if one knoweth not how to rule his own house, how shall he care for God’s assembly”), not a novice lest being puffed up he fall into the devil’s charge [or judgment]. But he must also have good testimony from those without, lest he fall into reproach and a snare of the devil” (vers. 1-7).
* Text. Rec. has here the clause, , “not seeking gain basely,” taken apparently from ver. 8 where it is all right, yet more probably from Tit 1:7 .
“Bishopric,” or “office of a bishop,” misleads here; because the modern office, with which most are familiar, so greatly differs from the primitive reality. For. there were in each assembly several, with co-ordinate governmental duties of a circumscribed nature, however valuable and to be honoured in their place. Hence it appears best and wisest, as well as most consistent, to call the function “oversight” and the functionary “overseer,” in accordance with the Authorized Version of Act 20:28 , where the elders of the Ephesian assembly (ver. 17), who met the apostle at Miletus, are so designated. There it will be observed that it is not episcopal rulers of many dioceses or of separate assemblies, still less the several chiefs! that are styled and called presbyters, because they must have been of the lower grade to attain the higher. But the elders, or presbyters, are called “overseers” or bishops; and this of the single assembly in Ephesus.
What honest man of intelligence can deny that this passage is incompatible with either Episcopacy, or Presbyterianism, or yet Congregationalism, the three distinctive claimants of Christendom? For it is death to “the” minister of the latter two no less than to the “prelate” of the former. They are, all of them, manifest inventions since apostolic times, in collision irreconcilable with the plain facts and the all-important principles of the days when the divine word regulated those who called on the name of the Lord. And wherein is antiquity to be accounted of, if it be human? What are they but shades of contending earthenware, a pretender higher than any of these, the Papacy, being by far the weakest and the worst of all spiritually, Other scriptures as Act 14:23 ; Act 15 ; Phi 1:1 ; 1Ti 5:17 ; Tit 1 might readily be enforced in confirmation; but to an upright soul I feel it enough to stand on the footing of a single passage of God’s word, and so no more is added now. “The scripture,” we repeat, “cannot be broken” (Joh 10:35 ).
The formula, “Faithful is the word”, with which the apostle here opens recurs in this Epistle, though found but once respectively in the Second to Timothy and in that to Titus. Here it appears three times; on the first (1: 15) and third (4: 9) occasions with the suited addition, “and worthy of all acceptation,” which could not properly be in the case before us, any more than in the Second Epistle (2: 11), or in that to Titus (3: 8).
It is a question of government in the assembly; and faithful is the saying: whoever is eager for oversight desires a good or honourable work. Moral qualities, not gifts, are the requisite; and also personal or relative circumstances of good report. Hence to be husband of one wife was sought as well as a character free from reproach. How many evangelists God has deigned to bless, who had once been shameless sinners in violence or in corruption! Not such could the overseer be. Again, if a man had more than one wife, he was (not to be then refused fellowship; for many a Jew or Gentile so situated might believe the gospel; but) ineligible to be a holy guardian of order according to God among the saints. Self-restraint and moderation and modesty or good order were sought in one set over the rest: else the appeal to others must be undermined by his own shortcomings. It was also of moment that active love should be proved in hospitality, as well as intelligence or aptitude to teach, if one were not necessarily a teacher. Yet sitting over wine, and the quarrelsome character it breeds, could not be tolerated for this work, but a gentle uncontentious spirit, free from the love of money, and used to rule well his household, with children subject in all gravity. For there too practical inconsistency would be fatal; and so much the more, as God’s assembly needs far more care than one’s own house.
Further, one newly come to the faith, “a novice,” was objectionable (not of course for the exercise of any gift confided by the Lord, but) for this delicate position in dealing with others, “lest being puffed up he fall into the devil’s charge (or judgment, ). “Condemnation” is too strong an expression and not the sense intended. The allusion appears to be to the remarkable passage in Eze 28:11-19 , where the king of Tyrus is set forth in terms which seem to reflect a still more exalted creature’s fall through self-complacency and self-importance.
The whole is wound up by the demand that he should also have good testimony from those that are without “lest he fall into reproach and a snare of the devil.” This of course has nothing to do with creature vanity or pride, occupied with its own position as compared with that of others. It points to the danger from an ill reputation; for if not kept in the presence of God, and how hard is this in having much to do with others! what advantage the consciousness of that would give to the enemy, both to calumniate and to entangle! For one in so public and responsible a place, if the report be not good, Satan knows how to cover him with shame in his desire to avoid hypocrisy, or to lead into at least the semblance of hypocrisy, if he shrink from shame.
It is not an ordinary saint who suits the serious and honourable work of overseeing; nor can one be surprised, unless vitiated by ecclesiastical tradition or by the pride of man unjudged, that an apostle, or a specially qualified apostolic man, is the only one seen in scripture competent to nominate presbyters. Never was the assembly, whatever the piety or intelligence of those who made it up, entrusted with a choice so difficult to discharge. Such are the facts of God’s word; which entirely fall in with the principle that authority does not come from below, whatever may be the theories of men ancient or modern, but from above. It is from Christ the Lord, Who not only gives gifts as Head of the church, but is also the source and channel of all true authority, as has been already noticed.
It is generally assumed that “deacons” or “ministers” (as some prefer to translate, in order to guard from confounding them with the lower or earlier grade of clergy, so familiar in modern times) answer to “the seven” (Act 6:3 ; Act 21:8 ) who served tables in the daily ministration at Jerusalem. It is true that “the seven” are not so styled; and that elsewhere there is no thought of “seven” deacons. It is also true that in Jerusalem at the first there prevailed a state of having all things common wholly peculiar to that place and time, which created the necessity for the apostles to appoint the same, both to allay murmuring of others, and to allow themselves leisure for continuing steadfastly in prayer and in the ministry of the word. Admitting however all due to the early form and order in Jerusalem, I agree with others that substantially the same office is in view. “The seven” served as deacons in the circumstances proper to that day; as others served elsewhere in a more ordinary way. In Jerusalem at least they were chosen by the disciples, and the apostles laid their hands on them with prayer.
“Deacons likewise [must be] grave, not double-tongued, not given to much wine, not greedy of base gain, holding the mystery of the faith in a pure conscience. And let these also be first proved, then let them serve as deacons, being blameless. Women likewise [must be] grave, not slanderers, sober, faithful in all things. Let deacons be husbands of one wife, conducting (ruling) [their] children and their houses well, for those who have served well as deacons gain for themselves a good degree, and great boldness in faith that is in Christ Jesus” (vers. 8-13).
Manifestly the requirements for the deacons are not so high as those for bishops or overseers, though there be somewhat in common. Their duties are of a lower character. Gravity was sought as well as the absence of deceit. These would naturally be required even in the commonest intercourse of life; and failure in them would bring contempt upon such an office. For if every Christian is called to walk after Christ, surely not less is a deacon to reflect His light even in the commonest things he has to do. Again, he must not be given to much wine, nor be greedy of base gain: either would be ruinous to the due fulfilment of his functions, and to the confidence which he ought to inspire in others. Far fuller we have seen to be the demand for the bishop, who must be without reproach, temperate, sober-minded, orderly, given to hospitality, apt to teach: which are not said of the deacon save so far as gravity may approach. In this they do strongly meet – that as the bishop was not to be long (or quarrelsome) over wine, so the deacon was to be “not given to much wine.” And as the deacon was not to be greedy of base gain, so the bishop was to be no lover of money. There is no question of aptness to teach for the deacon as for the bishop; but even deacons must hold the mystery of the faith in a pure conscience. So indeed is it binding on every saint; but if laxity were allowed in office-bearers, what could more stumble the world, grieve the saints, and dishonour the Lord?
It may be worth while to remark that “mystery,” as it never means what is unintelligible, so it is never applied to an institution or sacrament. “Stewards of the mysteries of God” means those called and responsible for bringing out the special truths of Christianity. Baptism and the Lord’s Supper are never so described; and the term cannot be with propriety predicated of them as rites but at most only of the truths represented by them. Deacons, however, are not called “stewards” of the mysteries of God, though they must hold the mystery of the faith in a pure conscience, that is, the distinctive truth of Christianity. Of course the Old Testament abides of divine authority for every conscience and of exceeding value for every Christian. But we have further revelation in the New Testament, and that of truth wholly unknown to saints before Christ. “The mystery of the faith” expresses the truth which had never been revealed before, the general system of that which is commonly called Christianity beyond what was known of old, though of course confirming it in the most interesting manner and in the highest degree. That truth deals with the conscience in the closest way and purges it.
But it is also possible that high truth might be held with habitually low practice. This could not be in a deacon as it is unworthy of any Christian. He was called to hold the mystery of the faith “in a pure conscience.” Others might not be able to judge directly of the state of his conscience, but an irregular walk is the clearest proof that a man’s conscience cannot be pure. Where that was evident, it was permitted, yea incumbent, to judge this.
Even here there was to be care in the gradual introduction of deacons to their duties: “and let these also first be proved, then let them serve as deacons, being blameless.” Proving them first might bring out their unfitness for the work; for there are many saints even, who cannot bear a little brief authority, and that which outwardly raises such soon exposes to moral degradation. To walk blamelessly in the least of such new duties was no small testimony of their fitness to serve in all.
Women in the nearest relationship with them are not forgotten. They in like manner “must be grave, not slanderers, sober (temperate), faithful in all things.” The duties of their husbands would give them opportunities of knowing much of a delicate nature; they were therefore to be both grave and not evil-speakers, sober or temperate, faithful in all things. None but such could help their husbands aright; those who were otherwise would not only hinder but lead to constant difficulty and scandal.
Nor was it only that the bishop must be husband of one wife, deacons must be the same. Polygamy was thus being dealt a death-wound. No matter what might be the qualities and competency of a Christian, he could not even be a deacon if he had, like many in those days, more than one wife. This was strictly ruled for all who held office in the assembly, whatever might be the forbearance of grace whilst “the powers that be” tolerated things otherwise.
Further, like the bishops, deacons must rule their children and their houses well. It was not allowable in those that served even in outward things that disorder should reign among their children or in their households. The assembly of God is set in this world, till the Lord come, to manifest His will and to please Him.
But deacons, like the seven, were not tied only to that service which they were appointed to fulfil; for those who have served well as deacons gain for themselves a good degree and great boldness in faith which is in Christ Jesus. So we see in both Stephen and Philip who were of the seven: the one being greatly honoured of God as a teacher of the truth; the other being largely used to spread the gospel where it had never yet penetrated. This,was to gain for themselves a good standing, and no one who reads the Holy Spirit’s account of their testimony and its effects can doubt their great boldness in faith that is in Christ Jesus.
The presence of an apostle was an incalculable boon both for founding and for building up the assembly in any place. But what do we not owe also to his absence? Therefore he wrote, as here to Timothy, so at other times to this or that assembly, and thus he gave us in a permanent form the mind of the Spirit as applied to the instructive wants, difficulties, and dangers of the saints here below.
“These things write I to thee, hoping to come unto thee rather quickly; but if I should tarry, that thou mayest know how we ought to behave in God’s house, seeing it is a living God’s assembly, pillar and ground-work of the truth” (vers. 14, 15). Thus the loss of the apostle’s presence is turned to profit, not of Timothy only but of us also. From detailed duties we are now in presence of the great truth that God has a house on earth where each Christian has to conduct himself aright. Our relationships are always the measure and mould as well as the ground of our duty. How solemn, yet how precious it is to know that God has His dwelling-place on earth with which every believer has to do in faith and practice!
No doubt this was meant to act on Timothy’s soul; but the form of the phrase indicates that it was not limited to Timothy; it is so expressed as to take in any and every saint in his own position. It is no longer now an overseer, or a deacon, or their wives. All is on the broadest ground, yet what could act more powerfully on conscience than to find oneself called to behave suitably to God’s house? All the English versions from Wiclif to the Authorized refer the call to Timothy only and his personal duty. I cannot but agree with the Revisers that the application is purposely left more general. Perhaps however “how men ought to behave themselves” is hardly so happy as “how one ought to behave oneself.” It seems too vague, even as preceding English Versions are rather too limited.
In the Old Testament God had His house on earth. It was not so always. In the earlier dealings of God with man He had no such dwelling-place here below. There was none when man was unfallen in the brief sojourn of Eden; still less was there during the long sorrowful years of fallen man’s history till the flood. Nor was it a privilege vouchsafed to Noah when God established His covenant and “set His bow in the cloud for a token between Him and the earth.” Not even the patriarchs, Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, had it yet vouchsafed to them, though Jacob did say in his fear, “How dreadful is this place! this is none other than the house of God and this is the gate of heaven!” More correctly did he add “This stone which I have set up for a pillar shall be God’s house.” As yet, God had not actually any house which He could own on earth, though faith might anticipate it.
On what then is God’s house based? On redemption. Hence as Exodus is pre-eminently the book of redemption, it is precisely that book of the Old Testament which first and most fully treats of God’s house. For the second book of Moses naturally divides into three parts: first, the evidence of the people’s need of redemption; secondly, the accomplishment of redemption in all its fulness; thirdly, the great consequence of redemption in the founding and ordering of God’s house or tabernacle with all its appurtenances, and the surpassing glory of His presence filling that in which He was then pleased to dwell.
But, in accordance with the general character of the Jewish economy, the dwelling of God was but typical, manifesting itself after an external sort. And as the law was the ground-work of God’s government of His people, so the glory that dwelt in the sanctuary had a judicial character, whatever the long-suffering that bore with a stiff-necked and guilty people from generation to generation. When patience with the idolatry in the people, the priests, the kings, even of David’s house, must be, if continued longer, the sanction of their apostasy and of His own dishonour, that very glory judges them by the power of Babylon (mother of idols) and is seen slowly departing from their midst, though not for ever, but assuredly till He come Whose right it is to restore this and all things. Compare Ezekiel 1-11; Ezekiel 40-48.
Meanwhile Christ has come; but the people would not have their King, the Anointed of God. For the time they have forfeited all, having both killed the Lord Jesus and their own prophets, and driven out the apostles, “pleasing not God and are contrary to all men, forbidding the Gentiles to be spoken to that they might be saved, filling up their sins always, so that wrath is come upon them to the uttermost” (1Th 2:15 , 1Th 2:16 ). But their greatest evil is the occasion of God’s greatest good to man. Israel’s rejection of the Messiah has brought about the redemption that is in Christ Jesus through His cross, blood-shedding, and resurrection.
And now God deigns to dwell not merely in the midst of a people externally, but most really and intimately in His own and with them for ever by the Holy Spirit sent down from heaven. “Ye are God’s building,” says Paul to the Corinthian assembly. . . . “Know ye not that ye are the temple of God and that the Spirit of God dwells in you?” (1Co 3:9-16 . Compare also 2Co 6:16 ). The same truth applies also individually, as we have seen it collectively: “Know ye not that your body is the temple of the Holy Spirit which is in you, which ye have from God? and ye are not your own, for ye were bought with a price; glorify God therefore in your body” (1Co 6:19 , 1Co 6:20 ). In both cases God’s dwelling-place is maintained by the presence of His Spirit, not by a mere outward display. “Ye also are builded together for God’s habitation in virtue of the Spirit” (Eph 2:22 ), the reality and permanence of which indwelling is measured by Christ’s having obtained an eternal redemption. What a call to holiness, not only in personal walk but in our joint responsibilities! Those who truly believe and appreciate this incomparable favour are of all others under the deepest obligation to behave accordingly.
But the apostle adds “which” (or “seeing that it”) “is a living God’s assembly.” This description gives great force to God’s house, placing it in direct contrast with that of a dead idol, the boast and shame of all Gentiles everywhere. Form without life is valueless under the gospel; though life acts and shows itself in forms for which scripture is the only adequate authority, for it is God’s word and not man’s. And “wherein is he to be accounted of?” Nor does a dead assembly suit a living God. But the point above all remains – not what they are, but what He is. It is His assembly: let those there never forget it.
Further, the assembly is characterized as “pillar” and as “groundwork,” or support, of the truth. Christ is the truth, and so is the written word, as well as the Spirit. They all are the truth, either objectively, or in power. But the assembly is the pillar on which the truth is inscribed and upheld before the world which believes not in Christ, receives not the word, and neither sees nor knows the Holy Spirit. The truth is not in faithless Judaism; nor is it in Mohammedan imposture; if possible yet less in the abominable vanities of heathendom. The church is the responsible witness and support of the truth on the earth. There only might men see the truth (compare 2Co 3:2 , 2Co 3:3 ), if they could not read a letter of the scriptures. Alas! how great the ruin of the pillar, if we judge the privilege and the responsibility of the church by the word as it bears on its actual state. He who so weighs before God all the failure will never take things lightly, but will search the same word in order to find how grace provides for the path of the faithful in such circumstances; so that one may neither acquiesce in evil nor give way to unbelieving despair, but may judge oneself as well as the departure of Christendom in order to do God’s will in faith.
There is not a single good reason to sever the last clause from the assembly, and to connect it with “the mystery of godliness,” as is done chiefly by Germans of the 17th and 18th centuries (including even Bengel). Not only do I agree with Alford and Ellicott in their rejection of a dislocation so abrupt and artificial, but I maintain that it would strip the assembly of its essential place which is here defined, and that it would detract from, instead of adding to, the true dignity of “the mystery of godliness.” It is a construction therefore burdened with almost every conceivable objection, without one genuine merit, and in my judgment the offspring of not ignorance only but deplorably low and wrong views of the church’s place and duty here below. Scarcely better is the reference to Timothy as made by some ancients and moderns. To the assembly alone is the true application.
The assembly, or church, of God then is in no way the truth, but is its responsible witness and its support on the earth before all men. Not the church but Christ is the standard and expression of what God is and of man and all else, as revealed in Holy Writ, the one daily and perfect rule of faith, the word that abides for ever. So far from being before the word, so as to formulate the truth, it was the word making known Christ which the Spirit of God used to quicken and fashion those who compose the church. Thus to the truth the church in God’s grace owes its being; without the truth, or rather by abandoning it (for, to be the church, the truth must have been possessed and maintained), the faithless church becomes not null only but the special object of divine judgment. Its privileges furnish the measure of its guilt; nor has anything more helped on its ruin than the fond assumption (in the teeth of 2Th 2 , and of many other warnings) that the ancient people were broken-off branches that the now favoured Gentile might be grafted in never to fail or to be cut off, as rebellious Israel has been!
Hence the propriety of the striking summary which follows as the conclusion of the chapter: not the heavenly relationship of the church, but the fundamental truth set forth in the person of Christ, and graven, not only on the hearts of Christians as such, but on the assembly for its public confession, its habitual praise, and its practice every day.
“And confessedly great is the mystery of godliness: He Who* was manifested in flesh, was justified in Spirit, appeared unto angels, was preached among Gentiles, was believed on in [the] world, was received up in glory” (ver. 16).
* Dr. Scrivener, though with hesitation from his own first impression with that of others in the past, no longer (second Ed. 552-6) denies A to have read (with C F G. etc. and almost all the ancient Vv.), rather than , “God,” as in most copies followed by the Text. Rec.
The introductory clause is most instructive as well as impressive. “Mystery” means a truth once secret but now fully divulged, never a sacrament, (though important in its place and for the purpose intended of the Lord). The secret (now revealed) of piety or godliness is the truth of Christ. He is the source, power, and pattern of what is practically acceptable to God-His person as now made known. True life is living by the faith of the Son of God Who loved me and gave Himself for me (Gal 2:20 ). To look on Him or for Him as a Jew once might in faith is not enough. Here He stands revealed in the great essential lineaments of the truth. The church lives, moves, and has its being in presenting Him thus to every eye and heart. Men may disbelieve or gainsay to their own destruction; but to present the truth of Christ is, we may say, the reason of the church’s existence, rather than the admirably good results which flow both for each saint within and for those without who come to believe unto their own eternal blessing.
Some doubtless will cry out as if “He Who,” as in the Revised Version, grievously displaces “God”, as in the Authorized Version which follows editions formed on the more modern copies. But weigh well the better attested reading, and soon you may happily learn how much more exact is the relative in this connection, as it also really supposes the self-same truth in the background. For where would be even the sense of saying that Adam or Abraham, that David, Isaiah, or Daniel, or that any other human being, “was manifested in flesh”? An angelic creature so manifested would be revolting for the end in view, and could no more avail than a man. If only a man, no other way than “flesh” was open to him: the mightiest “hunter before the Lord,” the subtlest wit, the most consummate orator or poet or warrior or statesman, “he also is flesh,” no less than the least one born of woman.
Not so the one Mediator between God and men; for though He deigned to become man, He was intrinsically and eternally divine. But for the counsels and ways of grace, He might conceivably have come as He pleased, in His own glory, or in His Father’s, or in that of the holy angels, without emptying and humbling Himself to incarnation and atonement. Here the opening and immeasurable wonder of the truth is the glory of Him Who was born of the virgin and thus manifested in flesh. So in the kindred passage of Joh 1 it is written (Joh 1:14 ), “The Word became flesh,” where it had been carefully laid down before (Joh 1:1 ) that “The Word was God,” as well as “with God,” in the beginning before He made anything in the universe created by Him.
1. “Manifested in flesh”; not only is this a truth to test every conscience: what an appeal to the heart! what infinite love to ruined and guilty sinners, for whose sake He was thus manifested to the glory of God! He came to make known, as only He could, God as light and love, Himself the true light which, coming into the world, enlightens every man, Himself the Son of man that came not to be ministered unto but to minister, and to give His life a ransom for many. Herein is love, not that we loved God (as we ought according to the law, but we did not, yea, we hated both Father and Son without a cause), but that He loved us and gave His Son a propitiation for our sins. And herein was laid the new and everlasting ground of God’s righteousness, where man was proved hopelessly unrighteous, in the cross and blood of Christ, that God might be just and the justifier of him that believes in Jesus. Here however it is not the work done in infinite love that God might righteously do His will in sanctifying us through the offering of the body of Jesus Christ once for all; it is His person in the state in which alone that work could avail – the Son incarnate, “He Who was manifested in flesh.”
2. Next, we are told, He “was justified in Spirit.”* He was as truly man as any; but His state was, as that of no other, characterized absolutely by the Spirit of God, from the beginning right through life and death, in uninterrupted energy of holiness and incorruption till He rose from the dead and took His seat on the right hand of the Majesty on high. His unvarying life was to do God’s will, the only Man Who never once did His own will. He felt, spoke, acted, uniformly in the Spirit: as He was conceived in the virgin’s womb, so He was in due time anointed, and finally marked out Son of God in power according to the Spirit of holiness by resurrection (cp. Rom 1:4 ; 1Pe 3:18 ). It was His perfection as Man in the midst of an evil and ruined world to do, not miracles only but, everything in the Spirit’s power; where we who believe have to follow in His steps, endowed with the same Spirit now given to us in His grace; but we, with our old man, which He had not to save, but to die for it on the cross, and which therefore was crucified with Him that the body of sin might be annulled, that we should no longer serve sin, having died to it (Rom 6:6 ).
* It is well known that some have thought that . (in Spirit) here does not refer to the Holy Spirit but to the spiritual principle in our Lord as a man. Now admitting that there was this spirit in Him and that (“flesh”) does not express it, anyone subject to scripture may soon satisfy himself that the phrase here employed is not proper to convey any such thought, which would require the article, as in Mat 5:3 , Mat 26:41 ; Mat 27:50 ; Mar 2:8 ; Mar 8:12 , Mar 14:38 , Luk 10:21 (in the true text) Joh 11:33 ; Joh 13:21 ; Joh 19:30 , Acts (18: 5), Act 19:21 , Act 20:22 , et al. These may suffice to prove that where one’s own spirit is meant, the article is the correct form of expression. On the other hand, proof is no less abundant that ., with or without such prepositions as , , , , does express as regularly the state or power of the Holy Spirit characterizing men, in contrast with mere nature, often of course with . which I do not cite, but also without, as Mat 22:28 , Mat 12:43 , Joh 3:5 , Joh 4:23 , Joh 4:24 ; Rom 8:4 , Rom 8:9 , Rom 8:13 ; 1Co 2:4 , 1Co 2:13 ; 1Co 7:40 ; 1Co 12:13 ; 2Co 3:18 ; Gal 3:3 ; Gal 4:29 , Gal 5:5 , Gal 5:16 , Gal 5:18 , Gal 5:25 (twice); et al. The real difficulty might rather be when the intent is to present the Spirit objectively, which requires the insertion of the article, as in Mat 4:1 , Mat 12:31 , Mar 1:10 , Mar 1:12 , Luk 2:27 where grammatically Simeon’s spirit only might be meant, but we know from the context, as in the other cases very clearly, that the Holy Spirit is the thought.
3. He “appeared to angels.” The Son of God was made visible to angels, not only on marked occasions as specified in scripture from His birth of woman till He ascended on high, but generally we may say through His incarnation. But is this all that the clause implies? May it not also describe, what appears more characteristic, that, when He ceased to be seen among men on earth, not even the chosen witnesses beholding Him conversant with them more, He was an object of sight to angels? The earthly scene closed, He certainly has to do most expressly with all the angels of God, seeing they worship Him. Nor can any condition be more outside the ordinary way in which a Jew thinks of the Messiah, even when glory dawns on Immanuel’s land. However this may be, I should not be too bold as to it.
4. “He was preached among Gentiles.” Here the sphere of preaching is not merely beyond habitual Jewish expectations but in contrast with it. They looked for Him to reign in Mount Zion and in Jerusalem and before His ancients gloriously, and no doubt to have the nations for His inheritance and the uttermost parts of the earth for His possession, but still set as Jehovah’s King upon His holy hill of Zion, Israel the centre of that wide circle of blessing and glory here below. Such is to be the display of the kingdom when He comes again and shall have cleared away the apostate and rebellious despisers. But here it is the secret which the Christian knows now – Christ “preached among Gentiles,” instead of reigning over Israel. This indeed is the evident truth, and would be plain and simple enough to us, if Gentile boasting did not darken it by claiming Israel’s place as now indefeasibly the portion of Christendom, to the denial of the ancient people’s hopes, as well as to the destruction of all right perception of our own, incomparably brighter, even as the heavens are higher than the earth.
5. So again, He “was believed on in [the] world” exactly describes the essential difference in this sphere from that which prophecy held out and which God will make good in the age to come. Then every eye shall see the Son of man, and a dominion will be given Him, and glory, so that all peoples, nations, and languages should serve Him; and this dominion is an everlasting dominion which shall not pass away (as the old empires did), and His kingdom shall not be destroyed (as the last or Roman Empire must, though it be revived by the power of the pit, in order to meet the peculiar judgment of God on its surpassing lawlessness and self-exaltation in the last days). Christ now is an object of faith only, not yet reigning in power over the world, as Rev 11:15 announces.
6. He “was received up in glory.” Such is the suited and worthy close of this concise but comprehensive form of sound words, so as to leave fresh on all souls that read it the bright impress of Christ in glory. For if He came down in love, as has another admirably remarked, He went up in righteousness. The work given Him to do He accomplished at infinite cost to Himself and perfectly to God’s glory, even where all might have seemed hopeless – as to sin, and a world of sin. The adequate answer to the cross of the suffering Son of man (Who had thus glorified God) was that God should glorify Him in Himself and this straightway (Joh 13:31 , Joh 13:32 ).
And such accordingly is the righteousness of which the Spirit when come at Pentecost afforded evidence to the world. The world had proved its unrighteous hatred in rejecting Him Whom God raised from the dead and set at His own right hand. This exaltation is the righteousness which the presence of the Spirit sent down from heaven demonstrates: the crucified Son of man sits on the throne of God. And here we have the same glorious fact which completes the circle of the truth embraced by the Spirit of God in “the mystery of piety”. How wonderful to find it all in a few facts of our Lord Jesus! But the wonder melts into worship, as we bear in mind that if He ascended, what is it but that He also descended first into the lower parts of the earth? He that descended is the same also Who ascended up far above all heavens that He might fill up all things (Eph 4:9 , Eph 4:10 ). He that emptied Himself to become a servant was in Himself God and Lord. The pleasure of Jehovah shall prosper in His hand, as Isaiah (Isa 53:10 ) foretold.
NASB (UPDATED) TEXT 1Ti 3:1-7
1It is a trustworthy statement: if any man aspires to the office of overseer, it is a fine work he desires to do. 2An overseer, then, must be above reproach, the husband of one wife, temperate, prudent, respectable, hospitable, able to teach, 3not addicted to wine or pugnacious, but gentle, peaceable, free from the love of money. 4He must be one who manages his own household well, keeping his children under control with all dignity 5(but if a man does not know how to manage his own household, how will he take care of the church of God?), 6and not a new convert, so that he will not become conceited and fall into the condemnation incurred by the devil. 7And he must have a good reputation with those outside the church, so that he will not fall into reproach and the snare of the devil.
1Ti 3:1 “It is a trustworthy statement” This idiom can act as both a concluding statement and an opening statement (cf. 1Ti 1:15; 1Ti 3:1; 1Ti 4:9; 2Ti 2:11; Tit 3:8). This is the second of five “trustworthy” statements in the Pastoral Letters. They function syntactically like Jesus’ use of an introductory “amen” or “amen, amen” (translated “truly, truly” or “verily, verily”), drawing special attention to the statement.
“if any man” This is a first class conditional sentence which is assumed to be true from the author’s perspective or for his literary purposes.
“aspires. . .desires” These are two strong Greek terms: (1) “reaches for” (cf. 1Ti 6:10; Heb 11:16) and (2) “sets his heart on” (cf. Mat 13:17; Luk 15:16). This tells me that our modern emphasis on the necessity of an OT type call from God to the ministry may be too limiting. A desire to be in church leadership is sufficient. The desires of believers’ hearts are from the Lord (cf. Psa 37:4).
NASB”the office of overseer”
NKJV”the position of a bishop”
NRSV”the office of a bishop”
TEV”a church leader”
NJB”presiding elder”
This is the term episkopos, and it is usually translated in English “bishop” or “overseer.” It seems to be synonymous with the other two NT terms for the office of leadership in a local church. The terms “pastor,” “overseer,” and “elder” all refer to the same office (cf. 1Ti 5:17; Act 20:17; Act 20:28; Tit 1:5; Tit 1:7; 1Pe 5:1-2). The NT church had only two offices: pastor and deacon (cf. Php 1:1). It seems that “elder” had a Jewish background, while “overseer” had Greek city-state background.
1Ti 3:2 “above reproach” This is the key qualification of the entire context for leadership in a local church. The phrase implies no handle for criticism, both in the believing community (1Ti 3:2-6) and in the non-believing community (1Ti 3:7). This same theme of no reproach is repeated in 1Ti 3:7; 1Ti 3:10; 1Ti 5:7; and 1Ti 6:14. There are no perfect leaders, but there are godly, respectable, acceptable believers. See note at Tit 1:6.
NASB, NKJV
NJB”the husband of one wife”
NRSV”married only once”
TEV”he must have only one wife”
This phrase has caused much discussion. It was obviously an issue for the church at Ephesus in the first century (cf. 1Ti 3:1; 1Ti 3:12; 1Ti 5:7; and in Crete, Tit 1:6). Here are the basic interpretive theories.
1. it refers to polygamy
2. it refers to a remarriage after divorce
3. it refers to the second marriage after the first wife’s death
4. it refers to a man faithful and attentive to his wife (another way of asserting good family relationships, cf. NEB)
This obviously refers to family relationships, and any problem in the area of family relationships disqualifies one from leadership in a local church. Number 1 was not a problem in the Roman Empire, but was a potential problem in Judaism (though rare in the first century); #2 was a great problem in the Roman Empire, and also a problem in Judaism (Hillel vs. Shammai); #3 was a major concern of the Early church, especially Tertullian, and is still an issue in Baptist circles in Europe. However, 1Ti 5:14 is a parallel passage where younger widows can remarry with no reproach (cf. Rom 7:2-3; 1 Corinthians 7).
There is one more option, that the requirement refers to marriage versus singleness. The false teachers had forbidden marriage (cf. 1Ti 4:3). This may be a direct refutation of their tendency toward celibacy and asceticism. This is not to assert that an unmarried person cannot be a church leader, but that singleness cannot be a requirement. I think this is the best option and also that it answers the other interpretive problems relating to (1) “not addicted to much wine” and (2) the issue of women in 1Ti 2:8-15. These must be interpreted in light of the false teachers.
If the issue is a strong, godly family, then divorce is not the only critical issue. Even in the OT divorce was sometimes the appropriate option: (1) YHWH divorces unfaithful Israel and (2) priests were commanded to divorce unfaithful wives (see “Old Testament Perspective on Divorce and Remarriage” in Journal of the Evangelical Theological Society Vol. 40 #4, Dec. 1997). All humans experience disruption in their family life in some areas. My major concern with taking this qualification strictly literally is the lack of consistency in taking all the others in this context literally as well. If divorce disqualifies, then so do (a) not addicted to wine (cf. “not. . .addicted to much wine” of 1Ti 3:8, which is not necessarily a commandment to total abstinence) and (b) “keep his children under control” of 1Ti 3:4, which would eliminate many modern pastors and deacons.
Truthfully, I do not know many Christian leaders who could consistently fulfill all of these requirements throughout their lives. So before we become too critical of the flaws of leadership remember that these qualifications are God’s will for all His children. I am not advocating lowering the standards, but not using them in a legalistic, judgmental sense. The church needs godly, socially acceptable leadership. However all we have to choose from is saved sinners! Modern churches must seek out leaders who have proven themselves faithful over time, not perfect leaders.
One more point, if this list is taken too literally, then Jesus (because He was single) and Paul (because he was possibly divorced) could not have been church leaders. Makes one think, doesn’t it?
“temperate” This is literally “be sober.” Because alcohol abuse is mentioned specifically in 1Ti 3:3, this probably refers to the metaphorical use of this term meaning “be sensible” (cf. 1Ti 3:11; Tit 2:2).
NASB”prudent”
NKJV”sober-minded”
NRSV”sensible”
TEV”self-controlled”
NJB”discreet”
This term sphrn meant “balanced” in the Greek philosophers. It was a very famous Greek term that denoted avoidance of the extremes (i.e., thereby advocation “the golden mean”). It was used of someone of sound mind (cf. 1Ti 3:2; Tit 1:8; Tit 2:2; Tit 2:5). Related terms are also found in 1Ti 2:9; 1Ti 2:15; 2Ti 1:7; Tit 2:4; Tit 2:6; Tit 2:9; Tit 2:12; Tit 2:15.
The basic root (BAGD, p. 802) is found in several forms in the Pastorals.
1. verb, sphrone “sensible,” Tit 2:6
2. verb, sphroniz “encourage” (i.e., bring to one’s senses), Tit 2:4
3. noun, sphronismos “disciple” (i.e., self-controlled), 2Ti 1:7
4. noun, sphrosun “discreetly,” 1Ti 2:9; 1Ti 2:15
5. adverb, sphrons “sensibly” (i.e., moderately), Tit 2:12
6. adjective, sphrn “sensible,” “prudent,” “thoughtful,” 1Ti 3:2; Tit 1:8; Tit 2:2; Tit 2:5
NASB, NRSV”respectable”
NKJV”of good behavior”
TEV”orderly”
NJB”courteous”
This is a form of the Greek term kosmikos. It is used in Titus in two different senses: (1) negatively of avoiding worldly lusts (1Ti 2:12) and (2) positively of proper order (1Ti 2:10). In 1 Timothy the context implies proper order or decorum. That which is proper, respected, and expected by the local society. Therefore, it is an aspect of 1Ti 3:7 a, “must have a good reputation with those outside the church.”
“hospitable” The inns of Paul’s days were notorious houses of prostitution. Therefore, Christians, and especially Christian leadership, had to have their homes open for itinerant missionaries and for the needy of the community (cf. 1Ti 5:10; Tit 1:8; Rom 12:13; Heb 13:2; 1Pe 4:9; 2Jn 1:5; and 3 John).
“able to teach” Leaders are to be able teachers (cf. 2Ti 2:24). It is interesting that “teaching” is listed as a separate gift in 1Co 12:28, but linked to the gift of pastor in Eph 4:11. Apparently there were teachers, but also all pastors had to be able to function in this area, too. In a sense all of the gifted persons in Ephesians 4 are proclaimers of the gospel, but in different senses and with different emphases.
Some biblical scholars interpret this qualification as a reference to well-trained or educated people, or possibly those who are “teachable”!
Finally, this ability to teach may be related to the false teachers who thought they were teachers of the Law (cf. 1Ti 1:7) but were self-deceived.
1Ti 3:3
NASB”not addicted to wine”
NKJV”not given to wine”
NRSV”not a drunkard”
TEV”he must not be a drunkard”
NJB”not a heavy drinker”
It seems to be an allusion from the Septuagint to Pro 23:29-35. It must be reemphasized that the Bible rails against drunkenness, but does not teach total abstinence (cf. 1Ti 3:8; 1Ti 5:23; Tit 1:7; Tit 2:3). Total abstinence comes from an individual commitment of believers to the Lord Jesus based on the limiting of their personal freedoms because of the culture in which they minister (cf. Rom 14:1 to Rom 15:13 and 1 Corinthians 8-10). For a good article see Hard Sayings of the Bible by Kaiser, Davids, Bruce, and Branch, pp. 673-674.
SPECIAL TOPIC: BIBLICAL ATTITUDES TOWARD ALCOHOL AND ALCOHOLISM
“pugnacious” This is literally “not a striker” (cf. Tit 1:7). This may be related to the abuse of alcohol as it affects all interpersonal relationships (i.e., the family, the house church, the false teachers).
“gentle” This refers to a loving reasonableness, which is prepared to yield to others (cf. Eph 5:21). It describes a kind, gentle person (cf. Tit 3:2; Jas 3:17; 1Pe 2:18).
“peaceable” This is the Greek term for a fight, a battle, a conflict, but with the alpha privative, which negates the meaning. Therefore, it means one who does not fight or stir up controversy (cf. Tit 3:2). It is easy to see how the false teachers are the literary foils to chapter 3 (and all the Pastoral Letters).
NASB”free from the love of money”
NKJV”not covetous”
NRSV”not a lover of money”
TEV”he must not love money”
NJB”not avaricious”
This is a compound word from the term for “silver” and the term for “brotherly love” with the alpha privative which equals “not a lover of money” (cf. 1Ti 6:6-10; Tit 1:7; Heb 13:5; 1Pe 5:2). This was another characteristic of false teachers. See SPECIAL TOPIC: WEALTH at 1Ti 6:8.
1Ti 3:4-5 “he must be one who manages his own household well” Leadership can be seen at home. Any kind of difficulty between husband and wife or children or grandparents or in-laws was a basis for disqualification in this early church setting. “No handle for criticism” is the main concern. How one rules his home will show one’s tendencies in leading the church (cf. 1Ti 3:5, which is a parenthetical question expecting a “no” answer). Oh, my, this would disqualify many modern ministers if taken literally and to the letter. The many positive as well as negative characteristics mentioned in 1Ti 3:2-3 are revealed in the home environment. “Check the home first” is good advice for personnel committees!
1Ti 3:5 “if” This is a first class conditional sentence which is assumed to be true from the author’s perspective or for his literary purposes.
“church”
SPECIAL TOPIC: CHURCH (EKKLESIA)
1Ti 3:6 “and not a new convert” This is left out in Titus. 1 Timothy was written to Ephesus, which was an established church, while Titus was written to Crete, which was a new work. They were all new converts. The literal root term used here means “young plant.” However, the exact time factor is uncertain.
“so that he will not become conceited and fall into the condemnation incurred by the devil” Pride is a major problem for angels and humans (cf. 1Ti 6:4; 2Ti 3:4). The verb (aorist passive participle) means “become smoke-blinded.” The genitive “of the devil” can refer to
1. the judgment caused by the devil (cf. 1Ti 3:7)
2. the same type of judgment the devil received (cf. NKJV, TEV, NJB)
Paul mentions the spiritual enemy of mankind several times in 1 Timothy (but not in 2 Timothy or Titus):
1. devil (diabolos, 1Ti 3:6-7)
2. Satan (Santanas, 1Ti 1:20; 1Ti 5:20)
3. the demonic (daimonion, 1Ti 4:1)
The biblical worldview that mankind has a spiritual opponent (cf. Eph 2:2; Eph 6:10-19) is revealed in both the OT and NT.
SPECIAL TOPIC: SATAN
1Ti 3:7 “he must have a good reputation with those outside” Leadership must be viewed as honest and genuine by the unbelieving community which the church is trying to bring to faith in Christ (1Ti 5:14; 1Ti 6:1; Tit 2:5-6; Tit 2:10; 1Co 10:32; Col 4:5; 1Th 4:12).
SPECIAL TOPIC: JUDGING (SHOULD CHRISTIANS JUDGE ONE ANOTHER?)
“so that he will not fall into reproach and the snare of the devil” Paul was concerned about spiritual warfare (cf. 1Ti 6:9-10; Eph 2:1-3; Eph 4:14; Eph 6:10-19). Godliness is an armor, but selfishness is an open door for evil to exploit!
true = faithful. App-150. See 1Ti 1:16.
saying. App-121.
If a man = lf (App-118. a)
any one (App-123.)
desire. Greek. oregomai, Here, 1Ti 6:10, Heb 11:16.
the office, &c. Greek. episkepe. See Act 1:20.
desireth. Greek. epithemeo, as Heb 6:11.
1-13.] Precepts respecting overseers (presbyters) (1Ti 3:1-7), and deacons (1Ti 3:8-13).
Tonight we will be studying First Timothy three and four. It is interesting as Paul writes to Timothy on several occasions, he uses phrases that are interesting to me. He said, This is a faithful saying, it’s worthy of all acceptation. Here he says, beginning chapter three,
This is a true saying ( 1Ti 3:1 ),
Again, he’ll say, “This is a faithful saying worthy of all acceptation.” He’ll say, “Without controversy.” He speaks to Timothy with interesting phrases affirming the truth of what he is declaring to him. “This is a true saying,”
If a man desires the office of a bishop [or overseer], he desireth a good work ( 1Ti 3:1 ).
Not a good position, but a good work. The word “episkopos” which is translated here “bishop” is really a word that means an overseer. One who takes the oversight. The word translated “elder” is the word, “presbyteri” or “presbyteros.” The “presbyteros,” the elder of the church. They name implies an older man, and in the communities they had as the governors of a community the “presbyteros.”
The English had the alder men who were appointed as the judges within a community and the term “alder men” is actually “elder men.” It was declared that a person should not be a “presbyteros” unless he was over the age of fifty. The “episkopos,” on the other hand, was the man who was the overseer. He was the often the minister of the church. One who would oversee the church. And from this, we have a great division in the church today between the Episcopalians which comes from the “episkopos” and the Presbyterians which comes from the “presbyturos.”
So the difference between a church being ruled by the elders or the church being ruled by the “episkopos,” the overseer. And it is interesting though as you look at it in the word of God, they probably were one and the same. As you study it in the New Testament, the use of the words are often interchangeable. And when Paul was writing, he addressed the elders but of course, that would include the “episkopos” also. When he called for the elders of Ephesus, it would have been wrong for him to have called for the elders without the “episkopos” and so as you look at it throughout the New Testament, a strong case can be made that the terms are almost synonymous or interchangeable, at least in their usage in the New Testament.
So “if a man desires this office of an overseer of the church, he desires a good work.” But these are the qualifications for the man.
The overseer then must be blameless ( 1Ti 3:2 ),
Now that ought to just about exclude anybody. He must be,
the husband of one wife ( 1Ti 3:2 ),
In that particular time, the marriage vows were in the pagan world not really held in high esteem. The Greek culture had a saying that every man should have a mistress for his entertainment, a concubine for his sexual pleasure, and a wife to bear his legitimate children. But the wife was looked upon as, more or less, a chattel, an object.
Now in none of the cultures in those days did a wife have the right of divorce. That was something that only the husbands had. And even in the Jewish culture, a husband could get a divorce for just about any cause. And even to that time, in the Jewish culture in many areas, polygamy was practiced. Josephus speaks about those that were had three or four wives. And polygamy was a practice even in that time in the Jewish community.
The church is to be a separate and distinct entity within the world. Standards that are higher than the world. And thus he establishes the standard for the “episkopos,” a man who was an overseer in the church, he should be “the husband of one wife.” He should be,
vigilant ( 1Ti 3:2 ),
That is, in his overseeing of the flock of God. He needs to take careful oversight. He needs to be,
sober, of good behaviour, given to hospitality, and able to teach ( 1Ti 3:2 );
So these are the beginning of the qualifications. Next of all, he’s
Not to be given to wine, no striker ( 1Ti 3:3 ),
That is, an abuser.
not greedy of filthy lucre; but patient, not a brawler, not covetous; One that rules well his own house, having his children in subjection with all gravity; (For if a man know not how to rule his own house, how shall he take care of the church of God?) He’s not to be a novice, lest being lifted up with pride he fall into the condemnation of the devil ( 1Ti 3:3-6 ).
So this is what Paul instructs Timothy as the qualifications for an “episkopos,” an overseer. Now if you will read Paul’s letter to Titus, he gives to them the qualifications of a “presbyturos,” an elder. And you find that as he gives the qualifications of an elder, they are pretty much similar to the qualifications of an “episkopos” or an overseer.
Next he turns to the deacons.
And likewise must the deacons be grave [or sober], not doubletongued, not given to much wine ( 1Ti 3:8 ),
This is, of course, a little interesting in that the overseer, the “episkopos,” was not to be given to wine; the deacon was not to be given to much wine. That probably is cause for a lot of persons to seek the job of a deacon rather than an elder.
Paul the apostle, in writing to the Corinthians, said, “All things are lawful for me, but all things are not expedient.” Some things can impede my progress towards my goal. All things are lawful for me but not everything builds up. Some things tear me down. “All things are lawful for me,” he said, “but I will not be brought under the power of any, or the influence of any” ( 1Co 6:12 ).
We have a very interesting case in the Old Testament when God commanded Moses to build the tabernacle and He gave him specific instructions as to the materials and the dimensions and the sizes, the whole thing. He gave him his careful instructions in building. Once they had built the tabernacle, had set it up, had set up the altar and the whole framework for the sacrifices, the time came to inaugurate now the temple or the tabernacle worship of God. And so the altar was built, the sacrifice was placed upon it and fire came from heaven and sort of lit the fire of the altar. A supernatural manifestation of God. The presence of God came down, the glory of the Lord filled the tabernacle. The priest, because of the glory of the Lord, sort of swooned, they weren’t able to stand up.
And in the midst of this moving of God among the people, a couple of Aaron’s sons got excited. And they had little bowls with incense that they were to offer before the Lord and they went in to offer this incense in the excitement of the moment and the fire came from the altar of God and consumed them. And later, God commanded Moses to speak unto Aaron that when they were doing the service to God, they weren’t to drink wine. Made very specific commandments. The intimation is that the two sons of Aaron perhaps had been drinking a little wine and had lost their sense of good judgment. And that is why they were consumed by the fire of God when they sought to offer strange fire before the Lord.
God wants us to serve Him with a clear head, with a clear mind. Now a lot of people get very godly minded when they get drunk. And we’ve had them call the house two, three in the morning and my wife sleeps on the side where the phone is, I don’t know why but she does. And sometimes the phone will ring in the middle of the morning and someone will start telling, I want to tell you what a wonderful husband you have and all. And she’d say, “Here, tell him,” and she hands the phone to me. The praise that comes from the lips of a drunk really don’t do much for you. That’s what they may think when they’re drunk but what do they think of me when they’re sober?
And so in our worship of God, no artificial stimulants. He wants our worship and praise to come from a heart and from a mind that is not under some kind of a false stimulant. So the overseer, the one who had the responsibility of overseeing the church, not to be given to wine. Whereas the deacons and these were the people who oversaw the more practical aspects of the church in those days, the administering of the church’s welfare program and things of this nature, they were not to be given to much wine.
The wine in those days, of course, was drank by just about everybody. It was mixed three parts of water to two parts of wine. And of course, at that ratio it would take an awful lot to get a person drunk and usually you’d get too full before you could get drunk. But it was a diluted form and really, it was drunk in lieu of the water which in many places was not fit to drink. You remember Paul said to Timothy to “take a little wine for your stomach’s sake and your oft infirmities” ( 1Ti 5:23 ).
So a deacon not to be given to much wine. We are told “not to be drunk with wine, wherein is excess, but be filled with the Spirit” ( Eph 5:18 ). They also are,
not to be greedy of filthy lucre; Holding the mystery of the faith in a pure conscience. And let these also first be proved; then let them use the office of a deacon, being found blameless ( 1Ti 3:8-10 ).
So much of the same requirements for the elders are also for the deacons. Deacons are to prove themselves.
And even so wives ( 1Ti 3:11 )
Now in our King James, you notice “must their wives” is added because the translators thought that he was probably referring to the wives of the deacons which is possible but it is also possible that Paul is just referring to the deaconesses. And that this is in reference to those women who would take a activity within the church body in the office of a deaconess. And “so also wives are to,”
be grave, not slanderers, sober, faithful in all things. And let the deacons be the husbands of one wife, ruling their children and their own houses well. For they that have used the office of a deacon well purchase to themselves a good degree, and great boldness in the faith which is in Christ Jesus ( 1Ti 3:11-13 ).
And so Paul here writes the qualifications for these offices. And he said,
These things write I unto thee, I hope to come unto you shortly: But if I [don’t, if I have to] tarry here awhile, I want you to know how you ought to behave yourself in the house of God, which is the church of the living God, the pillar and the ground of truth ( 1Ti 3:14-15 ).
Timothy was left at Ephesus by Paul to strengthen the church. It is to Timothy in Ephesus that Paul is writing and instructing him in the things of the government of the church.
Now having declared the qualifications for the deacons, the overseers and the deaconesses, again when you get to these qualifications we realize that very few people could really qualify for these offices. These characteristics and traits that are required for those in leadership roles are stricter than the average, you might say. It takes a life of commitment. And many people may, as the result of these requirements, feel unqualified to take a position of authority within the church. And so Paul in verse sixteen declares,
And without controversy great is the mystery of godliness ( 1Ti 3:16 ):
Godliness is godlikeness. Great is the mystery of being like God. These characteristics and traits that are described are the characteristics and traits of God. God wants us to be like Him. A man who is an elder in the church or an overseer in the church is really one of God’s representatives to the people. And one of the most awesome responsibilities is that of being God’s representative. People looking at the leadership to understand God. God wants me to be like Him so that as people look at me, they can understand what God is about. And that is all the understanding that many people will ever have of God is what they observe in the life of the followers of God. So each of us are God’s representatives to the world. But those who take the position of an elder or an overseer have even a greater responsibility of being God’s representatives to the people. And God doesn’t take lightly how we represent Him.
James tells us that we should “not be many masters, knowing that we receive the greater condemnation” ( Jas 3:1 ). We are told “unto whom much is given, much is required” ( Luk 12:48 ). And so for those who in the position of overseeing, there is a tighter standard by which they must live. Blameless, of good reputation, really even outside of the church, by the manner of life that you live that it doesn’t bring blame unto Jesus Christ or to the gospel of Jesus Christ.
It has been the sad tragedy of the church’s history that not often does the leadership take that awesome responsibility of representing God seriously enough. Paul talks about falling in the snare of the devil. And Satan surely seeks to trap ministers. And it is always a tragedy and a very sad thing when you see a servant of God being trapped by the enemy because of the reproach that it brings upon the Gospel. As Nathan said to David concerning his sin with Bathsheba, “You’ve caused the enemies of God to blaspheme” ( 2Sa 12:14 ).
The problem, of course, is that Satan, I think, works harder on those who have a greater influence than those of lesser influence. I think that the more the Lord uses you, the greater are the temptations that the enemy places in your path. This past year, two of the most promising, talented of the young ministers in our Calvary Chapel outreaches fell into the snare of the enemy.
One, thank God, has been delivered and has been restored. But the other is still ensnared. And it grieves me. It breaks my heart because I love these young men like a father loves a son. And I was just so thrilled with their ministry, the effectiveness of their ministry, the effectiveness of their communication. Their ability to teach. It was a thrill to see what God was doing through their ministry and through their lives and say we’re touching thousands of people. To see them ensnared by the enemy is a just a tragedy and a grievous thing to my heart.
Great is the mystery of being like God. God wants us to be like Him. That’s His purpose in creating us. And when He created us, He created us like Him, He made us in His image and after His likeness. It was the purpose of God that we be like Him. What is He like? God is love. God wants love to dominate our being. God is pure. God is holy. He wants us to be pure. He wants us to be holy. God is kind. God is compassionate. God is patient. He wants us to be kind, compassionate, patient. He wants me to be like Him. “Great is the mystery of being like God.” Because I say, Hey, yes, I want to be like God. But how to be like God is another thing. There are many people who accept that, Yes, being like God is the greatest thing that could possibly happen to a person. And they try to be like God but we find that whenever we try to be like God, there are other forces at work within us, hindering us from our goals.
As Paul the apostle described in Romans chapter seven, “I consent to the law of God that it is good. But I find that there is another law at work within my members, within my body. And the good that I would I do not: and that which I would not, I do” ( Rom 7:16 , Rom 7:19 , Rom 7:23 ).
I consent to that which is good. But how to perform it, I just can’t find. And we find ourselves in that position so many times. I consent this is right, this is good. That’s what I ought to be doing. But how to perform it? That’s where the problem lies. And he cried out, “O wretched man that I am! Who shall deliver me from this body of death” ( Rom 7:24 )? “Great is the mystery of godliness,” being like God.
It’s a great mystery that has been solved. It was solved in the incarnation. So “without controversy, great is this mystery of godliness.” But God solved the mystery through the incarnation of Jesus Christ for,
God was manifest in the flesh ( 1Ti 3:16 ),
A plain, clear, positive declaration that Jesus Christ is God. “God was manifest in the flesh.” And the purpose of the incarnation was to bring man to a godlikeness or to help us to be like God. “God was manifest in the flesh,”
He was justified [or proved to be righteous] in the Spirit ( 1Ti 3:16 ),
The Spirit led Him in the wilderness to be tempted of the devil and He passed every test. He resisted the temptation. He remained true and obedient unto the first principles of God. He was “justified or proved to be righteous in the Spirit.”
He was seen of angels ( 1Ti 3:16 ),
After His temptation, the angels came and ministered unto Him. Also, it has been suggested that the angels had never seen God until the incarnation. Great is the mystery of being like God. “God was manifest in the flesh, justified in the Spirit, seen of angels.” God dwells in a light that man cannot approach. Those who had visions of God never had a vision of a form. There was always just that brightness of the glory that shone forth from His being. Looking directly into a light, a brilliant bright light, all you can observe is just light.
Have you ever been out in the woods at night and it’s been dark and someone turned one of those five-cell flashlights in your eyes? Have you ever been a kid at camp? Those counselors always carried those five-cell you know and they put it right in your eyes. All you see is the bright light in your eyes. You don’t see the flashlight. You can’t even see the counselor. All you all you see is this bright light that is shining in your face. But you have no sense of form because all you can see is the light. You don’t see the little bulb, you don’t see the filament within the bulb, you just see the brilliance of the light.
So God, the glory of His presence so overwhelming. The brilliance that comes forth from this Creator of the universe. Call it energy or whatever you wish, that must be emanating forth from God. It is possible that the angels had never even seen the form but only the brilliance coming forth from His presence. Until He was “made flesh and He was then seen of angels.” He was,
preached unto the Gentiles ( 1Ti 3:16 ),
As Paul tells King Agrippa concerning his Damascus road experience, he tells him that the Lord had called him to go unto the Gentiles, to turn them from darkness to light. From the power of Satan unto God. And then He was,
believed on in the world ( 1Ti 3:16 ),
All over the world, those who believe on Jesus Christ. Those who believe upon God who was manifest in the flesh. And then He was,
received up into glory ( 1Ti 3:16 ).
He said I came from the Father, I’m going to the Father. In His return to the Father, the cycle was complete. His ministry was accomplished. Jesus came to manifest to man what God is. And He was the true and the faithful witness. All that we need to know about God, we discover in Jesus Christ. “No man has seen the Father at any time but the only begotten Son which is in the bosom of the Father, he hath manifested him” ( Joh 6:46 ). Made Him known, declared Him.
“God, who at sundry times and in different ways spoke unto our fathers through the prophets, hath in these last days spoken unto us by his own dear Son, whom he hath made heir of all things, who was the effulgence of his glory, [or the outshining of His glory]” ( Heb 1:1-3 ). So He fulfilled His purpose in manifesting God to us and He fulfilled the purpose of redeeming the world back to God through His death upon the cross.
So now as He returns to the Father, He is promising that He is going to send to them the Holy Spirit. One who would come alongside of them to help them. “I will leave you without help,” He said, “But I will pray to the Father, and he will give to you another Helper, even the Spirit of truth; whom the world cannot receive” ( Joh 14:16 , Joh 14:17 ). And He tells us that when the Spirit comes, we will receive power. What kind of power? Power to be like God. Great is the mystery of being like God. You cannot be like God with your best effort no matter how hard you try. It isn’t within our nature or our power to change our nature to be like God. The only way I can be like God is through the power of the Holy Spirit working in me and changing that nature.
And so the descent of the Holy Spirit upon the church was the proof that Jesus had indeed ascended to the Father. Because that was His promise when He came to the Father, He was going to send the Comforter. It is necessary for you that I go away because if I go away, if I go not away, the Comforter cannot come. That helper, the Holy Spirit. But if I go away, I will send Him. And so Jesus sent the Holy Spirit and through the power and the working of the Holy Spirit within my life, godlikeness is now possible. And as I am yielding myself day to day, the work of the Holy Spirit in me everyday is making me a little more like God.
As Paul the apostle said, “I have not yet apprehended that for which I was apprehended. Neither do I count myself perfect, but I’m pressing towards the mark” ( Php 3:13-14 ). What is the mark? Being like God. Godlikeness. And so I’m on my way. And as John said, “Beloved, now are we the sons of God, it doesn’t yet appear what we’re going to be: but we know when he appears, we’re going to be like him” ( 1Jn 3:2 ). One of these days His work will be complete in us and we will be just like God. And the purposes of God will now be accomplished in His creation for man. For God created man to be like Him and through Jesus Christ I and the power of the Holy Spirit, I am being restored into the image of God.
Great is the mystery of being like God. But that mystery is solved in the incarnation and through the work of the Holy Spirit that Jesus has sent.
“
1Ti 3:1. , this is a faithful saying) This preface is used, because it does not seem so to the world.–) There is here great propriety in the words: , to stretch out, thence , to ask eagerly with outstretched hand, to grasp: of the mind, seeking , a good thing, produces ; again indicates : , , are opposed to each other: see Arist. 1, Rhet. 10, n. 12. In human affairs, those things are more agreeable, which a man confers or performs of his own accord, than when he is asked: how much more in the affairs of religion? 1Co 16:15, at the end. But away with sacrilegious solicitation of favour and interest. There were not wanting persons who wished to obtain it, Jam 3:1. Paul does not altogether reject their desire, but he reduces it to order.-) an honourable good, excellent, demanding noble virtues. To this is to be referred the then or therefore () in the following verse.-, work) It is a work, a business, not ease; Act 15:38; Php 2:30.
1Ti 3:1
Timothy was to take the place of Paul the apostle in teaching, instructing, and guiding the churches in perfecting themselves, and in doing the work for which they were planted. The bishops or overseers were to do the work which their names indicated. Bishop or overseer was the name applied in Greek and Roman countries to the same work or office indicated among the Jews by the words elders or presbyters. They were to take the oversight of the congregations and teach, guide, and direct all the performances of the duties that fell to them. He here speaks of the importance and sanctity of the work and character of the persons fitted to perform the work.
1 Faithful is the saying, If a man seeketh the office of a bishop, he desireth a good work.-This saying would indicate that the work had been so highly esteemed that it had already grown into a saying, The man who desired the overseeing desired a good work. No more important and no better work exists among the people of God. Paul instructed to take heed unto yourselves, and to all the flock, in which the Holy Spirit hath made you bishops, to feed the church of the Lord which he purchased with is own blood. (Act 20:28.)
APPOINTMENT OF ELDERS AND THEIR DUTIES.
There lies before me the following inquiry: Our congregation recently having had what seems to me an unusual experience, I write to request that you give your views on a question which has disturbed our minds very much. On account of some differences, our elders thought best to resign and offered their resignations, which were accepted. No others as yet having been found who were willing to undertake the work of the eldership, our deacons, thinking that too much responsibility would be thrown upon them, asked that an advisory committee be chosen by the church in order that some older brethren might be present at the official meetings to give their advice and vote upon questions affecting the welfare of the church. This course was adopted, the committee chosen, myself being of the number. I declined to serve, thinking it an unscriptural position-that if adopted by the church and found to work satisfactorily, they might conclude they would need no elders in the future.
There seemed to me to be danger of Gods plan of church government being set aside, superseded by mens plans, some of whom unfortunately appear willing to try to correct the mistakes that God has made in matters pertaining to the church. I held that until we appointed elders our deacons could consult with the whole church or any older members without naming a committee as a substitute for the eldership.
I do not wish to occupy a wrong position in the matter; if you differ with me, I would be thankful for any light you may be able to give on the subject.
We cannot be too cautious in adding functions to the church not ordained by God. The failure or perversion of those created by God does not justify our setting them aside or superseding them with an order not ordained by God. The judges of Israel were appointed by God. But when the sons of Samuel walked not in his ways but turned aside after lucre, and took bribes, and perverted justice, the people desired to change the order and make a king rather than live under the rule of the judges. “And Jehovah said unto Samuel, Hearken unto the voice of the people in all that they say unto thee: for they have not rejected thee, but they have rejected me, that I should not be king over them. According to all the works which they have done since the day that I brought them up out of Egypt even unto this day, in that they have forsaken me, and served other gods, so do they also unto thee. Now therefore hearken unto their voice: howbeit thou shalt protest solemnly unto them, and shalt show them the manner of the king that shall reign over them. (1Sa 8:3-9.)
Gods spiritual order now is sealed by the blood of Jesus Christ. It is more sacred than the old order sealed by the blood of bulls and goats. Because it may fall into improper hands, be ineffective or be perverted at times, is no reason it should be set aside. It is better to bear with evils and trust with patience and time to correct the wrongs that afflict than to change Gods order. To change Gods order puts the matter in such shape that all work, all effort or success works harm, leads from God.
When the order is changed, and a wrong plan is put in operation, the more successfully it works, the farther and farther it gets away from God. It is like finding a bad place in the right road. If we, to avoid the place, take another road, the smoother it is, and the greater speed we make on it, the farther we go wrong. The only way of safety before God is to take his appointed way and resolutely stick to it, even though the places seem to be rough and many obstacles lie in the way.
The question of changing an eldership is one of the most difficult problems connected with church work. We find nothing concerning the matter in the New Testament, either by precept or example, save the admonition that an accusation against an elder is not to be received save on the testimony of two or three witnesses. I make this the occasion to speak of the duty of the elders. I am not sure that it is right for an eldership to resign. If one or two inefficient members are among the elders, they ought to be kindly and frankly conferred with on the subject, and induced to withdraw, or with the consent and agreement of the elders and of the older members of the church, one might be dismissed from the eldership. But it would be a rare case that a whole eldership would be of such character that all should be dismissed.
Some may be fitted for the eldership and others not. Those fitted should not be treated as those unfitted are. That would be unjust and disastrous to the order of God.
These resignations are usually based on the idea of popular rule in the church. The idea is the elders have received their authority by the popular election of the church from the multitude of disciples and when dissatisfaction arises they return it to those from whom they received it. The elders do not receive their authority by the popular vote of the church. They receive their authority from the Lord. Take heed unto yourselves, and to all the flock, in which the Holy Spirit hath made you bishops. (Act 20:28.) The Holy Spirit makes men overseers of the flock of God just as much now as he did in the days of the apostles.
When the apostles or teachers needed help at Jerusalem to look after the Grecian widows that were neglected he gave the qualifications and told the disciples to look out among them men possessing these. They did so and they appointed them to the work. This was done by the Holy Spirit. (Act 6:1-4.) Whenever a church under the same directions of the Holy Spirit selects men having the qualifications given by the Spirit, the Spirit appoints them just as much as it did at Jerusalem. Inspired men did not select. The disciples selected under direction of the Spirit.
This selection was made under the restrictions that the younger were to submit to the older, and that God did not permit women to teach or exercise authority in the church. This would limit the selection to the older men of the congregation. When they selected they were to look out among them men of certain qualifications. Look ye out carries the idea of consulting among themselves, and reaching an agreement. This consulting and conferring must be had with the younger and the women that there may be no accusation against those selected. But the older men must make the decision, not by a vote, but by agreement reached through this consulting and seeking out.
There is no provision or example of how a mistake in the selection could be rectified, but it is reason the same class ought to decide whether they made a mistake in selecting, or whether some worthy had turned from their steadfastness.
Unanimity should be sought for in the selection or in the setting aside one selected. Elders are placed in position by the Spirit of God to rule under the divine law. This means to hold in restraint the unruly and to check the currents of excitement that would carry the multitude in wrong courses. For elders to resign, simply because they sometimes were compelled to stand against the current of the multitude, would be to shrink from the work to which they were especially appointed.
If rulers in human governments resign every time the current of popular opinion is against them, they defeat the very ends for which constitutions and laws and rules are made. They are made to restrain the passions and excitements of the multitudes within the limits and restrictions of right as defined in the laws. For the elders to resign because the people go wrong is to fail of the chief end and the special occasions for which God appointed them. It is to break down all rule and respect for Gods law and to work the ruin of the church. While everybody is going in the right way, and of their own accord doing right, laws and rulers are not needed. The elders are appointed by God to teach and lead them in the way of truth, and to stay the current when the people go wrong. If they resign when trouble comes and the people go wrong, they fail in the vital point of duty.
The tendency now is to let the women and the preacher run the church. They supersede the eldership, displace them in their work. The women and the preachers try to displace all elders who refuse to submit to their dictation. It is the duty of the elders firmly to resist this tendency and to refuse to surrender the trust committed to them. They should maintain the divine order, and if any become so dissatisfied with that order as to create division and strife, let them go out; but to the elders, the trust of preserving the church in its integrity and fidelity to the word of God is committed, and to resign the trust, when the divine order is threatened with subversion and destruction, is to be recreant to duty. A church not true to the word of God, that deliberately turns from Gods order, is not a church of God, and unless it repents, the sooner it dies the better. If it does not die, it must be rejected as apostate.
The elders are the scriptural representatives of the church. The presumption is with them. The courts of the country so regard them. And if they surrender the church to the rule of the women and children and the preacher, the blame is theirs. Elders sometimes go wrong. They oftener do it under the idea that they ought to compromise the law of God for the sake of peace than on any other ground. They do it to please the preacher and the young folks. They are ordained to God, to maintain, teach, and enforce the laws of God, never to compromise or yield them.
The elders are the undershepherds to watch over and feed the flock of God. In accepting the work of the elders they bring themselves under the most sacred and solemn obligations possible to men to guard and maintain the honor of God, to keep his teaching and his service pure from all innovations of men. As shepherds and teachers of the flock, they assume the most sacred and solemn obligations to the flock to feed the flock with the pure milk of the word of God, that by this they may grow; to guard against all teaching and practices that rest on human authority as vitiating the service of God and defiling the spiritual nature of the taught, and cutting them off from the blessings of God, which come to men only through the appointments of God unmixed with human inventions and traditions. A sadder perversion of a sacred trust is never seen than when elders and teachers forget the sanctity of their obligations both to God and his church, and, as his trusted servants and chosen teachers, encourage the introduction into his service of practices not authorized by God, so destroying his authority as lawgiver, and, as a consequence, hurtful and poisonous to the spiritual nature of men.
Turning to the government of the Church, the apostle deals with two orders, bishops and deacons. The bishop is an overseer, whose duty it is to watch over the flock. The apostle describes the qualifications necessary to fulfil the office:
(1) character (verses 1Ti 3:2-3),
(2) temperament (verses 1Ti 3:4-5),
(3) experience (verse 1Ti 3:6), and
(4) reputation (verse 1Ti 3:7).
The description of the deacon has unquestioned reference to the order instituted in the early days, as recorded by Luke (Act 6:1-15). According to this, they were to be “men of good report, full of the spirit of wisdom.” There is not the slightest warrant for looking on the o5ce in any sense as inferior. Its function was different, but not less important. The business of the Church ever needs to be carried on by men of highest character and deepest spirituality. All this will be seen as the instructions of the apostle are pondered.
The purpose of all the apostle had written was that men might know how to behave themselves in the Church. A remarkable and singularly beautiful description of the Church follows. It is the house of God, and therefore it is the pillar and ground of truth. The essential glory of the Church is “the truth.” Having shown this, the apostle describes the truth in words which constitute a verse of perfect poetry. There have been varied renderings of this passage. That of Humphreys in the Cambridge Bible is very illuminative.
Who is flesh was manifested, Pure in Spirit was attested; By angels’ vision witnessed, Among the nations heralded; By faith accepted here, Received in glory there!
3:1-13. The officials of the Church: (a) the overseer, the bishop (1-7); (b) ministers, deacons (8-10); (c) deaconesses, (11); (d) the deacons as possible candidates for higher office (12, 13).
The transition is abrupt in form (cf. 5:1, 6:17), but the writers mind passes naturally from the members of the community to those who act as officials and either as leaders or assistants regulate their worship and their life. In each case little is said of their duties, a knowledge of which is assumed; but, as in c. 2, the whole stress is on character, on the moral and intellectual qualifications for office. (1, 4, 7, 12, 13) strikes the note of the whole section.
Paraphrase. A third point on which I wish to lay stress is the character of those who hold any official position: and, first, for the leader of the worship, the bishop. You know the common saying:
He who would play a leaders part
On noble task has set his heart.
It is right, then, to wish for such a post; but such a noble task requires a character above reproach. So the bishop must not fall behind a high Christian morality in respect of marriage or sobriety, or self-control and dignity; and he must have special qualifications: he must be ready to welcome guests from other Churches, and able to teach in the assemblies: in dealing with members of the Church he must not be overbearing or hasty, but large-hearted, ready to make allowances, peace-loving: he must have no love of riches, as he has to control the finances: his power of ruling must be tested by his power of ruling his own household. Has that been a noble task with him? has he kept his own children obedient to discipline with true dignity? if not, how will he be able to take charge of a Church of Gods? Moreover, he must not be a recent convert; for, if so, his head may quickly be turned and the devil be able to bring accusations against him. Lastly, he must be well thought of by those outside the Christian body: otherwise he will easily cause scandal, and the devil will snare him to his ruin.
Then for assistants, deacons: they must have a character that inspires respect: their word must be trustworthy: they must not say one thing to one person, another to another: they must not be given to excess in wine: they must be above making money in unworthy ways: they must hold the truths of the gospel with a conscience free from stain. Yes, and like the leaders, they must be tested first, and only be admitted as deacons if no charge can be sustained against them.
Much the same has to be said about deaconesses: their character must inspire respect: they must not be gossips and scandal-mongers: they must be sober: entirely trustworthy.
There is another point about assistants (deacons), they may come to be leaders (bishops): so in choosing them, see that they have the same qualifications about marriage and the discipline over their own families which are required for bishops. For those who have treated the diaconate as a noble task win for themselves another noble position and preach with full assurance in the faith which is in Christ Jesus. Cf. Tit 1:5-9; St. Chrysostom, De Sacerdotio, ed. Nairn, pp. xxvi-xxviii.
1. ] cf. 2:15 note. If these words apply to the following paragraph, the variant would seem more appropriate, the writer quoting a saying applicable to all overseership in human life (allgemeinmenschlich, Wohlenberg) and applying it to the Christian Church. Deissmann (B. St., p. 230), shows that was used as a pre-Christian religious title.
] Aspires to, in no bad sense; but Clem. Rom. i. c. 44 shows how early a wrong ambition set in and was foreseen by the Apostles.
] prclarum (Calvin): which ought to attract the world to Christ; and therefore difficult, .
] negotium, non otium, Bengel, Cf. 2Ti 4:5, 1Th 5:13 , and for failure in such a task, Act 15:38 .
2-8. Qualifications for the . For the relation of the to the presbyters, v. Introd., p. xix. The singular here may imply that there was only one in the community, or it may be limited by the context-the who is leading the worship. No definition is given of his duties, but the following are implied: (a) Presiding (, ) i.e. (i) exercising discipline, cf. the analogy of the family (5); (ii) (arising from the context) presiding at worship. (b) Teaching, (2). (c) Control of the finances, (3). (d) Representing the community to Christians elsewhere ( (2)) and to the world outside (7).
These qualifications form guidance for the scrutiny of candidates who desire the office (Ramsay): they are partly the ordinary moral qualities which would be respected in a layman, and failure in which would imply censure; partly those which would be required for his special position. To St. Paul the representative character of those who had oversight in the Ecclesia, their conspicuous embodiment of what the Ecclesia itself was meant to show itself, was more important than any acts or teachings by which their oversight could be exercised (Hort). Hence it scarcely gives the ideal of a bishop, but the necessary requirements (so Chrys. , , ). A comparison with Tit 1:5-9 shows how the list of moral qualifications was getting stereotyped: Bernard compares the requirements for the Stoic wise man, who was to be a married man (2), (6), temperate in wine (2), and to combine with Diog. Laert. vii. 116-26. Wetstein and Dibelius (q.v.) quote the close analogy of the requirements for the choice of a general, who was to be , , . . . , , , : Onosander, De Imperatorum Officio, c. 1 (fl. c. 55 b.c.). Either of such lists may have been known to our writer, but they are all probably independent.
2. . (5:7, 6:14; cf. M.M. s.v.) perhaps slightly stronger than , Tit 1:6. That would imply more definite charges (, ib.): this, any criticism or censure. It is explained by the following words: Not liable to criticism as he would be if he failed in any of these qualities.
. . . , general moral qualifications, in relation to his own life: , , qualifications for his special office.
. . . , qualifications in relation to other members of the community.
, qualification in relation to the finance of the community.
, in relation to his own family.
, in relation to his standing in the community.
, in relation to the world outside.
] In interpreting this difficult phrase, two facts guide us. (a) The standard is not the highest (v. supra); it must be something, failure in which would incur reproach; (b) but the standard is that of a Christian community; contrast 7. It presupposes a knowledge of the teaching of Our Lord and of St. Paul.
(i) The phrase might imply that the bishop must be a married man (so Wordsworth, The Ministry of Grace, pp. 215-20; Lindsay, The Church and the Ministry, p. 145), and the writer might well prefer a man with the experience of the head of a family (cf. 4) for the overseership of a church, and might wish to guard against any depreciation of marriage (cf. 4:3); but to be unmarried would incur no reproach: such a requirement would be scarcely consistent with the teaching of Our Lord (Mat 19:12) and of St. Paul (1Co 7:7, 1Co 7:8): so the writer is only thinking of the true character of a bishop, if married; as in 4 he deals only with his relation to his children, if he has children.
(ii) It certainly implies-not a polygamist. Such a rule would still be necessary, as polygamy might still be found among Jews; cf. Justin Martyr, Tryph. c. 134, : Joseph. Ant. xvii. 1, 2, : cf. Schrer, i. 1, p. 455 note. Schechter, Documents of jewish Sectaries, i. 17.
(iii) It also certainly implies a faithful husband, married to one woman and loyal to her, having no mistress or concubine; cf. Tertull. Apol. 46, Christianus uxori soli su masculus nascitur. Canones Apost. xvii. : cf. ib. lxi. A similar provision is found in heathen marriage contracts; cf. Tebt. Pap. 104, , (92 b.c.), and similarly Pap. Eleph. 1 (310 b.c.).
(iv) It also implies, and was probably meant to imply, not divorcing one wife and marrying another. This would be a Christian rule, based both on Our Lords teaching and on St. Pauls (cf. Hermas, M. iv. 1, which forms a good commentary on this phrase), and very necessary in view of the laxity of divorce both among Jews (Schechter, u.s.; Abrahams, Studies in Pharisaism, 9) and among heathen; cf. Friedlnder (Eng. tr.), pp. 242-43; Fowler, Social Life in Rome, c. 5. Dill, Roman Society from Nero to M. Aurelius, pp. 76-79, though he points out that the heathen standard was rising: The ideal of purity, both in men and women, in some circles was actually rising there were not only the most spotless and high-minded women, there were also men with a rare conception of temperance and mutual love. Plutarchs ideal of marriage, at once severe and tender, would have satisfied St. Paul. Seneca and Musonius, who lived through the reign of Nero, are equally peremptory in demanding a like continence from men and from women.
(v) Did it also imply, not marrying a second time after his wifes death? This is possible, but scarcely likely. No doubt the phrase led to this interpretation and was used to support it, and that by the end of the and century; cf. Tertull. ad Uxor. i. 7; Clem. Alex. Strom. iii. 12; Origen, Hom. xvii. in Luc., and the later Church orders; cf. Apost. Ch. Order, i. , . Apost. Canons, xvii. (quoted above); Apost. Const. ii. 2, : ib. vi. 17. Test. Dom. N. J. Christi, c. 20 (where see Cooper-Macleans note). There were also tendencies in the heathen world moving in the same direction. There was the feeling for the children of the first wife who might be harmed by the stepmother; cf. Eur. Alc. 301 sqq.; Propert. iv. 11. 81, and the law of Charondas forbidding such a second marriage, quoted in Diod. Sic. xii. 12 (Wetstein): there was also the natural devotion to a loved wife; cf. the Inscr. at Pisa (Orelli, ii. p. 517, No. 4623), conjugi karissim cum qu vixit annos xviii. sine querella, cujus desiderio juratus se post eam uxorem non habiturum; cf. Bigg, The Churchs Task, p. 102: In the epitaphs two not uncommon words are virginius and virginia: they denote a husband who never had but the one wife, a wife who never had but the one husband. Such a feeling would be increased by the Christian thought of the eternal relation of husband and wife (cf. Chrys. on Tit 1:6); yet such a standard is always regarded as exceptional, and is too high for this context; and the later writers are influenced by a growing love for celibacy (), which is certainly alien to this passage, and by the denunciation of second marriages in all cases (Athenag. Leg. 33), which is also alien to the Epistle, 5:14; cf. Suicer, s.v. . Dict. Christ. Ant., s.v. Marriage, p. 1097 and p. 1103; and for a strong defence of the stricter view, The Library of the Fathers, Tertullian, vol. i. pp. 420-32.
] (11, Tit 2:2 only in N.T.), temperate in use of wine; cf. 8, 11, 5:23; perhaps also sober-minded or vigilant (, Chrys., cf. Heb 13:17, and Homer, Il. ii. 24, 25). Cf. 2Ti 4:5 : 1 P 1:13 (ubi v. Hort) 5:8, 1Co 15:34 .
, ] (2:9 only in N.T.). Quod est intus, id est extra, Bengel. , Thdt.; Inscr. from Magnesia. (Dibelius, and M.M. s.v.). It implies wellordered demeanour, but also the orderly fulfilment of all duties and the ordering of the inner life from which these spring. Cf. Trench, Syn., p. 332. It is the quiet, orderly citizen, the antithesis of .
] The duty of individual Christians (5:10) and of the whole Church (Rom 12:13, Rom 12:1 P 4:9, 3Jn 1:5), with a special blessing attached to it (Heb 13:2 : cf. Clem. Rom 1:10-12, a comment on that passage); finding its fullest expression in the , cf. Herm. S. ix. 27, where , are compared to trees sheltering sheep, and singled out for special praise (Dibelius). For its importance, cf. Harnack, Exp. of Christ. 1. ii, 3.; Ramsay, Pauline Studies, pp. 382-86.
, ] the negative of the positive , , in relation to others. Cf. Tit 1:8 note.
, ] the mark of all Christians, Tit 3:2, where see note.
] Tit 1:8 note.
4. Cf. Tit 1:6; : cf. 2:2 of all Christians: here the reference is specially to the father (cf. 8, 11), though it might include the effect on the whole household ().
5. For the analogy from the family to the Church, cf. Eph 2:19 , 5:23-6:9, where the family is treated as the nursery in which the virtues characteristic of the Church are trained. The analogy from the family to the State is common in classical writers; cf. Sen. de Clem. i. 9., quo hoc animo facis? ut ipse sis princeps? domum tuam tueri non potes, Tac. Agr. 19, and other instances in Wetstein and Dibelius.
. ] St. Paul only in N.T.: here and 15 only without the article, a church of Gods.
6. For later formulation of this rule, cf. Apostol. Canon lxxx. (adding as reason, ), Concil. Nic. Canon ii. with Brights note.
] a recent convert (for the form, cf. , Rom 6:5; and for the metaphor, 1Co 3:6). The word is used literally in the LXX and Inscr. (Deissmann, Bible St. s.v.); as a simile, Psa 143:12 : here, first as a metaphor; so in Tertullian, Prscr. 41, adv. Marc. i. 20.
] 6:4, 2Ti 3:4 only in N.T., from , smoke, with his head dazed and turned in superbiam elatus, Vulg.; entt. It combines the ideas of conceit and folly; he may behave arrogantly to others and teach foolishly. Wetstein aptly quotes the warning of Tiberius, ne quis mobiles adolescentium animos prmaturis honoribus ad superbiam extolleret, Tac. Ann. iv. 17. For the harm wrought by , cf. an interesting passage in Philo, de Decal. Son_1 and 2, , , .
] The parallelism of 7 and 2Ti 2:26 makes it certain that this is the devil, not (as Weiss) some human accuser. But the analogy of 5:14, Tit 2:8 suggest that the devil is thought of as working through some human agent; cf. Ecclus. 51:2 , Pro 6:24, and perhaps Eph 4:27.
.] not (as Chrys. Pelag. Thdt. Calvin, Bengel) the judgment passed on the devil, which is not parallel to 7, and would naturally be , but some judgment which the devil, the slanderer, the setter at variance, the accuser of the brethren (Rev 12:10, cf. Jud 1:9, Jud 1:2 P 2:11 ), passes upon him. Such a novice is arrogant or foolish in teaching. The devil reproaches (7). This is your humble Christian! this your learned teacher! The devil lays snares (7) to draw him on and to discredit the whole community. The man makes shipwreck of his faith by some moral (1:19) or intellectual (6:21) failure; he is handed over to Satan (1:20); and he passes judgment, perhaps some bodily infliction, upon him; cf. Job_1 and 2 and Test. XII. Patr., Reuben 6, .
7. ] For St. Pauls care for the opinion outside the Church, cf. 1Th 4:12, 1Co 10:32, Col 4:5.
] cf. 6 note.
8-10. Deacons] For the earlier use of the word, cf. Hort, The Christian Ecclesia, pp. 198-211; a recognized title for an office already existing. No definition of duties is given. The name implies service-assistant ministration-perhaps in the Church services, certainly in administering charity and attending to the needs of the poorer members; and it is implied that they would naturally pass to higher office in the Church. The qualifications are partly central Christian virtues (), partly those needed for their office as they moved from house to house ( . . .), handling Church money ( ), speaking of their faith to others ( …)
For similar qualifications, cf. Polyc. ad Phil. 5, perhaps based on this passage.
8. ] tale-bearers, Lightfoot on Polyc. (u.s.), but probably double-tongued, ad alios alia loquentes (Bengel); cf. (Const. Apost. iii. 5), (Pro 11:13, Ecclus 5:10 ), (Test. XII. Patr., Asher, c. 2); the parson of our parish, Mr. Two-Tongues (Pilgrims Progress), (Jam 1:8). The word here only in N.T., and not elsewhere in this sense. For the thought, cf. Test. XII. Patr., Benj. c. 6, , , , , .
9. .] perhaps the secret truths of the Christian faith; cf. 16, lay,ng stress on doctrinal correctness, but more probably, as there is no duty of teaching implied, holding their own faith, the secret of their allegiance to Christ, secure under the protection of a good conscience, a true inward religion and a true inward morality (Hort., u.s.). The stress is on . , the casket in which the jewel is to be kept; cf. 1:9 note.
10. .] Probably not by any definite examination or by a time of probation (Ramsay), but only in the same way as the ( ), by the opinion of the Church judging his fitness by the standard just laid down.
11. . From the context and from the parallelism between the qualities required for them and for the deacons = : = : = . : = . . . ), these must be deaconesses (not wives of deacons), women who help; cf. Rom 16:1; Pliny, Ep. x. 96 (written a.d. 112), ancillis qu ministr dicebantur. Their duties in later times are defined as instructing and attending at the baptism of female catechumens, of looking after them at the services and taking messages from the bishops to them; cf. Dict. Christ. Antiq. s.v.; Nic. Canon xix., with Brights note. Apost. Const. ii. 26, iii. 15, . . . .
12. ] The writer returns to deacons from a new point of view, as men who may become : so in addition to what they needed as deacons they must have the two external relations-to wife and children-which were required in the .
13. (here only in N.T.), lit. a step (so in LXX, 1 S 5:5, Ecclus 6:36, 2 K 20:9); then a standing, position. This may be thought of as-
(a) Moral: a vantage ground for influence, analogous to : cf. Clem. Rom. 1:54, : Herm. M. iv. 4, : Poimandres, p. 343, , , : Inscr. at Mitylene, I.G. ii. 243, (MM. s.v.). Parry quotes Clem. Alex. Str. ii. 9. 45, .
(b) Ecclesiastical: a higher grade, an honourable rank; cf. Ap. K. O. 22, . Apost. Const. viii. 22, . This is common in later eccles. writers; cf. the prayer for the deacons, , Lit. of S. James, Brightman, E. and W. L., p. 55, and is probable here from the use of the aorist , and from the analogy of to 1, and of to . But such eccles. promotion will include all that was implied in (a). It is used of promotion in the army; cf. Harrison, p. 165, who quotes from Hadriani Sententi, , .
] Certainly man-ward, cf. Phm 1:8; perhaps also God-ward, cf. Eph 3:12.
With the whole verse contrast Herm. S. ix. 25, where dishonest deacons are compared to reptiles and wild beasts that destroy men, , perhaps a conscious parody of this verse.
14-16. The Secret of True Christian Character
Paraphrase. I hope to come to you soon and strengthen your hands by my presence; but in case I should be delayed, I write at once that you may know what is the true Christian life, the true relation of one with another in Gods own family, for it is a Church belonging to God Himself, the living source of all life; and its task is to hold up the truth for the whole world to see and to give it a firm support in the lives of its members. And confessedly the secret of a true religious life is very important; for it centres in a personal relation to a Living Person: to one of whom we sing in our hymns that He was-
In flesh unveiled to mortals sight,
Kept righteous by the Spirits might,
While angels watched him from the sky:
His heralds sped from shore to shore,
And men believed, the wide world oer,
When he in glory passed on high.
This section primarily gives the reason for the regulations in the preceding chapters, especially Son_2 and 3; but it also leads on to the warning against false teaching and the advice about Timothys teaching which follows. It thus becomes the very heart of the Epistle; it should be compared with similar doctrinal conclusions in 1:5, 2:3-5, 6:13-16, Tit 2:12-14, Tit 3:5-7. But this goes deeper than all in its picture of the Incarnate and Glorified Christ as the centre of the true life of the whole world, cf. 2Ti 2:8. It is the poetic expression of Gal 2:20 .
14. ] i.e. mainly Son_2 and 3 (with their constant stress on true character, on the knowledge of truth (2:4, 7, 3:9, 13), and on Gods family); but it may include the whole letter.
] Not although I hope, but hoping. I write and hope to come and strengthen your hands by my personal authority ( ); cf 1Co 4:17-19, Php 2:19-24.
] The variant will mean much the same, as its comparative sense was dying out; cf. Joh 13:27, Heb 13:23; cf. , II 1:18; , v.l., II 1:17.
15. ] Picking up 3:2, 7.
] Picking up 3:4, 5, 12, and therefore not Gods house, but Gods family; cf. Tit 1:11, 2Ti 1:16, and Eph 2:19 : Gal 6:10 . The reference to 3:5 makes it almost certain that the allusion is not to the universal family, to the Church as a whole, but to the special community at Ephesus.
(conversari, Vulg.) includes the life and character of each individual (cf. Eph 2:3, Heb 13:18, and , Gal 1:13, Jam 3:13, and instances from papyri in M.M. s.v.); but also the intercourse of each member with other members, of men with women (c. 2), of parents with children, of ministers with those to whom they minister (c. 3); cf. Hort on 1 P 1:7. He wishes Timothy to have before him an outline of the relation which must exist between the various parts of a congregation or household of God (Ramsay).
The subject of . might be (which is found in a few MSS and Fathers), how you ought to behave, as the in the household, but the general character of cc. 2-3 makes it almost certain that it should be wider, how men ought to behave, that you may know the right relation of class to class. 4:12 shows that it will include Timothy himself as well as those to whom he is to be a model.
] Possibly (as in Eph.) the Universal Church throughout the world; but 35 decides that the primary allusion is to the Church at Ephesus as a separate congregation, though thought of as part of the larger whole; cf. Bengel, Ecclesiam innuit universalem, non universe, sed quatenus pars ejus turn erat Ephesi, commissa Timotheo, and Hort, The Christian Ecclesia, pp. 172-75. This increases the dignity attached to each Christian Church and therefore a fortiori to the whole Ecclesia which incorporates them.
] Perhaps with semi-conscious contrast to heathen gods, cf. 1Th 1:9, 2Co 6:16; but emphasizing the thought that a God of life can give life and make such intercourse possible, cf. 4:10, 6:13, and perhaps the thought that He is alive to punish those who fail to live the true life, cf. Heb 10:31: so a contrast with the true God made practically a dead Deity by a lifeless and rigid form of religion (Hort, u.s.).
] The origin of the metaphor is not quite clear: if is used of the Universal Church, it would be drawn from some one pillar standing alone and holding up to view a statue (such as was afterwards Pompeys pillar at Alexandria). If, however, it is applied to a local church or an individual (v. next note), the thought will be of one of a row of pillars which support and give strength to the whole fabric, like one of the many pillars in the temple of Artemis at Ephesus: there will be no sharp distinction between it and . This is the more probable, the combination of the two words being common. According to Lightfoot (Hor Hebr., The Temple, c. 22), it was applied to the great Sanhedrin by the Jews; by R. Levi, to the reference to the Exodus in the Paschal precepts, quia fundamentum id magnum sit et columna valida legis ac religionis Judaic (Bengel).
(firmamentum, Vulg.), that which makes steady, stay, buttress, rather than base; cf. Col 1:23 : 1Co 15:58 .
] Four views have been held of the construction-(i) In apposition with .
(ii) In apposition with the nominative of .
(iii) In loose ungrammatical apposition with (Holtzmann)
(iv) To be joined with . as nominative to .
Of these (iii) and (iv) may be put aside. (iii) is unnecessarily artificial, and gives an inadequate description of the living God. (iv) though defended by Bengel, leads to an anticlimax, . . , and is tautological, the secret of godliness is not the support of the truth, but the truth itself. In favour of (ii) it is to be said that is used generally of individuals in the N.T. (Gal 2:9, Rev 3:12): that the combination of the same or similar words is also so used (cf. Eus. H.E. v. 1 of Attalus, . ; Justin M. Tryph. 5, , : Greg. Naz. Ep. 29, of Eusebius, . . , ), and it suits the context- I want you to know, because you are in position to uphold and support the truth, cf. 1:18, 6:20. Yet the stress of the preceding chapters has been more on what the Church than on what Timothy is to be, and this is decisive for (i). Each local Church has it in its power to support and strengthen the truth by its witness to the faith and by the lives of its members. A very full note on the usage of the words will be found in Suicer, Thesaurus, s.v. .
16. Cf. Eph 5:32 .
] By common agreement (manifeste, Vulg.) i.e. of Christians, perhaps also including the impression made on the pagan world around; or perhaps by common profession (omnium confessione, Ambros.), hinting that the following words come from some Church hymn, and so equivalent to found in D* S (pal).
] The revealed secret of true religion, the mystery of Christianity, the Person of Christ: cf. Col 1:27 , . The phrase is perhaps a deliberate contrast to , 2Th 2:7, and cf. inf. 4:1, 2; also with implied contrast both to Judaism, cf. 1:8-11 and Ep. Diogn. c. 5, (of the Christians as opposed to the Jews); and to the secrets of the heathen mysteries, cf. , Col 1:27, Col 1:2:18, Col 1:19.
may perhaps include the thought of doctrine as well as of life, Christianity, as it in later ecclesiastical Greek became the equivalent to orthodoxy: but the context here and the use of it as applied to the life of all Christians (2:2) and of Timothy himself (4:7, 8), shows that the main stress is here on moral life; cf. 2Ti 3:12 .
] Source.-These words may be (i) the writers own, or (ii) a quotation. The latter is more likely because of its introduction with (contrast Eph 5:32), of the rhythmical form, of the use of words not found elsewhere in this writer (, , ), of the fact that it goes beyond the statements required by the context, and of the writers fondness for quotation. If this is so, it will be from some well-known Christian hymn (cf. Eph 5:19), possibly from the same hymn as that quoted in Eph 5:14, in which case will supply the antecedent to . It implies a wide preaching of Christianity, but such as might fall within St. Pauls lifetime; cf. Col 1:6 . There are reminiscences of it in Ep. Diogn. 11, , . . . : Ep. Barn. 6, 9, 11; 14, . Resch (Paulinismus, p. 397) thinks that it may have influenced the author of Mar 16:9-19.
Structure. The arrangement is uncertain: it may be six parallel lines in groups of two, but this gives no clear correspondence of thought in the group: more probably it represents two stanzas of three lines, which balance each other, contrasting the Incarnate Lord with the Ascended Lord.
(i) The Life of the Incarnate-
(a) as seen on earth, .
(b) as watched from heaven, .
(ii) The Life of the Ascended Lord-
(a) as preached on earth, .
(b) as lived in heaven, .
The main thought, then, is that one who has really lived a perfect human life on earth has a message for the whole world, and lives to give his righteouness to all; cf. 1:11 : 2:4-7 . . . .
.] What is the antecedent? (a) , either implied in . (cf. Col 1:27, Col 2:2), or expressed in some previous verse of the hymn; cf. Eph 5:14. It can scarcely be , to which would not be suitable, but might be ; cf. Ep. Barn. c. 5, which seems reminiscent of the passage, . (b) to be supplied before line 4. He who so lived on earth has now been preached throughout the world (von Soden); but this lays almost too much stress on the last stanza, and is less suited to poetic style.
] Of the human life, as an unveiling of a previous existence, and perhaps including the manifestation after the Resurrection; but the stress on is on its weakness, in the weak flesh that we share; cf. Rom 8:3, Gal 2:20. Neither word is used of Christ in the Pastorals: the first is Johannine, the second, both Johannine and Pauline.
] Either was made righteous in the spiritual sphere, was kept sinless through the action of the Spirit upon His Spirit. : Chrys. justificatum et immaculatum factum virtute sancti spiritus; Theod.-Mops.; cf. Herm. S. v. 7, . . . : or was justified in His claims to be the Christ in virtue of the Spirit which dwelt in Him, enabling Him to cast out devils (cf. Mat 12:28), to conquer all evil, and to rise from the grave; cf. Rom 1:3, Rom 1:4 , : cf. Mat 11:19, Luk 7:35, Joh 16:10.
] Not (as Hofmann, Wohlenberg, etc.) was seen by messengers, i.e. by those who told the message of His Resurrection, though this would lead on naturally to , and would sum up the repeated of 1Co 15:5-8: the reference to the Resurrection, though included in , is scarcely explicit enough for this: but was seen by angels, who watched the earthly life, cf. Luk 2:13, Mar 1:3, Joh 1:51, Luk 24:23, and still watch His working from Heaven, Eph 3:10, Eph 3:1 P 1:12. Dibelius quotes the Ascension of Isaiah, c. 11, all the angels of the firmament and Satan saw Him and adored Him.
] Cf. 2:7 . . . .
] The response to , universally, and perhaps with emphasis on the character of the , in a world full of sinners (cf. 1:15) which needed reconciliation (2Co 5:19).
(Act 1:2, Act 1:11, Act 1:22, Ps -Sol 4:20 with Ryle and James note: Apoc. Baruch, ed. Charles, p. 73) in an atmosphere of glory in which He remains, and communicates His glory to men; cf. 1:11 note.
For a somewhat similar reminiscence of a hymn about Christs Life, cf. 1 P 3:18-22.
M.M. The Vocabulary of the Greek Testament, by J. H. Moulton and G. Milligan, 1914-
Trench, Synonyms of the New Testament, by Archbishop Trench, 8th edition, 1876.
Const. Apost. Constitutiones Apostolorum, ed. P. A. de Lagarde, 1862.
I.G. Inscriptiones Grc Berlin, 1873-
Fitness for Christian Leadership
1Ti 3:1-7
One of Timothys most urgent duties was to take care that those who held office in the churches were beyond reproach. The tone of a Christian community is largely that of its leaders. As the margin suggests, the bishop of the early Church was an overseer or presbyter. See Act 20:28, r.v. Gods minister must not only be irreproachable as far as the outside world is concerned, but exemplary in his domestic relations. Such was the facility of divorce among the Jews that it was a common thing for a man to have more than one woman living who had been his wife: but by Pauls ruling this would debar him from holding office, unless his divorce be for cause as provided in Mat 19:9.
Notice how often those words grave, sober-minded, temperate occur in this chapter. The effect of a good sermon will be spoiled if a man yields to foolish levity or intemperate habits. Moderation, serenity of temper, freedom from love of money, a well-ordered household, an obedient and reverent family-these are signs that a man may aspire to the sacred work of the ministry; and these are the qualities which people should look for in candidates for pulpits, more than those of rhetoric, brilliance, or outward attractiveness.
Chapter 7 Qualifications for Office in the Church
1Ti 3:1-13
We need to recognize the fact that Scripture distinguishes between gift and office. Our risen, glorified Lord, we are told, has given gifts unto men. He gave some, apostles; and some, prophets; and some, evangelists; and some, pastors and teachers (Eph 4:11). These are divinely-given gifts for the edification of the church. It is God Himself who qualifies men for any of these particular lines of service. A man is not an evangelist because he goes to some school and develops a set technique and methods of preaching. A man is not necessarily a teacher of the Word because he takes some course of Bible instruction and then endeavors to pass on to others that which he has learned. But the risen Christ, by the Holy Spirit, qualifies men to do the work which He has for them. Never in Scripture do we have the least intimation that a man has to be humanly ordained in order that he may preach the gospel or teach the Word. We do not get anything like that in the Bible. It is the Lord Himself who gives the gifts. When He imparts the gift of preaching or teaching to any man, then the recipient is responsible to use his gift to the glory of the Lord Jesus Christ. Some of the most widely used ministers of the gospel that have ever lived were never ordained by man. Charles H. Spurgeon, pastor for many years of the great Metropolitan Tabernacle in London, England, and one of the most outstanding Baptist preachers of his day, absolutely refused to be ordained by man. He utterly repudiated anything of the kind, saying the Lord Himself had ordained him and that was sufficient. D. L. Moody was never ordained by man, yet was a mighty evangelist who won thousands to Christ.
In Timothys own case there was undoubtedly some formal service participated in by Paul and the elders of Derbe and Lystra before he went forth with the Apostle in itinerant missionary work. This is generally spoken of as his ordination, and perhaps it is correct to so speak, but actually it was more in the nature of a commendation and expression of fellowship. In response to the prayers and the laying on of hands of Paul and the elders on that occasion, God gave to Timothy a special gift to qualify him for the ministry he was to perform.
In the present section of our epistle, 3:1-13, Paul gives by inspiration the qualifications for official position in the local church. The officers may or may not be men of special gift. They must be men of sincere piety and exemplary lives. Verses 1-7 have to do with the selection of bishops, or overseers, and verses 8-13 with that of deacons, or servants.
Scripture recognizes these two offices in the church. Bishops and elders are one and the same, as a careful examination of certain passages will show.
This is a true saying, If a man desire the office of a bishop, he desireth a good work. We see both offices in the book of Acts and also in the Epistles, and these elders and deacons are definitely appointed by the church. In the case of elders they were ordained by the apostles or by apostolic authority. The word ordained does not necessarily mean all that we sometimes put into it. We read, Ye know the house of Stephanas, that it is the firstfruits of Achaia, and that they have addicted themselves to the ministry of the saints (1Co 16:15). The word rendered addicted is the same as that rendered ordained elsewhere.
First then notice what is said of those who are called bishops.
This is a true saying, if a man desire the office of a bishop, he desireth a good work. A bishop then must be blameless, the husband of one wife, vigilant, sober, of good behaviour, given to hospitality, apt to teach; not given to wine, no striker, not greedy of filthy lucre; but patient, not a brawler, not covetous; one that ruleth well his own house, having his children in subjection with all gravity; (for if a man know not how to rule his own house, how shall he take care of the church of God?) Not a novice, lest being lifted up with pride he fall into the condemnation of the devil. Moreover he must have a good report of them which are without; lest he fall into reproach and the snare of the devil, (vv. 1-7)
This is a true saying, if a man desire the office of a bishop, he desireth a good work. The word translated bishop means overseer. If we turn to the epistle to Titus, we see that an elder and bishop are one and the same, For this cause left I thee in Crete, that thou shouldest set in order the things that are wanting, and ordain elders in every city, as I had appointed thee: For a bishop must be blameless, as the steward of God; not selfwilled, not soon angry, not given to wine, no striker, not given to filthy lucre (1:5, 7). You see the Apostle is saying to Titus, Now Titus, in order to complete the organization of the churches in Crete, you go from church to church and select out of the fellowship of your brethren suitable men to be ordained as elders in each of these churches. Then he gives the qualifications of a bishop. In verse 5 the word elders is used, and in verse 7 they are called bishops. Elders implies they are to be men of mature years. But the other term bishops means that they are to be competent to bear rule in the church of God.
You will never find anything like the modern bishop in the Bible. A bishop today, both in the Roman Catholic Church and in other churches which came out of Rome, is one of superior rank set in authority over other ministers. But there is no such idea as that in Scripture. In Acts 20 we find a number of bishops in one church, instead of one bishop set over many churches. In verse 17 the Apostle is addressing the elders of the church, and in verse 28 he says to them, Take heed therefore unto yourselves, and to all the flock, over the which the Holy Ghost hath made you overseers, to feed the church of God, which he hath purchased with his own blood. The word overseers is a translation of the same word rendered bishops, so he says to these elders that they are to take care of the flock of God over which the Holy Spirit has made them bishops.
A great many things have come into the professing church for which there is no warrant in Scripture but which people take for granted. In certain organizations you have first a lower order of clergy called deacons, then a higher order called elders, and the highest of all called bishops. Some recognize even a higher order than these called archbishops, and then a few are selected from the archbishops, given red hats, and called cardinals. All that came in as a result of the churchs departure from its early simplicity and of its imitation of the ways of the pagan systems.
What we need to keep in mind is that elders and bishops are one and the same. In the local church these are responsible for the spiritual affairs of the church, and we learn here the type of men that should be selected for this office.
Go back to verse 2: A bishop then must be blameless, the husband of one wife. Do not misunderstand. The Apostle does not mean that a bishop must be sinless. If so, we could not have any bishops. Charles Spurgeon said a certain man whom he knew at one time was very pious. Mr. Spurgeon said he thought the man was practically sinless, until one day he said he was. Then Mr. Spurgeon knew he was not. A bishop must be a man of pure motives who desires to glorify our blessed Lord. He must be blameless as to motives. Then he is to be the husband of one wife. It is amazing to think that in one of our great religious systems they hold that a clergyman of any character must have no wife. Scripture distinctly states that a bishop is to be the husband of one wife, vigilant, sober, of good behaviour, given to hospitality, apt to teach. Those who hold the office of bishop are to be men who are interested in showing forth to others the grace of God in their Christian testimony. And, if God gives them a special gift, they are to use that gift in teaching the Word, not depending upon stimulants for inspiration but upon the Holy Spirit of God. They are to manifest a kindly interest in their brethren and in all men: no striker, not one who readily loses his temper; not a brawler, not quarrelsome; not covetous, or a lover of money.
One that ruleth well his own house, having his children in subjection with all gravity; (for if a man know not how to rule his own house, how shall he take care of the church of God?). This is a very important qualification. We have often seen men aspiring to this office in the church whose children were a disgrace to them because of their willfulness and worldly ways. But the man who is fitted to have oversight in the church of God is one who has proven his ability to shepherd others by the way he rules his own household.
Not a novice [not a new convert], lest being lifted up with pride he fall into the condemnation of the devil. The Devil fell through pride. He was created a glorious angel, Lucifer, but his heart was lifted up with pride, and because of that he rebelled against God and fell. He who was one of the anointed cherubim of the throne of God is now that old serpent, the devil, and Satan. So the Apostle warns of the danger of selecting one who has been converted recently, and putting him in the special position of bishop, lest he be lifted up with pride.
Moreover he must have a good report of them which are without; lest he fall into reproach and the snare of the devil. Men chosen for bishops are to be of such character that even the people of the world can look up to them and see in them what Christians ought to be.
Likewise must the deacons be grave, not doubletongued, not given to much wine, not greedy of filthy lucre; holding the mystery of the faith in a pure conscience. And let these also first be proved; then let them use the office of a deacon, being found blameless. Even so must their wives be grave, not slanderers, sober, faithful in all things. Let the deacons be the husbands of one wife, ruling their children and their own houses well. For they that have used the office of a deacon well purchase to themselves a good degree, and great boldness in the faith which is in Christ Jesus, (vv. 8-13)
Here we have the qualifications of a deacon. The word deacon really means servant, or minister, and a deacon is to take care of the temporal affairs of the church of God. All who are deacons do not bear the title. For instance, a treasurer is a deacon, ushers are deacons, the men who look after the building, the trustees, are all deacons according to the Word of God. In Acts 6 we read of the first deacons. Seven men of honest report were chosen to take care of the distribution of the funds and the ministering to the poor and needy saints of Jerusalem. The word rendered ministration in Act 6:1 is diakonia. Those who attended to this work were deacons, therefore.
In Romans 16 we find the feminine word for deacon. The Apostle sent his letter to the Romans by the hand of a lady who was traveling to Rome, and he calls her Phebe our sister, which is a servant of the church which is at Cenchrea (Rom 16:1), literally, a deaconess of the church at Cenchrea. She served the church. So a woman who serves the church is called, in Scripture, a deaconess.
Deacons must be grave, not given to frivolity, but realizing the seriousness of the work they are to undertake. Not doubletongued-one who will say one thing to one person and the opposite to someone else is double tongued. A deacon must be a man whose words can be depended upon. Not given to much wine, not exhilarated by stimulants. Not greedy of filthy lucre, not men who are seeking to enrich themselves.
Holding the mystery of the faith in a pure conscience. And let these also first be proved; then let them use the office of a deacon, being found blameless. That is, they must be converted men, who, having received Christ, are faithful to the truth of God and obey His Word, ever seeking to maintain a pure conscience.
Next the Apostle mentions the wives of the deacons. Inasmuch as the deacons have to do with the temporal affairs of the church, their wives are likely to cause endless trouble unless they are wise, godly women. If the wife is a busybody she can destroy very easily her husbands influence for good. So the Apostle says, Even so must their wives be grave, not slanderers, sober, faithful in all things. The word for slanderers is the plural for devil-that is, she-devil. The Devil is the great slanderer. And the deacons wife must be one who is not characterized by anything like that. Sober, faithful in all things. A wife like this is a great asset to any man.
Reverting to the deacons, Paul says, Let the deacons be the husbands of one wife, ruling their children and their own houses well. You get the same qualifications for those in charge of the temporal affairs of the church as for those who oversee its spiritual affairs. They must be men who maintain good order in their own houses.
Then in verse 13 he has a very nice thing to say for the encouragement of the deacons, They that have used the office of a deacon well purchase to themselves a good degree, and great boldness in the faith which is in Christ Jesus. In other words, they who have delighted to serve the people of God, they who have had a real heart interest in the work of the church to the glory of God, they that have used their office unselfishly and faithfully purchase to themselves a good degree, and great boldness in the faith which is in Christ Jesus.
We have that illustrated in a very remarkable way in the early chapters of the book of Acts. Among the seven deacons appointed on the occasion to which we have referred already were Stephen and Philip. Not long after Stephens appointment as deacon we find him being led out by the Spirit of God to preach the Word and going from synagogue to synagogue in Jerusalem, proclaiming the truth that Jesus was the Christ. He had used well his office as a deacon. He had purchased to himself a good degree, and he was honored by becoming the first martyr who laid down his life for Christs sake. Philip also used well his office of a deacon. Later on we learn that he went down to Samaria and there preached the Word, and many of the Samaritans believed and were baptized. He became known as an evangelist. It was he who was used to bring the gospel to the Ethiopian treasurer of Queen Candace. And in later years we find Philip in Cesarea maintaining a testimony for God.
We may not all hold official position, but we are all to serve according to the gift given by the grace of God, and we are responsible to be faithful in whatsoever place the Lord has set us. But those chosen or recognized by their brethren as fit to be trusted with special responsibilities in the church need special grace for the work they have to do.
Chapter 6 The Consistent Christian Woman up Chapter 8 The Mystery of Godliness
1Ti 3:9
I. Look at the remarkable combination of revelation and truth, and conscience which the text exhibits. The Apostle knew nothing or cared nothing for those controversies between revelation and conscience, or faith and conscience, or authority and conscience which now agitate men’s minds. As these several things presented themselves to his mind there were no rival claims to be adjusted between them. Is Christian doctrine to be accepted because it is a Divine revelation of the evidence of which faith is to judge? or is it to be accepted because, and only as far as it commends itself to the human conscience? Modern writers have a great deal to say on this question. St. Paul had simply nothing-nothing, at least, that he thought it necessary to say. Faith, and a pure conscience with him went hand in hand. Both were necessary, and there was no need to decide the limits of their respective domains. He had united them together in his direct charge to Timothy himself. He now unites them again in stating his qualifications for the first step in the ministry. A good conscience is the natural element in which a sound faith exists. Therefore, the man who deliberately thrusts away from him the former, renders himself incapable of holding the latter, or at least places himself in great danger of making shipwreck of it. A true faith cannot live in an impure heart, though it may be there dormant and inactive. Indulgence in sin, which obscures the lesser light of man’s moral nature, must at length hide out the view of God Himself, though we have the promise of our Lord that the pure in heart shall eventually see God, and from which we may infer that it is darkness and sin alone that can entirely obscure Him. Yet we cannot doubt the fact that purity of outward life may co-exist with unbelief. It does not, however, by any means necessarily follow that purity of outward life involves that purity of heart to which our Lord’s promise is attached. With regard to it, the teaching of the New Testament is no way doubtful. The power within man which triumphs over the strength of his natural corruption is the power of faith, faith in Christ as an ever-living Redeemer, and that faith is an instrument in the hands of the Holy Spirit, by which He works upon the hearts of men. It is thus alone, according to the teaching of the New Testament, that true purity of heart can be attained so far as man in his present state is capable of attaining it.
II. The idea which any man forms of the evil of sin, must depend upon the purity of his conscience; and it therefore follows that purity of conscience is an important element in determining our belief upon such doctrines as the Incarnation and the Atonement, or to use the words of the text, that those parts of the mystery of faith must be held in a pure conscience. And the same may be said of any conception of God which includes the idea of holiness as a part of His character. It is true that all our ideas of holiness are relative and imperfect, as are the teachings of conscience itself; but what idea of beauty, and excellence, and holiness, can be formed by one whose own heart and conscience are defiled, or how can such an one form any conception of the holiness of Him who is of purer eyes than to behold iniquity. The mystery of that faith whose seat is in the heart and conscience cannot abide in an impure dwelling-place. From the polluted sanctuary are heard the ominous words-the cry of a lost faith: “Let us depart hence.”
J. H. Jellett, Oxford and Cambridge Journal, June 7th, 1877.
Reference: 1Ti 3:9.-Homilist, 3rd series, vol. vi., p. 6.1.
1Ti 3:13
The Good Degree.
I. In what consists the good degree? It consists in a higher state of spiritual life-a stronger faith, a higher hope, a more entrancing and captivating love; in short, a larger possession of God, as if the Deity within flung His own grace and glory over the soul in which He dwells. That such a state is both possible and blessed, a state to be desired above all other things, will be readily admitted. For that person must be unfortunate, who has not in the circle of his acquaintance some such saint, whose whole soul is aflame with God, and who walks around the familiar objects of daily life, consecrating with his own beauty every act and deed, and reflecting in a face like the face of an angel, the shining of the light that fills the soul within.
II. But a good degree includes a further idea, and that is a higher state in glory, a place nearer God in the world to come, a more perfect knowledge of Him, and a more entrancing enjoyment of Him for ever and ever. This, we must bear in mind, springs from the other, and is but its completion. Grace is but the preparation for glory, the blossom of which glory is the ripened fruit. The hope of such a reward is a grand and elevating sentiment, far above those gross elements, which have led some to regard the hope of reward as an unworthy motive for a Christian. We need not attempt to be superior to our Master, who for the joy that was set before Him, endured the cross. The bestowment of any reward at all is wonderful when the work is all of grace. But our gracious Master knows that we have need of the stimulus of it, and He has made it worthy of Himself,
E. Garbett, Experiences of the Inner Life, p. 95.
References: 1Ti 3:13.-Church of England Pulpit, vol. xvii., p. 73; vol. xxi., p. 285.
1Ti 3:15
I. I cannot think of the Christian Church as if it were a selection out of humanity. In its idea it is humanity. The hard, iron-faced man whom I meet upon the street, the degraded, sad-faced man who goes to prison, the weak, silly-faced man who haunts society, the discouraged sad-faced man who drags the chain of drudgery-they are all members of the Church, members of Christ, children of God, heirs of the kingdom of heaven. Their birth made them so. Their baptism declared the truth which their birth made true. It is impossible to estimate their lives aright, unless we give this truth concerning them the first importance. Think, too, what would be the meaning of the other sacrament, if this thought of the Church of the living God were real and universal. The Lord’s Supper, the right and need of every man to feed on God, the bread of Divine sustenance, the wine of Divine inspiration offered to every man, and turned by every man into whatever form of spiritual force the duty and the nature of each man requires, how grand and glorious its mission might become! No longer the mystic source of unintelligible influence; no longer certainly the test of arbitrary orthodoxy; no longer the initiation rite of a selected brotherhood, but the great sacrament of man! The seeker after truth, with all the world of truth freely open before him, would come to the Lord’s table, to refresh the freedom of his soul, to liberate his soul from slavery and prejudice. The soldier going forth to battle, the student leaving college, the merchant getting ready for a sharp financial crisis, all men full of passion for their work, would come then to the Lord’s Supper to fill their passion with the Divine fire of consecration. They would meet and keep their unity in beautiful diversity-this Christian Church around the Christian feast. There is no other rallying place for all the good activity and worthy hopes of man. It is in the power of the great Christian sacrament, the great human sacrament, to become that rallying place.
II. And then the ministry, the ministers, what a life theirs must be, whenever the Church thus comes to realise itself! We talk today, as if the ministers of the Church were consecrated for the people. The old sacerdotal idea of substitution has not died away. What is the release from such a false idea? Not to teach that the ministers are not consecrated, but to teach that all the people are; not to deny the priesthood of the clergy, but to assert the priesthood of all men. When that great chain is made, and justified in life, then, and not till then, lordship over God’s heritage shall disappear, and the true greatness of the minister, as the fellow-worker with, and servant of, the humblest and most struggling child of God, shall shine out on the world.
III. Yet once more, here must be seen the true place and dignity of truth and doctrine. It is not knowledge anywhere that is the end and purpose of man’s labour or of God’s government. It is life. It is the full activity of powers. Knowledge is a means to that. Why is it that the Church has magnified doctrine overmuch and throned it where it does not belong. It is because the Church has not cared enough for life. She has not over-valued doctrine; she has under-valued life. When the Church learns that she is, in her idea, simply identical with all nobly active humanity, when she thinks of herself as the true inspirer and purifier of all the life of man, then she will-what? not cast her doctrines away, as many of her impetuous advisers would have her do. She will see their value as she has never seen it yet; but she will hold them always as the means of life, and she will insist that out of their depths they shall send forth manifest strength for life, which shall justify her holding them.
Phillips Brooks, Twenty Sermons, p. 42.
References: 1Ti 3:15.-Spurgeon, Sermons, vol. vi., No. 393; vol. xxiv., No. 1436; J. Irons, Thursday Penny Pulpit, vol. viii., p. 359; Plain Sermons, vol. ii., p. 177. 1Ti 3:15, 1Ti 3:16.-Expositor, 1st series, vol. iii., p. 74; Preacher’s Monthly, vol. viii., p. 207.
1Ti 3:16
I. Note the facts recorded. These you will perceive to be points in the life of our Lord, commencing with His incarnation, and, reaching through the intermediate period, to the time of His final exaltation. Take away the Divinity of Christ, and His example, and His teaching, and His promises lose their power, and the whole body of faith becomes cold and formal as a carcase from which the living spirit has fled.
II. The greatness of the mystery involved in these facts. Wonderful beyond the thoughts of man are the manner and the completeness and the glory of redeeming love.
III. The practical lessons to be derived from these thoughts. (1) Foremost of all is the duty of believing and accepting this wondrous redemption, as alike due to God and necessary for ourselves. To know the will of a Saviour, and the sufficiency of His redeeming merits, and the glory of the inheritance which He has prepared for His people, will but aggravate despair if we are cut off from personal participation in them. (2) Again, we ought to give to these blessed hopes of salvation an importance predominant above all things else in the world. They ought to occupy the same place in our own estimate of life as they occupy in the dealings of God towards mankind. There we see that they are the first and the last, the Alpha and Omega of all. (3) See how vast is the debt of gratitude we owe to Him, who bought us with His blood. All we have, and all we are-our zeal; our worship; our praise; our faith, though it never fainted; our hope, though it never grew weak; our love, though it never was chilled, would be but a poor instalment of its payment. It will be the glory and bliss of heaven to go on for ever fathoming its length, and breadth, and depth, and height, and yet for ever to find it towering upward above our utmost thought, in the infiniteness of that love which passeth knowledge.
E. Garbett, The Soul’s Life, p. 76.
Joy to All People-a Christmas Homily.
Every revelation is either an enigma or the solution of an enigma,-a riddle or the reading of a riddle, according as we approach it. In the one case, it is a “mystery,” in the human sense; in the other case, it is a “mystery,” in the Divine sense; in the sense which mystery uniformly bears in Scripture-not an unfathomable, inscrutable dogma, to which the mind must bow in its formal utterance, without endeavouring, without expecting to comprehend it, but a secret which God has told for the edification, for the comfort, of an inquiring, a perplexed, a struggling soul.
I. Which of us has not oftentimes felt the pressure upon him of the want of God. In seasons of adversity, of disappointment, of sickness, of sorrow, of anxiety, of loneliness, of the conviction of sin, who would not give anything for the personal assurance that he has God Himself with him. Nothing less than Incarnation-which is the incorporation of God with the creature-could have enabled God to feel with us in our trials. He rested not in words of pity, nor in acts of help, but came Himself to be one of us: surely this was a wonderful addition to what could otherwise have been; surely it is enough to make the Incarnation the most blessed of His gifts, and this festival of Christmas the brightest and happiest of our year.
II. The Incarnation is the key to Gospel doctrine, in both parts. It brings together the dignity of the body and the supremacy of the spirit. It says to us, God Himself, when He would deal most intimately with His creatures, began by taking to Himself a body. In that body He tabernacled through a lifetime, submitted even to grow in stature and wisdom, to eat and to drink, to sleep and to awaken, to speak, and pray, and work, to die, and to rise, to ascend into glory. Thus He taught us by His own example, how this framework of the body may be consecrated to His use, how even the spirit needs it for action, how the work even of eternity will want a body, glorified, but not destroyed, to do it as it must be done. The Incarnation, mysterious in one sense, is the key to all mysteries in another. God gives it, if not as an explanation, yet as a reconciliation; showing us, in Christ, how the body is honoured, and what is its place in the economy of the fulness of time. For action alike, and for communion, an incorporeal being is but half a man. Let us rest in nothing short of the full Christian doctrine. Tidings of great joy, the angel called it who came with it from God’s presence. Joy to all people he further called it, as though to remind us that the Emmanuel’ of our being, the God with us, was equally necessary to high and low, to rich and poor, to youth and age, to health and sickness, to life and death. The Desire of all nations is come to His temple, and that temple is the heart of mankind.
C. J. Vaughan, Words of Hope, p. 1.
The Mystery of Godliness.
I. The mystery of godliness may properly be taken as the description of God’s dealings with mankind. How impossible it is for us to comprehend, even in a moderate extent, the dark, mysterious riddles which we meet with in the history of the world; the mere existence of evil there; the existence of a power competing with that of God Himself, and a power so strong as sometimes to appear capable of baffling the Holy Spirit of God; the existence of one whose position is such that he could venture to say to the Lord: “The kingdoms of the earth are committed to me, and to whomsoever I will I give them.”
II. The simplest Christian, who knows very little, it may be, of the history of the world, may find abundant evidence of the mysteriousness of God’s dealings if he looks into the mystery of himself. If he regards his life as a thing for him to speculate upon and unravel, then, forthwith, he will lose himself, and he will find endless riddles such as no human wit can solve; the guide has been a pillar of cloud after all, a cloud which may be followed as a safe guide in the wilderness, but into which, if he penetrate, he will inevitably lose his way.
III. If, then, we find that mystery essentially belongs to the revelations of God; if we find that in all there is light enough to guide, but not light enough to puff men up, as though they were able to comprehend the infinite, why should we not expect to find the same character of mystery belonging to the revelation of God to men in Jesus Christ? Here, above all, God gives light enough for guidance, but not light enough for unbounded speculation. It is good for us that the gate of godliness should be a gate of humility; it is good for us that we should admire the mercy of God, while we confess His ways to be past finding out; it is good that, as the elders cast down their crowns before the throne, so we should throw down all pride of intellect and self-conceit, and walk humbly with God.
Harvey Goodwin, Parish Sermons, vol. iii., p. 274.
Few words in the New Testament have ever been more strangely misinterpreted than these; few could be found which have been equally perverted, inasmuch as they have been used to inculcate notions the very opposite to their real meaning. They have been constantly quoted as speaking of the darkness and difficulty of some points in Christianity, whereas their real purpose is to commend the great and glorious nature of these truths which it has made known.
I. The substance of the Gospel revelation is, that God was manifest in the flesh, and justified in the Spirit; that He was seen of angels, and preached to the Gentiles; that He was believed on in the world, and received up into glory. This, then, is the mystery of godliness; this is the great truth, unknown and undiscoverable by our unaided reason, which the Gospel has now made known to us. The knowledge of God the Father is not called a mystery, because a mystery, in the language of the Apostles, means a truth revealed which we could not have found out if it had not been told us. Yet, as experience has shown that men did not, in fact, make themselves acquainted with God the Father, so it has been mercifully ordered that even what we could have discovered if we would, has yet been expressly revealed to us; and the Law and the Prophets are no less full and plain in pointing out our relations to God the Father, than the Gospel is in pointing out our relations to God the Son and God the Holy Ghost.
II. True it is, that the Bread of Life does not nourish us all, and, instead of seeing that the fault is in ourselves, and that with our sickly bodies the most wholesome food will lose its virtue, we are apt to question the power and usefulness of the food itself. True it is, that if we were but good and holy, it would be an idle question to ask about our faith, when our lives sufficiently declare it. But not more foolish is it to suppose that a man can be strong and healthy without wholesome food, than to think that we can be good and holy without a Christian’s faith. Those who have tried it know that without that faith they would be nothing at all, and that, in whatever degree they have overcome the world and themselves, it is owing to their faith in the promises of God the Father, resting on the atonement of the blood of His Son, and given and strengthened by the abiding aid and comfort of the Holy Spirit.
T. Arnold, Sermons, vol. ii., p. 70.
I. To live on the edge of mystery is the very condition of our being. If we begin to discard doctrines from the Christian scheme because they are mysteries, it is hard to say where the process will end. Discard the Trinity, there remains the Incarnation. Discard the Incarnation, there remains the Atonement. Discard the Atonement, there remains the life of Christ, the miracles of Christ. Discard St. Paul, there remains the Church-there remains, without adequate explanation, the world’s history for eighteen hundred years.
II. There is no attempt in the Bible to conceal the fact that the Revelation which it conveys is mysterious. It is not unnatural that the human mind, in its pride of conquest and of power, should chafe impatiently under limitations which make it conscious of its feebleness. But it is not for us to fix the conditions of the Divine gifts. The brightest things are ever the most dazzling. We cannot gaze full in the face of the noonday sun; and the darkness in which God hides Himself is simply, we are told, light unapproachable.
III. All minds, it must be admitted, have not passed through the same discipline, nor can build their hopes on the same foundation. To some one truth has proved more precious than another-more full of light, or strength or comfort. Saul might feel safe in the battle in his armour of proof, David, when trusting to nothing better than his shepherd’s sling and stone. But any truth that is held as truth, is a help towards attaining further truth. It is the posture of the will before the Divine message that is the condition of knowing the doctrine. The temper in which we believe is much more important than the greater or less articulation of our creed. A stout ship, ere now, has outridden the wildest gale on a single cable. It is a dragging anchor-an unstable mind-that tells of the coming wreck of faith.
Bishop Fraser, University Sermons, p. 29.
References: 1Ti 3:16.-Spurgeon, Sermons, vol. xiii., No. 786; vol. xviii., No. 1087; Ibid., Evening by Evening, p. 156; Expositor, 1st series, vol. ix., p. 382; H. P. Liddon, Christmastide Sermons, p. 107; Ibid., Church Sermons, vol. i., p. 97; C. Kingsley, National Sermons, p. 257; Homilist, 2nd series, vol. ii., p. 86; J. H. Hitchens, Christian World Pulpit, vol. xvii., p. 68; J. Kennedy, Ibid., vol. xxi., p. 57; Preacher’s Monthly, vol. vi., p. 376; Homiletic Quarterly, vol. iii., p. 275; Clergyman’s Magazine, vol. iv., p. 86. 1Ti 4:1-5.-Expositor, 1st series, vol. iii., p. 142. 1Ti 4:6-16.-Ibid., p. 224; Christian World Pulpit, vol. iii., p. 65; R. W. Dale, Ibid., vol. vi., p. 289.
III. CONCERNING THE HOUSE OF GOD
CHAPTER 3
1. The overseer (1Ti 3:1-7)
2. The deacon (1Ti 3:8-13)
3. The house of God and the mystery of Godliness (1Ti 3:14-16)
1Ti 3:1-7
As stated before, the Church is viewed in these pastoral Epistles as the house of God. The holiness which becomes this house is to be maintained and expressed in a practical way. The different directions given as to overseers and deacons demonstrate what God esteems highly, and what He expects of those who are saved by grace, and who constitute His House. Paul wrote these instructions to his son Timothy, so that he might know how to behave himself in the house of God (1Ti 3:14-15).
Bishops (overseers) are identical with elders (presbyters). For conclusive proof see Act 20:17; Act 20:28; Tit 1:5; Tit 1:7. In both passages the same persons are called both bishops and elders. It is nowhere taught in the Word of God that a bishop has a place of superior authority in the body of Christ, as head of a diocese, etc. These things as practised in the Romish, Episcopal and other ritualistic churches are according to human ordinances.
The work of the overseer is learned from Pauls statement in Act 20:28 : Take heed therefore unto yourselves, and to all the flock, over the which the Holy Spirit hath made you overseers, to feed the church of God, which He hath purchased with His own blood. The Holy Spirit called them into this work, for He is the great administrator in the church. Each local church had not one overseer or bishop, but a number of them, showing that the authority was not vested in one person only (Php 1:1). If anyone desired the office of an overseer, he desired a good work. It is a good work to exercise loving and patient care over souls which are beloved of God, and so dear to Him, who purchased them by His own blood. Such a desire would be the result of the Spirit of God, who laid the work of an overseer upon the heart. Paul then gives Timothy the qualities which a bishop or overseer must have. He must be blameless, that is as to his moral character irreproachable, with nothing whatever against him. He must be the husband of one wife. This has been explained as excluding all who had been married twice. This is incorrect. It may refer to those who were as pagans married to more than one woman, for polygamy was practiced among the heathen in that day, as it is still. Converted to Christianity these pagans were in an unhappy condition, and on account of it could not exercise oversight in a local church.
On the other hand this inspired qualification of an overseer or bishop is a complete and crushing refutation of the celibacy of the Romish priesthood. He also must be vigilant, sober, of a good behavior (modest), given to hospitality and apt to teach (2Ti 2:24). (Apt to teach has also been translated ready to learn.) Among the other qualifications we point out especially the one not greedy of filthy lucre, that is, he must not be a lover of money. This is mentioned several times in the epistles to Timothy and to Titus. And Peter in exhorting the elders also writes, Feed the flock of God, which is among you, taking the oversight thereof, not by constraint, but willingly, not for filthy lucre, but of a ready mind (1Pe 5:2). The Holy Spirit anticipated the corruption of church office and ministry through the love of money. He is also to rule well his own house and have his children in subjection, For if a man know not how to rule his own house, how shall he take care of the Church of God?
We see all these are moral qualifications. They are to be men of mature age, who had shown in the government of their own household their fitness for the more blessed work of having oversight in a local assembly. A new convert may begin to give a testimony for the gospel as soon as he has believed, but fitness for oversight, to be an elder, required time and a practical walk in the truth. Therefore Paul writes, not a novice, lest being lifted up with pride he fall into condemnation of the devil. How often this has been true, that in some assembly a young convert with natural gifts was made much of, and then became lifted up and aspired, like Diotrephes (3 John) to have the preeminence.
1Ti 3:8-13
Deacon means a servant, one who ministers. The seven chosen in Act 6:1-15 to serve tables were deacons. They were to be occupied with the external affairs of a local church, to serve the bodily need. Without entering into the different qualifications, which need hardly any further comment, we point out only one. Even so must their wives be grave, not slanderers–sober, faithful in all things. As the deacons had their work in external things, in connection with the family and family life of a local church, there was danger of their wives making mischief and becoming busybodies and tale-bearers; hence the instruction to the wives of the deacons. Nothing was said to the wives of the overseers; theirs was a different sphere.
1Ti 3:14-16
Paul expected to come shortly to be with Timothy, from which we gather that he was not then a prisoner. In the words which follow we have a threefold mention of the church on earth.
1. It is the Home of God. God dwells in it on earth. Its leading characteristic on earth must be holiness. Holiness becometh Thine house, O Lord, forever (Psa 93:5). All Paul had written, his solemn charge concerning sound doctrine, a good conscience, prayer for all men, about overseers and deacons, was to teach Timothy and to teach us also, how to behave in the house of God, as on earth. God dwells in the church on earth. And He who dwelt among Israel and said, I am holy, be ye also holy, makes the same demand of the house in which He dwells now.
2. The second name is the Church of the living God. The Holy Spirit, the Spirit of the living God, dwells in the church. She is the habitation of God by the Spirit (Eph 2:22). She is therefore set apart for Himself, not of the world, as He, who is the blessed Head of the body, is not of the world.
3. The pillar and support of the truth. While our Lord was on earth He said, I am the truth. He is so still; and His Word is the truth. The church is here to maintain this truth on earth, to contend earnestly for the faith delivered unto the saints. She is the witness for Christ on earth, Christ who is hidden now with God. Therefore the true Church is the pillar of the truth, in proclaiming it. Woe! to the men who meddle with the truth of God, and by their wicked criticism try to undermine the support of the pillar and the house of God. God shall destroy them for their evil work (1Co 3:17). When the Church leaves the earth, then the truth will be abandoned, and complete apostasy has come. As long as the true Church (though it only may be a feeble remnant) the pillar and support of the truth, is on the earth, the complete apostasy cannot come (2Th 2:1-17). From all this we learn that the presence of the living God and the maintenance of the truth are the foremost characteristics of the house of God.
1Ti 3:16 brings before us the mystery of godliness (piety). It is that which the church on earth is to witness to. This mystery is the Lord Jesus Christ ( Col 2:1-23). The first fact of the mystery is, God was manifested in the flesh. (The Revised Version on account of textual criticism changed this to He who hath been manifested in the flesh. Some would therefore rule out this text as one which speaks of the deity of our Lord. But even if it were positive that the correct reading is He instead of God, it does not affect the argument. The He could not be any one else but the Son of God.) It is the incarnation. God Himself has been manifested in the form of man. The Creator God came to be the Saviour God. He appeared on earth as man. Justified in the Spirit. Upon Him, the second Man, the Spirit of God descended. He lived the holy life on earth. The power of the Holy Spirit was manifested throughout His life on earth. And having offered Himself by the eternal Spirit without spot to God, the power of the Holy Spirit marked Him out as Son of God in resurrection. Declared the Son of God with power, according to the Spirit of holiness, by the resurrection from the dead (Rom 1:4). His resurrection, by God the Father and through the operation of His Spirit (Rom 8:11) justified Him as Son of God.
Seen of angels. Not only did man see Him as John testifies, that which was from the beginning which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked upon and our hands have handled, of the Word of Life–but angels saw Him. The host of angels witnessed His entrance into the world, surrounded Him and were present with Him in His life on earth. He was seen of angels in His resurrection, and seen of angels when He ascended on high to take His place at the right hand of God, far above all principalities and powers, becoming the head over all things, the head of the Church. And to these heavenly principalities and powers there is now made known by the church the manifold wisdom of God (Eph 3:10). Preached unto the Gentiles. The good news is preached in the whole world. Jews and Gentiles hear the message, and especially is He preached to the Gentiles. Believed on in the world. As a result of the preaching, the hearing of the Word of God, He is believed on, and those who believe on Him constitute the house, the Church of the living God. Received up in glory. He ascended to the glory from which he had descended. He glorified God on earth, and now, as the Risen One, God has glorified Him in heaven. And some day all who believed on Him in the world will also be received up in glory, to be with Him where He is. And all this is the truth which is to be maintained and preached in the house of God.
is a: 1Ti 1:15, 1Ti 4:9, 2Ti 2:11, Tit 3:8
the office: 1Ti 3:2-7, Act 1:20, Phi 1:1, Tit 1:7, 1Pe 2:25
bishop: Act 20:28, Heb 12:15, 1Pe 4:15, 1Pe 5:2,*Gr.
desireth: Pro 11:30, Luk 15:10, Rom 11:13, Eph 4:12, 1Th 5:14, Jam 5:19, Jam 5:20
Reciprocal: Num 4:3 – to do Deu 18:6 – and come with 1Ch 15:16 – chief Mat 26:10 – a good
THE EPISCOPAL OFFICE
The office of a bishop.
1Ti 3:1
There are, and have been from the earliest times, three Orders in the ministry. St. Paul in this chapter describes the qualifications for the office first of a bishop, and then of the general body of the clergy, for the reference in 1Ti 3:8 must be taken in its wider aspect and applied to priests as well as to deacons. A few thoughts on the episcopal office as we understand it to-day.
I. The antiquity of the episcopal office.It is apostolic, and in the Church of England we trace our succession right back to apostolic times.
II. The making of a modern bishop.The greatest care is taken. The Prime Minister (representing the laity) nominates a qualified clergyman to the Crown; the Crown nominates that clergyman to the Dean and Chapter of the Cathedral (representing the clergy) for election; if he is elected, the election has to be confirmed in a public court at which objectors may appear. In recent years there has been much dispute as to what are valid grounds of objection, and attempts have been madebut most wisely overruledto object to bishops-elect on ritual grounds. It is not necessary to discuss what might be grounds of objection; these must be left to the proper authority to decide. But the point to bear in mind is the care with which the Church guards the office of a bishop, as shown in the successive steps from the time of nomination to consecration.
III. Consecration to the episcopal office.When the election of a bishop-elect is confirmed, but not till then, the archbishop proceeds to the consecration. Very solemn is the service; the act of consecration is performed by the laying-on of hands, the bishop-elect kneeling before the archbishop, and the archbishop and the bishops assistingsometimes a dozen in numberall laying their hands upon the head of the bishop-elect as the archbishop recites the solemn words, Receive the Holy Ghost for the Office and Work of a Bishop in the Church of God, etc. What that work is is shown in the questions put to the bishop-elect before the act of consecration. [Refer to Consecration Service, and explain in detail the questions put in the examination by the archbishop.]
THE THIRD CHAPTER is a continuation of the same general theme as occupied us in our reading of the second chapter; viz., the behaviour that becomes believers as being in the house of God. That this is the general subject is plainly stated in verse 1Ti 3:15 of our chapter.
Now God is a God of order and hence in the Christian assembly where He dwells all things are to be done decently and in order (1Co 14:40). For the furtherance of this the two offices of Bishop and Deacon had been established in the church, and are referred to in this chapter.
From the first verse it would appear that there were some at Ephesus who were aspiring to become bishops. The Apostle acknowledges that what they aimed at was a good work but he insists in this connection upon the all-importance of character. It is not that the bishop may have all the spiritual qualifications that he mentions, but that he must. Moreover, before he is appointed to take care of the church of God he must have proved his fitness for such a work by the way in which he has governed the far smaller and humbler sphere of his own household. He must not be a novice, one who though possibly well on in years is only a beginner in the things of God, else being lifted up with pride in his new-found importance he may fall into the very fault that caused the overthrow of Satan at the beginning. Diotrephes, who is spoken of in 3Jn 1:9-10 would seem to be an illustration of what is meant.
In many of the primitive churches bishops or elders were officially appointed, in others they do not appear to have been. But even if duly appointed the one thing that would confer real weight upon them would be the character of Christian godliness that Paul here describes. Who would be disposed to pay attention to their exhortations otherwise, or submit themselves to their shepherd care and direction in spiritual things? Moreover there was the outside world to be considered, as verse 1Ti 3:7 states. The world has sharp eyes and quickly hurls reproach if there is the least ground for it; and to accomplish this the devil lays his snares.
The word translated bishop simply means overseer. The word deacon means servant. There are many services to be rendered in the church that are not primarily of a spiritual nature, such as those mentioned in Act 6:1-15. But if men are to handle such ordinary matters as these in the service of God they need to possess very definite and high spiritual qualifications, and to be tested first ere they begin.
The wives of deacons are specially mentioned in verse 11. This is doubtless because diaconal service was of such a nature that they not infrequently took part in it. Phebe, for instance, was a servant [deaconess] of the church which is at Cenchrea (Rom 16:1), and was highly commended by the Apostle.
We must remember that bishops and deacons were to possess this sterling Christian character inasmuch as they were to set an example to the mass of believers who looked up to them. Hence all of us reading this chapter today must accept these verses as delineating the character which God desires to see in us. Can we read them without feeling rebuked? How about that greed of money, or the slander, or even the being double-tongued-the saying of one thing in one direction and quite another thing in another direction? Pretty searching considerations, these!
The service of a deacon might seem a very small matter, but nothing in Gods service is really small. Verse 1Ti 3:13 definitely states that such service faithfully rendered is the way to higher and larger things. This is clearly illustrated for us in the subsequent history of two who are mentioned in Act 6:5. Stephen advanced to become the first Christian martyr: Philip to become a greatly used preacher of the Gospel, the only man designated an evangelist in Scripture (See, Act 21:8). Every true servant of God has begun with small and humble things, so let none of us despise and shirk them, as naturally we are inclined to do.
Notice that phrase in verse 1Ti 3:7, them which are without. At the beginning things were quite sharply defined. A man was either within the church of God or part of the great world without, for the church and the world were visibly distinct. Now, alas! it is otherwise. The world has invaded the church and the lines of demarcation are blurred. Not blurred, of course, to Gods view, but very much so to ours. It is consequently far more difficult for us to understand how wonderful a place is Gods house and the conduct that becomes it.
Verse 1Ti 3:15 tells us that the house of God is the church of the living God. We are evidently to understand that the fact of our being a part of the church, and therefore in the house, is not a mere idea void of practical significance. The living God dwells there and He has said, I will dwell in them, and walk in them (2Co 6:16). He scrutinizes everything and He operates there as is illustrated in Act 5:1-11. Hence we should be marked by suitable conduct.
Then again, the church is the pillar and ground [or, base] of the truth. Pillars had a two-fold use. They were largely used as supports, but they were also commonly erected not to support anything but to bear an inscription as a memorial. The reference here is, we believe, to the latter use. God intends that the truth shall not only be stated in the inspired words of Scripture but also exemplified in the lives of His people. The church is to be like a pillar reared up on its base on which the truth is inscribed for all to see, and that in a living way for the church is the church of the living God.
The church then is not the authoritative teacher and interpreter of truth as Rome claims but the living witness to the truth which is authoritatively set forth in Scripture. To differentiate between these two things and to keep them in their right relative places in our minds is of extreme importance. AUTHORITY lies in the very word of God which we have in Scripture alone. The living witness to what Scripture sets forth is found in the church, but at the present moment that witness is sadly obscured though it will be perfect and complete in glory. Compare verses 23 and 21 of Joh 17:1-26, and note that what the world has failed to believe now it will know when the church is perfected in glory.
If verse 1Ti 3:15 speaks of the church as the witness to the truth verse 1Ti 3:16 gives a wonderful unfolding of that which lies at the heart of truth, the very revelation of God Himself, spoken of as the mystery of godliness. There is no thought here of godliness being a mysterious thing. The force of the sentence is rather-that beyond all question great is the hidden spring from whence flows such godliness as is here taught. The godliness displayed by saints in different ages was always in keeping with such knowledge of God as was available to them, and never went beyond it. The New Testament unquestionably indicates a higher type of godliness than the Old Testament. But why? Because we now have not a partial but a full revelation of God.
The godliness then which the Apostle enjoins is only produced as we know God. In the revelation of God lies its great mystery or secret. It is a secret because made in a way not appreciated by the world but only by believers. God was manifest in the flesh in Christ, but in seeing Him unbelievers found no beauty that they should desire Him, only believers in seeing Him saw the Father. Verse 1Ti 3:16, then, is a condensed summary of the way God has revealed Himself in Christ.
The verse is one that baffles the profoundest meditation-as we might expect. It consists of seven terse statements, six of them summarizing the great revelation. The first of the six shows us God manifested in Manhood, and the last shows us the Man Christ Jesus, in whom God was manifested, received up into glory. The intervening four give us various ways in which the reality of that manifestation was realized.
God was justified in the Spirit. Compare with Rom 1:4. The resurrection justified Jesus, declaring Him Son of God with power according to the Spirit of holiness when the world had crucified Him as an impostor. After all, He was God manifested in the flesh.
Seen of angels. Had angels ever really seen God before? Certainly not as they saw Him when the great outburst of angelic praise took place at Bethlehem.
Preached unto the Gentiles or proclaimed among the nations, for He had been so really manifested in historic fashion as to become the subject of gospel witness among the peoples who had been far from the actual scenes of His manifestation.
Believed on in the world. Not by the world, notice, but in the world. Though the world knew Him not yet His manifestation was not an intangible something existing only in the subjective consciousness of the onlookers or hearers, but something real and objective, verified by competent witness and hence received by those in whom faith existed.
The one who knows by faith this real, true, historic Christ, the true God manifested in flesh, and who as Man has gone up into glory, possesses the secret of a life of godliness. No unbeliever can possibly be godly though he may be of most kindly and amiable disposition as a natural man.
1Ti 3:1. For the meaning of bishop, see “General remarks” at 2 Thessalonians 2. The office of a bishop. These words all come from EPISKOPE which Thayer defines, “inspection, visitation: oversight, i.e. overseership, office, charge, since the words are two terms for the same men. Paul calls this office a good work, which shows that a bishop (or elder) has something on his shoulders besides “hold ing down an office.” Desire and de-sireth are from different words but have virtually the same meaning. The word is used both in a good and a bad sense in the New Testament. Strong’s definition is, “To set the heart upon, i.e. long for (rightfully or otherwise).” It is possible, then, for a man to desire the office with proper motives. However, if the wrong kind of man pretends he wishes the office for the right purpose, the qualifications immediately following, when he is examined under the requirements, will expose his unworthiness for the office, thus proving his desire for it is improper.
1Ti 3:1. A true saying. Better as before, faithful, so as to keep the identity of phrase before the English reader.
The office of a bishop, or overseer, was not likely, at the time when St. Paul wrote, to be an object of worldly ambition. The risk was the other way. Men were likely to draw back from the burden of responsibility, and to accept it only by constraint (1Pe 5:2). Hence the stimulus of a new motive was needed, and was found in the half-proverbial maxim which named the office, with all its labour and risk, as a goodly and noble work for a man to aim at.
Division 3. (1Ti 3:1-16; 1Ti 4:1-16.)
The house of God and the holiness belonging to it.
We now come really to the house of God itself first of all, indeed, to that which was instituted for the preservation of the character which it should necessarily have as the house of God. The elder, or overseer, and the deacon are provisions for the expression, on the one hand, of that godliness which belongs to it as such, and also of that character which we see must necessarily belong to it as the house of a Saviour-God, and whose love, therefore, must be shown by ministry to the need, which is, in fact, ordered on God’s part, to draw out and cultivate the spirit so necessary in the Christian. These things are all that we may learn how to conduct ourselves in the house of God. Whatever special place Timothy might have and had, yet the conduct of any in the house of God must befit the place in which he is. The directions even as to elders and deacons are not, so to speak, merely for their own sake; they show us the character that God values and seeks from His people, giving it only an emphasis which cannot certainly make the lesson for us less.
1. The bishop, commonly so-called, or “overseer,” as the word means, comes before us first here. His title of office expresses the character of it. The man himself who is to fill the office is the “elder,” though not here named as such. We have the two brought together in the plainest way in the apostle’s address to the elders at Ephesus in the book of Acts, where, calling for the elders of the Church, he bids them to take care for the Church of God, in which the Holy Spirit had made them bishops, or overseers. The elder (elder in years) is necessarily the one who is alone fit for such an office. The incongruity of a young man being appointed to it should be obvious at first sight. It is a place which requires experience, and which calls for a reputation on the part of one who fills it, gained not all at once, but as he is tested and manifested by the testing. He was appointed specifically to this work, did not appoint himself to it, though he might aspire to such, and desire a good work in aspiring to it. In fact, work of this character is what there is, perhaps, more danger of men shrinking from than aspiring to. Not every elder in years would therefore be what his years should have made him, and the apostle’s words indicate here that the love to others which necessarily exists in the Christian heart should lead him to desire labor of this kind. It is labor, not authority, that he desires. The appointment, which is what is called ordinarily ordination now, was that which manifestly gave authority. The idea everywhere entertained today that the evangelist, or teacher, needs such authority for the exercise of his proper gift, is an entire mistake as to the very purpose of the ordination. A gift speaks for itself. It is the “manifestation of the Spirit,” as the apostle says, which is for every man to profit with it; that is, he is to use it for the profit of others. The fact of the gift entails the responsibility of using it, and to seek authority from man in this way is, however ignorantly, to slight the authority of God, which can make no mistake in the gift that has been given. People would say, of course, that the question here is as to the possession of the gift; but there is in Christianity, as we have seen, the widest liberty for every one, without pretension, to help another according to the full capacity which he may realize to do so. Christians will easily determine for themselves whether it is help that they are getting or the reverse. We know the baker by the bread he gives us. We know the teacher by the spiritual food which he supplies. Ordination at the hands of a certain number of any limited class sets aside in reality the responsibility of every one to take heed for himself as to what he hears. The teaching is supposed to have been otherwise guaranteed to him, and he has little to do except to sit down and receive that which comes with such a sanction. The abuse is everywhere manifest, and the abuse is inherent in such a use of ordination as we find here. The conscience of both hearer and teacher is taken away from its proper immediate exercise before God, and human influences get their leave to rule in a disastrous way. The independence of the teacher must be secured in obedience to the Spirit Himself, who is in this respect the true Overseer every way and, on the other hand, the one who hears is to be in no wise dependent upon the teacher. The unscriptural thought of a minister and his congregation gives, in fact, the teacher a monopoly of instruction which a true soul, uninfluenced by tradition, would surely, as a matter of course, refuse. Who would desire to assume responsibility of giving to those under him all that they need in this way, shutting out the divers gifts in the body of Christ, as himself all-competent to be all gift? God’s way is at once that of liberty to serve, and of service instead of rule, which in this case is out of place. Wherever it is a question of teaching or evangelizing, the authority is in the Word itself, and no other is needed. The Word is maintained in its place as the decisive word of God, to which all are to be subject, and is that also which every one is responsible for himself to recognize, and empowered to do so by the Spirit which is received. If the teaching becomes in any wise erroneous, so as to affect fundamental points, of course the discipline of the assembly comes rightly into its place. Apart from this, the rule is, as the apostle says of prophesying in the assembly: “Let the prophets speak” -give them also their liberty -“and let the rest judge.” All party spirit, all working of men’s minds merely, in this way finds its most effectual power of restraint. But we have here to do, not with the evangelist or teacher, but with the overseer, who is indeed to be “apt to teach;” that is, he is to be able to use the word of God as he has received it. If he could not do this, he could have no right influence or authority over others; but this does not amount to a teacher’s gift, and in fact we find elsewhere that the elders that rule well are to be accounted “worthy of double honor, specially those who labor in the word and doctrine.” If they labored in the word and doctrine, that was an additional thing, and of necessity deserved additional honor; but the elder might rule well, apart from that. In the case, then, of oversight of the kind that is indicated here, (that fatherly oversight which he has shown his readiness for by having his children in subjection in his own house) ordination had its rightful place. There might be matters to inquire into which it would be in no wise well for every one to have liberty for. On the other hand, we never hear of an elder in a place or congregation, but of elders. It was not the rule of one man that could be tolerated even here. Too much power of this sort man cannot be safely trusted with; while, on the other hand, the presence of a class which had such authority would be necessarily of great advantage. It is evident that the elders in no wise interfered with the responsibility of assembly discipline, however much they might be leaders here; but the assembly in this was to act as the assembly everywhere, in its own place and responsibility.
The character needed in the overseer will now be easy to understand. A man might rightly aspire to oversight, as has been already said. He might rightly crave the ability to help in matters in which every assembly, in fact, needs help. If he desired it as a good work, not for personal display, it was all well. But the overseer must be irreproachable. There must not be a cloud upon him. His moral character must be spotless in the eyes of all. He was to be the “husband of one wife, sober, discreet, decorous, given to hospitality, apt to teach, not given to wine, no striker, but mild, not given to contention, not fond of money.” Here is the moral character which becomes him, and it needs scarcely to be enlarged upon. A special point is that which follows here, and we see how necessarily the elder would be both an elderly and a married man. There must have been time to show his power to conduct well his own house, otherwise how could he take this larger care as to the assembly of God itself? The apostle does not exactly say “the house of God” because, as we may believe, he is thinking of the local assembly, and the house of God is a larger thought than that; but the care, nevertheless, is similar. It is a fatherly care, suited to the house of God as such, although he cannot be the father in that house, as in fact he never was the father, even in one assembly. There was a community of fathers, for the house of God needs the care of many, and the various ability implied in this. He was not to be a novice, even though he might have all other qualifications. He should be a man tried, and therefore who has had time for the trial, “lest being lifted up with pride he fall into the condemnation of the devil;” that is, should fall into the sin for which the devil is condemned. A solemn word this, which has been commented on, perhaps, sufficiently elsewhere; but here we have the primal sin itself, in view of which God has acted all the way through human history, and in the very creation of man no less. How solemn to think that a being created in perfection, one of those “angels that excel in strength,” who are the type of creature independence so far as this can be spoken of, should fall in the only way, perhaps, in which we can think of any possibility of a fall on the part of such an one, by self-occupation, self-admiration; and what an awful fall it was! How has God hedged man around in this respect to hide pride from him, with the limitation of a human body, naturally a naked creature, inferior in some respects to the beasts around him, whose nature, too, in many respects he shares!
A limitation this, which the fall has only been the means of more strictly circumscribing, so that the lesson shall be more fully learned at last. In how many ways, spite of all, may this pride seek its satisfaction; nay, its recognized place, one might almost say, among Christians themselves. and how many current systems provide more or less for this! Man in the office of an elder must be specially one who has shown himself not easily lifted up with pride. He must show that he has laid to heart the lesson of his origin, and of all God’s dealings with him by the way. His testimony also must be good from those that are without. God does not make light of a man’s testimony from the world itself, although we must not expect the world to appreciate that which is peculiarly Christian in him; but he must have a good testimony in this way, so as not to fall into reproach, (and bring reproach, therefore, upon those among whom he has a place of this sort,) and into the snare of the devil, the accuser, who will be apt to buffet and render him useless by this very reproach.
2. The deacon is, in the strict meaning of the word, the “minister” one who serves; and this word is applied in a larger way than to the local office which is here indicated by it. Here, no doubt, the minister was such as in the case of the seven appointed in Jerusalem; whose duty it was to “serve tables.” This expressively indicates what is in question. It is the bodily need especially that the deacon serves. In this way he cannot and must not forget that he is the spiritual man, and that all lesser and lower things are necessarily to have their character from their spiritual bearing. The ministry of the assembly is the outflow of the heart drawn out by the needs which God permits for this purpose. It is the same principle as that which obtains in the whole body of Christ, here more in outward things; but there is, of course, nothing secular in it, nor indeed is there to be anywhere, in any point of Christian life. Those chosen in the Acts were to be “men full of the Holy Spirit,” no less; and we may be sure that they needed and could find use for all that this implies. Stephen and Philip are beautiful examples of those who in such ministry acquired “for themselves a good degree, and much boldness in the faith which is in Christ Jesus.”
The deacons, then, are to be “grave, not double-tongued, not given to much wine, not seeking gain by base means;” and while not absolutely, as in the case of an elder, needing to be “apt to teach,” yet must hold “the mystery of the faith in a pure conscience.” Faith and conscience are thus to be joined together, as we have already seen. Mere orthodoxy is incompetent everywhere. If the conscience is not under the authority of the truth, the truth can only be a burden to one instead of the blessing that it should be. The deacons, also, were to be men who had been tested, and had abode the test. They were to be entrusted with things which manifestly have their power of temptation even among Christians. They are to be first proved, and then to minister as those without blame and who have approved themselves. The wives are mentioned also in a special manner here, as not in the case of the elder, which has also, no doubt, to do with the relative characters of the two offices. The wives were to be “grave, not slanderers, sober, faithful in all things.” The deacons, too, were to be “husbands of one wife, conducting their children and their own houses well.” We are reminded of Philip’s daughters who were prophetesses, when Philip himself had risen to a larger sphere of labor than that which was his at Jerusalem in the first place. In this way they would “acquire for themselves a good degree,” they would be helped in helping, and find boldness also in the faith in Christ.
3. The apostle now tells Timothy that he was writing these things that he might know how to conduct himself in the house of God. Holiness becomes God’s house forever. The holiness which should be found in the houses of His people is, of course, but the mere reflection of this. Yet here, too, the character of the house is left in measure to the responsibility of those who are in it. A responsibility indeed it is, for this house of God is the assembly of the living God, indwelt by the living Spirit, the witness for Christ upon the earth. As this, it is of necessity “the pillar,” proclaiming, and “the ground of the truth,” supporting it by its character; and this remains always in principle the same, although, alas, the failure of man has come in plentifully, as we know, to affect it. Still, if we think of Christendom itself, we could not look outside it for the truth, or for the character which the truth emphasizes. We must not, indeed, look at the masses -that is sadly true; but we cannot look outside the profession of the faith for this faith that is professed. The truth which it declares is of the most marvelous character. It is “the mystery of piety” -thus, that which is necessary absolutely to godliness, as we have already seen. Without the truth there will be no godliness; but here it is “the mystery of piety,” not the truth simply which Israel had, but much more than this, and having features which, though we may find them in germ in the Old Testament, yet, after all, are peculiar in the full sense to the Christianity which has replaced it. A mystery is always something hidden; but which, nevertheless, is made known to those initiated. To them it is not a mystery any longer, not a secret, but a thing revealed, however much it be true that indeed there are heights and depths in it which no man has ever fathomed, or will fathom. This mystery is in a Person, acquaintance with whom, if it be real, in the heart, is piety itself. It is “He who hath been manifested in the flesh, justified in the Spirit, seen of angels, preached among the nations, believed on in the world, received up in glory.”
The opening clause here is, as we all know, contested. Our common version is: “God was manifested in the flesh.” The Revised has it as here: “He who hath been manifested.” It is a question of text, which criticism is answering in a way, perhaps, somewhat distasteful to one who cleaves most to the blessed thought, which is, however, really the same, however we read it. We are not really so poor in texts regarding the deity of Christ as to take so seriously the loss of this one; but in fact it is only a superficial view that we do lose it: for WHO is it that has been “manifested in the flesh”? What do such words mean? We cannot think of angels; we cannot think of a man manifested in the flesh. Deity it must after all be, and the language is almost equivalent to that which the apostle John uses in the place in which he is giving us the very criterion of orthodoxy in this matter: “Every spirit that confesseth that Jesus Christ has come in flesh is of God.” That is the confession, to deny which constitutes an antichrist; yet the deity of Christ is no more positively stated there than in the questioned passage before us. But who could speak of a man come in flesh? And there is no doctrine of an angel so coming, to be put in opposition to that which is plainly the true one. The manifestation of God is that which is the intent and purpose of all divine communications. It can be nothing else here than God manifested in the flesh, whether this be stated or only implied. The passage, even as commonly read, has been taken by those unsound in the doctrine, the Gnostics, as merely a sort of appearance, a manifestation indeed, but not a personal one. The connection with what follows, however, speaks in favor of the new rendering. One can hardly say “God justified in the Spirit.” This latter clause, which speaks of the descent of the Spirit of God upon Christ, making Him thus the Christ, the Anointed, refers to Him as the Man Christ Jesus, the Second Man, wholly approved of God, refusing the first fallen one. It is quite true that here also is the One to whom God at the same time testifies as His beloved Son, but the expression has reference to the white robe in which the priest must offer, or the unblemished character of the lamb of sacrifice. It is thus John, who has seen the Spirit descend, testifies of Him as “the Lamb of God that taketh away the sin of the world;” and the whole scene is in harmony with this.
In any case, as already said, it is the Lord’s deity that is implied here. There is no meaning really otherwise in it; and what a wonderful thing it is, flesh, the human nature as identified with its lowest part, with just that which speaks of weakness and mutability, yet the vessel of the display of Deity itself! A Man here is found who can give God His character -single and alone can do it. The One who has revealed Himself in the Old Testament as the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob, (and then we must look at these as types, rather than at the men themselves,) is now revealed in One who as the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ awakes the whole heart to worship. The lowliness of the manifestation is an essential part of its glory. The “vessel of earth” (although not in the same sense in which the apostle speaks of it in Corinthians) discloses, is fitted to disclose, the excellency of a power which is all of God. It is not a gleam of glory that is there, but the full reality of it, which will make the throne of God forever to be also the throne of the Lamb. God and man are here in such relation that the one is, so to speak, essential to the other. There must be truest humanity and there must be the full truth of Godhead, or the revelation is lost. It must be the Creator who becomes the Redeemer. If it were any way possible, which it is not, yet the moral impossibility of God leaving the work of redemption to another should be manifest at once. It is God Himself who thus wins man’s heart to Himself. It is God who has this double claim now upon His creature. It is thus He wins for Himself the creature He has made.
From this point His justification in the Spirit becomes a necessity. God has not repented of His creation of man. Here the thought that He had in the beginning as to him is revealed. Here is the blessed Man before us who embodies that thought -One upon whom, without shedding of blood at all, because of His own perfection, the Holy Spirit can abide -nay, we should say, must abide. Our justification is, as we have seen in Corinthians, by the Spirit too; the Spirit now able to dwell in us because of the perfection in which we are before God; but this is no perfection of our own. It is the perfection of the work accomplished for us and of Him in whom we stand. On the other hand, Christ as indwelt of the Spirit is the testimony to His own perfection, and this can never know any change. He is thus the Christ, the Anointed One. This becomes His very title -the Man approved of God, and approved as suited for the work with which He here connects Himself, just come out of that retirement in which He had been before the eye of God alone, to take His place openly as ministering to man, and that to the giving up of Himself in death; as Jordan, out of which He has come up, testifies.
The next thing that we have here shows us the grandeur of the scene for which the revelation is. It is a revelation in manhood, in flesh; but it is a revelation “seen of angels.” The principalities and powers become not merely spectators, but spectators of that which is wonderful blessing for them, even while the Lamb of sacrifice is, of course, not for them; but we have seen in Ephesians that God the Father as revealed to us in Christ is thus “the Father of every family in heaven and earth.” The relation of Fatherhood is necessarily characterized by all that this revelation of the Father brings out in it.
In the next clause we have another but a different expansion of the grace that is here: “Preached among the nations” shows that the old hindrances to that which was ever in His heart have been removed, and that now Jew and Gentile alike become the recipients of His favor. He is plainly seen not to be the God of the Jews only, but also of the Gentiles. Thus He is “believed on in the world.” Though it be true that it is by the power of the Spirit only that anything is effected, yet there is this response in the world at large to the revelation made. That which Judaism could not accomplish, the Gentile world being practically almost untouched by it, is now accomplished. Man’s heart awakens in the new spring-tide of blessing which is opening up, and which, whatever the conflict yet with the cloud and darkness, is destined at last to banish them from the earth, and Christ “lifted up” from the earth to draw men unto Him.
With all this ensured, then, the final word here is: “Received up in glory.” The glory of God from which He has come, once more receives Him. The cloud may for a while hide Him from the earth which His presence has so blessed, nevertheless it is only to open new scenes of higher blessing to man himself. He has glorified God upon earth, and God has glorified Him in heaven. There is hence not only a light breaking out through the opened veil for men, but also a way opened in for men into the place in which He is.
Observe here, 1. Our apostle acquaints Timothy with the dignity, honour, and excellency of the sacred function: He that desireth the office of a bishop, that is, to rule and teach in the church of God, he desireth a good work, that is, honourable employment.
As if our apostle had said, “Know, O Timothy, that as to the office of a bishop, whoever desireth it, doth desire a very great and excellent work; it is not a bare name, title, dignity, a place of honour and command; but a work, a work of vast importance, labour, and difficulty: take heed therefore whom thou dost admit, and of those that are also admitted into the sacred function, to consider the great weight of that important service, to enterprize it with extraordinary dread and caution, looking upon their office not with aspiring but tremendous thoughts:–for who is sufficient for these things?
Qualifications of Bishops
A bishop must be a one-woman man, or one who has kept God’s marriage law. He must also be vigilant, or temperate, which suggests self control. This man must keep his desires in check as Paul told the Corinthians he had to keep his body under him ( 1Co 9:27 ). He further should be a sober-minded man, or one who knows how to be serious when such is called for. Good behavior implies a well-ordered outward life that reflects the inward Lordship of Christ. A man given to hospitality would be concerned about the needs of others ( Mat 25:31-46 ). He must be a man well acquainted with God’s word and ready to use it to the benefit of the flock of God ( 1Ti 3:1-2 ).
An elder cannot be a man who is addicted to the use of wine. Neither can he be a man with a quick temper that would cause him to strike someone in anger. Also, he cannot be a lover of money who would do anything for personal gain (6:10; Col 3:5 ). A man who is “gentle” is sensitive to the feelings of others and ready to listen. Elders must not be argumentative or constantly seeking a word fight, which is the meaning of “quarrelsome.” A constant desire to possess those things that belong to others is not a characteristic desirable in elders ( 1Co 5:10 ).
Naturally, a man’s leadership experiences at home will play a crucial role in how he will lead the church. His children should respect and be subject to him. That the plural form “children” can be Biblically used of people with only one child is evident from a simple reading of Gen 21:7 . If one cannot direct his own family at home, how could he possibly be expected to direct the family of God ( 1Ti 3:3-5 )?
An inexperienced Christian should not be considered for the office of bishop because he might fall prey to pride ( 1Co 13:4 ). A man who assumed too much self importance because he was selected as a leader by God’s people would find himself in the same condemnation as the devil ( Rev 20:10 ). Even those outside the body of Christ should recognize the potential elder as a good man. Non-members do not exercise authority in the church because of this statement. Instead, it recognizes our desire to reach the world and the fact that it will be hindered by our selecting leaders who are known as scoundrels to those we try to teach. The snare of the devil may either be a snare laid by him or the same one he fell into. In either case, it would lead to a bad result for the one in it ( 1Ti 3:6-7 ).
1Ti 3:1. Because some false teachers were now spreading their erroneous doctrines with assiduity among the believers at Ephesus, and it was necessary that Timothy (to whom the care of the church there was committed) should be assisted by some bishops, or elders, and deacons, well qualified to teach the people, the apostle, after observing what an honourable office that of a Christian bishop is, here describes the qualities and virtues necessary in one who desires to attain it. This is a true saying Most certain in itself, and worthy of being always acknowledged and attended to; if a man desire, (or earnestly seek, as signifies,) the office of a bishop Overseer, or pastor of Christs flock, frequently termed presbyters, or elders, in the New Testament. See on Act 20:28; 1Pe 5:1-2; he desireth a good work An excellent but laborious employment. A bishops office is termed , a work, to intimate that he must not spend his life in ease and idleness, but in a continued application to the duties of his office. It is also termed , a good, or excellent work, because of its honourableness and usefulness. See on 2Ti 2:2. The words and are often used promiscuously, to denote what is morally good. But when they are distinguished, includes also the idea of honour, and the idea of profit.
1 Timothy Chapter 3
The apostle next points out to Timothy the qualities necessary for a bishop or a deacon, as well as for the wife of the latter. [4] He supposes here that there were some who desired to undertake this work. It was a good work. To care for souls and have a vigilant eye upon the walk of believers; to watch over them in order that the members of Christ should answer to His love and lose no Christian privilege; to do this by maintaining that happy order and that precious unity which were realised at that time, and to protect the flock of the Lord against the ravaging wolves that were seeking to invade it: this indeed was valuable work, and he on whose heart the Lord had thus laid the souls of His people might well desire to undertake it. The apostle felt this: it was a true and faithful saying; but certain qualities were needed to make any one fit for such a charge. Gifts are not included among them, unless the being apt to teach might be so considered; but even this is presented as a quality-the man must have aptness [5] for it-not as a gift. Power to use such truth with others was very useful in fulfilling his charge, without saying at all that he taught publicly in the assembly. The essential thing was that which gave moral weight.
Timothy was not left at Ephesus to appoint elders; but these were the qualities necessary to a bishop, and Paul exhorts him to be watchful on this point.
It is not needful to enter into the details of these qualities; they are plain enough, as well as those required for a deacon.
We see what was the subject of the condemnation of the devil: he exalted himself at the thought of his own importance. (Compare Eze 28:1-26) The snare of the devil is another thing. If a man is not of good report, he will yield somewhere to the enemy, because he will not dare to withstand him boldly.
It will be noticed that the apostle speaks of the wives of deacons, not those of bishops [6] (except to say that these must be the husbands of one wife only). Bishops had a charge, in which they were occupied with souls and exercised authority in the church, in which women were not to act. Deacons were necessarily occupied with family details and circumstances. In these women might well be concerned and often very useful. In the spiritual cares of elders they had nothing to do. It was requisite therefore that the wives of deacons should possess qualities which would cause their husbands to be respected, and at the same time guard themselves from becoming busybodies and tale-bearers.
Faithfulness in the charge of a deacon-the exercise of which in fact is a matter of the greatest delicacy, and requires much Christian love and patience-was a means of acquiring strength in the work of God. Stephen and Philip are examples of this: their spiritual powers soon carried them beyond their services as deacons.
What was the assembly in those happy days ? That which surely it always is in the sight of God, but then in fact, when love displayed itself in an order maintained by the energy of the Holy Ghost, and when the oneness of the entire body developed itself in the action of all its members, it was the house of God. Thank God, it is so always; yet what a difference since then in its practical condition!
But let us here examine the character which the apostle gives to the assembly on earth. He wrote hoping soon to come, but in order that, in case he might tarry long, Timothy should know how to conduct himself. He then tells us what the assembly is.
In the first place it is the house of God. God dwells in it upon the earth. (Compare Eph 2:22) We understand that it is here viewed as on the earth, because the apostle is speaking of how to behave in it. But this truth is important. It gives a character to the assembly of the highest importance for us with regard to our responsibility. It is not a vague thing, composed of the dead, of the living-a thing which we know not where to find, because one part of it is alive on the earth and another part consists of souls in heaven. It isthe house of God here below, in which we have to behave (whatever other position we may hold) in a manner that becomes the house of God. God dwells in the assembly upon earth. We cannot too earnestly remember this fact. Whatever would bring confusion into the presentation of the truth, through the idea that some are dead and that the whole assembly is not here, comes from the enemy and is in opposition to the word. The assembly viewed as subsisting on earth, is the house of God.
In the second place it is the assembly of the living God. God, in whom is the power of life, in contrast with men and with dead idols, has an assembly not of the world, having set it apart for Himself. It is not a nation like Israel. That people were the assembly of God in the wilderness. The assembly is now the assembly of the living God.
In the third place it is the pillar and support of the truth. Christ on earth was the Truth. (He is so always, but He was so on the earth.) He is now hidden in God. The assembly is not the truth: the word of God is the truth. His word is truth. Truth exists before the assembly; it is faith in the truth which gathers the assembly together. But the assembly is that which maintains the truth on earth.[7] When the assembly is gone, men will be given up to a strong delusion. It may be that there is only a little remnant of those that call themselves Christians who maintain the word of truth; but it is not the less true that the assembly-as long as it remains here below-is the only witness for the truth upon the earth. It is Gods witness to present the truth before men. At the end that which God owns as such will be the feeble flock at Philadelphia; and then that which is in the responsible position of being the assembly (Laodicea) will be spued out of the mouth of Christ, who Himself takes the character of Amen, the faithful and true Witness. But the assembly as planted by God on the earth is the pillar and support of the truth. Authority is not the question here, but the maintenance and presentation of the truth. That which does not maintain and present the truth is not the assembly as God understands it.
The presence, then, of the living God, and the profession of the truth, are the characteristics of the house of God. Wherever this assembly of the living God is, wherever the truth is, there is His house.
The mystery of piety, which lies at the very centre of what the assembly maintains before the world, is great, and relates essentially to the Person of Christ. The apostle naturally does not here develop all the different parts of the truth, but that which is the living centre of the whole-that which is essential to the relations between God and men.
God had been manifested in the flesh; marvelous truth in fact! There, where all is confusion and sin, in the nature of him in whom all this sin and all this confusion are introduced, the Centre of all blessing, He who is Light itself, He who as the light puts every thing morally in its place, and who by the fact of His presence shews that love is above everything, God who is love, has been manifest in the flesh. Where sin was, there was love above the sin. Man, who is the slave of evil, sees here in his own nature the source and the power of all good. In the centre of evil and of weakness, in human nature, God Himself has been manifested. Was there then evil in Him who was such ? Did He undergo the lot of the common bondage? By no means. Truly in the same circumstances, in the same nature, He proved superior to all evil, perfect in all respects. The absence of all sin was made evident by the power of the Holy Ghost during His whole life (if men had been able to discern it; and, in fact, it was manifest to the conscience of every man, for He was pure light shining upon all), and with power by the resurrection. (Compare Rom 1:4)
Thus God was made visible to the angels, was preached to the Gentiles (not merely the God of the Jews), became the object of faith in the world (it was not the manifestation of visible power, claiming His rights and His glory), and at last took a place on high in the glory whence He had descended. It is thus that God is known in the assembly according to the truth. There is no truth outside the maintenance of this revelation of the Person of Christ.
It is worthy of notice that in this epistle, and even in the second, the apostle speaks nowhere of the relationship of Christians with God as His children, of the privileges of children, or of that which is known within in the intimacy of the family. He speaks of truths that are essential as testimony before the world; that which the assembly is externally, that which it is as the witness of God towards men. It is the house of God, the assembly of the living God, the pillar and support of the truth: that which it is as responsible in the world, and in order that all should learn what God is. The mystery of piety, of which the assembly is the vessel for testimony, answers to this. It is the grand essential truth on which all relation between God and men is founded, by means of which God has to do with men. Therefore also he says previously, There is but one God, and one Mediator between God and men, the Man Christ Jesus.
We have not here the privileges of children, nor the heavenly bride of Christ, but the foundation of Gods relations with all men. Thus the Father is not named, nor even the Spirit, except here in connection with the Lords Person, as the justification of His testimony. It is God the Mediator, and man, and the assembly as the vessel and depositary of this truth of the testimony of God; or else evil spirits turning men away from the faith. This deserves all attention.
Not only, as we have seen elsewhere, the testimony of the grace of the gospel maintains the great eternal principles of the nature and glory of God, and His relations according to that glory with men; but even in the pains the apostle takes that the assembly may be cared for and guarded, during his absence, from the assaults of the enemy and from disorder and improprieties within; it is not of its internal privileges that he speaks. God is set before us, and the Lord Jesus Christ. God, in the majesty of His immutable truth in His relations with men as such, and in the revelation of Himself in the flesh-God was in Christ, reconciling the world; dwelling in the assembly, in order that it should present and maintain the truth before the world-the truth (as we have seen) with regard to Christ, of the revelation of God in Him. God desires to be in relation with men: it is thus that He accomplishes it. The assembly maintains the rights of the Creator and Saviour-God on the earth. The assembly itself must be maintained in moral order that it may confront the enemy who is in the world and be able to sustain this testimony.
Footnotes for 1 Timothy Chapter 3
4:
5: Some translate this word (aptness), ready to learn.
6: See note number
7: But the assembly does not teach. Teachers teach the assembly, but by faithfulness in holding fast the truth taught, it sustains it in the world. Thus, in order to judge what the assembly is, we must know and be able to distinguish the truth and the living God. It is this which the apostle says with regard to the individual, the Spirit is truth. These are the cardinal points with regard to unbelief and faith, the truth and the Spirit; and the word of God is the truth.
ARGUMENT 6
THE NEW TESTAMENT EPISCOPACY
The New Testament knows nothing about the modern bishopric, such as prevailed in the dead national Churches of the Old World, a separate and distinct ecclesiastical order. It was the fatal point of departure from apostolic simplicity, developing into priestcraft, progressing into prelacy, and culminating in the papacy. These high ministerial orders, unknown in the New Testament, are awful temptations to ambition, and enemies to sanctification; as you can not be sanctified in a candidacy for anything but heaven. Well does the Methodist simply apply the term superintendent, recognizing the so-called episcopacy as no separate order from the eldership. Good Lord, fortify Methodism against the Oriental episcopacy! So when you read about the bishop in the New Testament, understand the meaning is simply the leader of those little houseless, moneyless, and persecuted holiness bands, by the Holy Ghost denominated Ecclesia; i.e., the people called out of this wicked world and separated unto God, to await his Son from heaven, thus representing the ascended Lord during his absence, hated, despised, and maltreated by the world as he was. Bishop is the Greek episcopos, from epi, over, and skopeo, to see. Hence, it means a shepherd overseeing his flock. The Latin translation is pastor, which has been adopted into the English language, and is now correctly used as a translation of the Greek episcopos. Hence, bishop in the Pauline epistles, as well as throughout the New Testament, simply means the pastor of the church, or circuit, or district. Hence, the New Testament episcopacy is simply the pastorate.
1. It is a faithful saying, If any one desires the episcopacy, he is seeking after a beautiful work. It is perfectly laudable and right in the sight of God and man to desire and seek after the pastorate as a laudable work, in which to save souls and glorify God. Aspiration to the modern episcopacy would be ambitious and condemnatory in the sight of God and man.
2. Therefore it behooveth a bishop to be blameless. The code of Lycurgus, the great Spartan lawgiver, remained in force fourteen hundred years, thus surviving every other human code in the worlds history. When out in lifes evening, he secured a pledge from the people that they would obey his laws, at least till they heard of his death. Then he went into lonely exile, never seen nor heard of again, leaving the people thus obligated to obey his laws forever. Prominent in the Lycurgian code was the law that no man could be senator till he had passed his sixtieth year, and sustained an irreproachable character. (Under that law, I fear, we would have to import our senators.) Here we see the Holy Ghost requires an irreproachable character, appertaining to every pastor. The husband of one wife; i.e., polygamy prohibited. Watchful. The faithful shepherd must stand on his watchtower, and see that none of his flock go astray, and neither wild beast nor robber purloin nor slay. Prudent. The pastor is to have a well rounded Christian character, amply fortified against fanaticism, carnal oddities, and eccentricities. Orderly. He is to be a man of order; having everything in its right place, prompt in all of his duties, and a good organizer. Hospitable. His habitation is the retreat of the homeless, widows, orphans, and all in distress. Competent to teach. The pastor is ex-officio the teacher of his Church, the school of Christ. Hence, he is to be so cultured by the Holy Ghost as to be competent to teach his people the Holy Scriptures. O what an awful delinquency on this important line of pastoral duty this day! How few Churches are really the school of Christ! Not given to wine! At that time Satan had never taught the people how to manufacture alcoholic wine. Coffee had not been discovered and brought into use. The people used wine on their tables, like coffee and tea at the present day. The ordinary sweet wine was harmless, nutritious, and reviving; simply the expressed juice of the grape. (Act 2:13.) E.V., These men are drunk on new wine, is erroneously translated, the Greek being gleukous, fermented wine, the only sort that would make them drunk. Not a controversialist. An old schoolmaster in the administration of discipline to his fighting pupils made it a rule to hit the one who struck the second blow twice as many licks as the aggressor who struck the first, alleging that it was not the first lick that caused the fight, but the second; for if a boy gets mad and strikes another, and he does not strike back, the aggressor gets ashamed, and strikes no more. Hence, there is no fight. So it is the second lick, retaliatory of the offense given, that really brings up the fight. The meaning of this Scripture is, that the pastor is not to strike back, but meekly to bear assaults and insults for Jesus sake. If he preaches the truth, the ecclesiastical pugilist can not overthrow it. If he should preach error, it will be a great blessing to him and to others to have it overthrown. Hence, like his Master, meek and lowly, he is to retaliate nothing. Gentle. A good case of salvation invariably makes you a model gentleman. You need not read Chesterfield nor go into the society of the world to learn politeness. At the feet of Jesus, taught by the Holy Ghost, you soon become a model gentleman. Peaceable. The pastor of the Church must not only have the peace of God in his own heart, but God wants to honor him as a peacemaker throughout his bailiwick. Free from the love of money. This is a deadener on the money loving and salary-seeking pastors of the present age. They have all missed their calling. God does not want them in the pastoral charge of his Churches. They ought to read Ezekiel 44 and 1 Peter 5, consider the irreconcilable disharmony of their attitude with Gods Word, and either wallow in the straw till God sanctifies out of them every vestige of money love, or go out of the pastorate forever.
4. Ruling their own family in the beauty of holiness, having their children in subordination with all gravity.
5. (But if any one does not know how to rule his own family, how will he take care of the Church of God?) These two verses sweep many a metropolitan pastor out of his stilted pulpit. The Bible is a plain book, and, with candor and honesty, easily understood. If a man can not save his own home, he is incompetent to fill the office of pastor; from the simple fact that the wicked example of his own ungodly family will rear a Popocatepetl between him and his people. Despite all he can do, they will stumble over the profligate example of the pastors family headlong into hell. Let such a man labor as an evangelist, seeking his field beyond the influence of his own incorrigible and ungodly family. Remember the Bible makes no mistakes. Hence, it is the inalienable duty of Gods people to enforce all of these restrictions, and see that the pastor is in full harmony with the laws of God regulating his ministry.
6. Not a novice (Greek, a new shoot). The old Methodists strictly obeyed this injunction, never committing a pastoral charge to a young preacher but always sending him out as the junior of a senior pastor. In these times, in which we sadly see the rapid apostasy of the Churches on all sides, so fearfully fulfilling the latter-day prophecies, the fallen worldly Churches are everywhere clamorous for juvenile pastors, whose inexperience and worldliness will be to them a guarantee of loose administration and carnal pleasures. Good Lord, help us back to first principles lest, having been puffed up, we may fall into the condemnation of the devil. What is so calculated to inflate a boy preacher with vanity, foster egotism, inflame carnal passions of lust and covetousness, and expose him to Satans lasso, as to promote him to the pastorate, thus giving him authority over people old enough to be his grandparents, and exposing him to the attractions of the giggling girls and carnal youths who constitute the devils choir! Though he does not fall into public scandal, he simply apostatizes from God; thus falling into the condemnation of the devil, becoming a cultured, popular pastor, but shorn of his spiritual locks, he spends his life grinding in the mills of Dagon.
7. It behooveth him to have a good report from outsiders, lest he may fall into reproach and the snare of the devil. Satans people have more sense than we give them credit for. In a revival where many were getting saved, I finally got a hard rowdy in the rear of the audience down on his knees, and prayed for him. When he consented for me to go to the altar, and bring a preacher back there to pray for him (as this occurred in my boyhood), I said, Which one? Bring old Thompson, for he has got more religion than all the balance. Depend on it, the outsiders measure up every pastor in your town; they dont miss the mark; if you are money-loving, worldly, cold, formal, and unspiritual, they find it out. What a deplorable pity that every Church on the globe does not enforce the laws of God relative to the pastorate! If it had been done, the world would have been conquered long ago, and our glorified Lord, in the splendors of his millennial glory, reigning from the rising of the sun to the going down thereof. The holiness movement is Gods relief train, sent to the Churches wrecked by the world, the flesh, and the devil. God help us to be true and stick pertinaciously to the letter of the law! Do that, and you will come out right every time. The enforcement of the positive law of heaven here revealed would de-episcopate the great majority of the Churches in all lands. But God would raise up pastors in harmony with his Word to supply them all. The Protestant Churches have really gone into the wildest fanaticism on the subject of pastoral education. If a man has a collegiate diploma, and passes through the prescribed theological course, he is admitted with a clamorous welcome, though he be radically deficient in the qualifications here laid down by the Holy Ghost through the apostle Paul. The truth of it is, they will admit him and promote him to a metropolitan pulpit without so much as having investigated this inspired catalogue of indispensable pastoral graces. God help you all to study, appropriate, and do your utmost, by the grace of God, to confer them on every candidate for the pastorate!
1Ti 3:1. This is a true saying, an indubitable word, if a man desire the office of a bishop, he desireth a good work, a laudable sphere of labour and usefulness. But by the idea of a primitive bishop we must not convey a notion of the palace of Lambeth, nor that of Cardinal Wolsey at Bishopthorpe, but rather that of a humble pastor, desiring and burning with ardour for the salvation of souls, and at the risk of bonds, of exile, and martyrdom. The day of small things is now succeeded by splendour; and the church shows her bishops with a mitred front in the senate house.
1Ti 3:2. A bishop then must be blameless, in regard of his marriage, which is the first bond of society; the husband of one wife, a precept repeated in Tit 1:6. Jerome in his epistle to Oceanus, expounding this place, affirms that they could not create a bishop who had married two wives; one before his baptism, and she being dead, another after baptism. Unam ante baptismum, et ea defuncte, altera post baptismum. SIXTUS of Sienna, p. 704. The critics stop at this word, for the oriental nations allowed of polygamy, a practice disallowed by Christ, and disavowed by the church. Ambrose, Chrysostom, and Epiphanius, are quoted here, as cautioning ministers against second marriages, which Paul allowed to the people, Rom 7:1, lest it should have the appearance of concupiscence. Sed ut inquiunt Epiphan. Chrysost. et Ambros. ne assumatur qui alteram uxori mortu superinduxerit, quod illud incontinenti suspicione non careat. Though such indeed were the ideas of many in the primitive church, as appears from Luk 2:36, and 1Ti 5:9; and though second marriages in the clergy cannot be proved; yet as many ministers lose the wife of their youth by consumptions, and otherwise, after a due regard to modesty, no one would wish to lay upon them the burden of celibacy for all their future years.
A bishop must be vigilant, always having his eye on his work. He must improve occasions, avert dangers, and in all things be a father to the family of God.
He must also be sober-minded. Sedate and wise, full of urbanity in manners; given to hospitality, according to his private means, and as an almoner of the church. Apt to teach. Having a cultivated understanding, a profound acquaintance of human nature, accompanied with a readiness and fluency of speech in conversation, and an aptitude to convey instruction. In the pulpit he must be a man possessed of every adorning for the sanctuary. He must be godlike in wisdom, forcible in argument, full of ease and grace, and so conclusive that his hearers need not ask for farther light. When I had judged a cause, says Job, no man spake after me.
1Ti 3:3. Not given to wine. A word put for the whole of temperance, for a minister is watched at a feast, and on all other occasions where there is any danger of self-indulgence.
No striker. It would seem from king Inas laws, that our Saxon fathers often fought at court; and fighting was common enough among the Greeks. In ecclesiastics especially, contests of this kind are not allowed. On the contrary, brotherly love is strictly required.
Not greedy of filthy lucre. Content with what is customary, fair and just, in all his dealings; conceding the disputed penny to the contentious, rather than enter into strife.
Not a brawler. A man stored with conscious wisdom may be communicative, free and easy in conversation and discourse, but he cannot be garrulous. Meekness and simplicity are the characteristics of true religion, and ought especially to adorn the ministerial profession.
Not covetous. In the developement of character, if it appear that the pastors heart is set either on land, or mansions, or the aggrandisement of his family, and that he has at the same time been deficient in the duties of charity and beneficence, the people will avoid his company, as they detest his faults.
1Ti 3:4-5. One that ruleth well his own house. See on Eph 6:1-4.
1Ti 3:6. Not a novice. A man unskilled in his work, and full of himself, and therefore hurried by his pride into the condemnation of the devil. Such a teacher is a pest to his auditory, and a disgrace to his profession.
1Ti 3:7. He must have a good report of them that are without, else they will not hear him with reverence, or receive his message with cordiality. An unblemished reputation is essential to acceptance and success in the work of the ministry.
1Ti 3:9. Holding the mystery of the faith in a pure conscience. His mind must be enlarged in the knowledge of the truth; he must also retain it and teach it, with a conscientious regard to every other ministerial duty. He must be like his model, in labours more abundant.
1Ti 3:15. Know how to behave thyself in the house of God, which is the church of the living God, the pillar and ground of the truth; as the holy priests and levites conducted the worship of the ancient tabernacle, for the Hebrew word kahal, or congregation, agrees with the word church. The stones in the ancient temple are called stones of fire, Eze 28:14; and such should ministers ever be in the sanctuary. So much the more so, seeing that the christian temple is the church of the living God; and her high and anointed priest is the Son of God himself. On this rock the church is built, and the gates of hell shall not prevail against it. All her doctrines must be permanent, as her foundations are sure.
The church is likewise called the pillar and ground of the truth; the pillar on which the truth is inscribed in legible characters, and the foundation on which it rests. The church of the living God, says Chrysostom, is the pillar and stability of truth; like the foundations of the earth it remains immoveable. This monument of truth, reared by the hand of God, exhibits to all future generations the doctrine and the discipline of the apostolic age, graven as in the rock for ever.
1Ti 3:16. Without controversy, great is the mystery of godliness, that is, of the incarnation. God was manifest in the flesh. . So Chrysostom, and Theophylact read; also Erasmus, and Heinsius: ed. Cantab. 1640, p. 488. But the word, God, is wanting in the Greek of Syrus, and in the Latin. Of course, Griesbach omits it in his unitarian Greek testament. Erasmus complains of the Latin, Quod manifestum est in carne, because what follows refers to God; therefore this reading appears to him dry or insipid, and is equivalent to, What was manifested, what was justified, &c. The authority of Chrysostom for this reading far surpasses that of Syrus, in whose copy the divinity is understood as manifest in the flesh. This reading agrees with all the promises of the manifestation of Christ, or that the glory of the Lord should be revealed. Isa 40:4-5; Isa 45:8; Isa 52:6. Hag 2:7. Such are the ideas of the prophets, whose words were never understood in any other sense. But the expression, manifested in the flesh, coincides especially with the promise that Christ was to be the womans Seed, Abrahams heir, and of Davids stock, the root of Jesse, all corresponding with the christian scriptures. The Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us. God sent forth his Son, made of a woman, made under the law. Gal 4:6. The Son of God was manifested. 1Jn 3:8.
Dr. Doddridge on this text allows that the deity dwelt incarnate in our Lords humanity; and then handsomely adds, that he was the divine person he professed to be. Harmer, in his translation of the new testament, does the same. Joh 1:1. And the Word was a divine person. Angels also are divine persons, if we know the import of the word. But I would ask whether the apostles anywhere call angels God, and prefix, as in the Greek, an emphatic article before the word? I would ask whether they anywhere wish mercy and peace to them that call on the name of an angel, as they do to them that call on the name of the Lord Christ: and calling on the name of the Lord was the highest act of Hebrew devotion. Compare Joe 2:32. Act 7:52; Act 9:14, 1Co 1:2. 2Ti 2:22. Harmer, Peirce, and Priestley were honest men; but while Doddridge affected orthodoxy, he did unspeakable mischief to the truth, which cannot admit of indecision and duplicity of expression. He makes a little amends, or at least a variation by an expression concerning the Holy One of God, in calling him the illustrious person he professed to be! Is it any wonder that the doctors students should afterwards prove to be nearly all Arians.
He was justified in the Spirit, was declared to be the Holy and the Just One, because he went to the Father. All his miracles, wrought by the power of the Holy Spirit, testified that he was the Christ of God.
Seen of angels. The holy angels attended him through the whole of his ministry, and worshipped him as the only-begotten of the Father, for whom all things were created.
Preached unto the gentiles, and not to the jews only, for he was Gods salvation to the ends of the earth; and in him shall all the seed of Israel be justified, and shall glory.
Believed on in the world. The conversion of multitudes in all nations attested the efficacy of his sacrifice, and the power of his resurrection. This also is a part of the mystery of godliness, that the doctrine of the incarnation and sacrifice of Christ should be attended with such wide and powerful success.
Received up into glory, where the heavens were waiting to receive him, with the everlasting doors wide open, that the King of glory might enter in. There sits the Conqueror, at the right hand of the Majesty on high; there the Advocate with the Father, the Priest upon his throne, making intercession for all that come unto God by him, and offering up the prayers of the saints. Such is the consummation of the great mystery of godliness, filling heaven and earth with endless wonder and delight.
REFLECTIONS.
Ministers are the glory of Christ, the joy and boast of the church. But they are required to be holy, as their profession fully implies. No minister of state can act for his sovereign unless he be authorized, and unless he has intercourse with him, and know the royal pleasure. He must be clothed with the costume of state, and support the dignity of the high office he sustains. It is the same with the christian pastor, the father of the church. If he be given to wine, to violence of passion, or sordidly attached to filthy lucre, the King of kings will hide his face, and refuse a disclosure of his will. The gospel in that case, as Ostervald says, will freeze upon his lips.
Though Timothy had long been trained under a great master, and was in himself another Paul, yet even Timothy needed paternal counsel and advice in the high and important station he was called to fill. Let all men therefore, when entering on a pastoral charge, seek wisdom and assistance from the Lord, and let them read and study the impressive language of this epistle.
The idea which St. Paul here gives us of the church, the pillar and ground of the truth, is truly sublime and beautiful. There the great mystery of godliness has erected its monument, and chosen its habitation. There the Word made flesh has manifested his glory, the glory as of the only- begotten of the Father, full of grace and truth. Without controversy this mystery of the incarnation is the wonder of heaven, and the joy of earth. The Eternal born in time. The Son, enjoying from eternity glory with the Father, is cradled in a manger, with all the innocent infirmities of our nature. All the concomitant events justify the words of the prophets; the glory of the Lord is revealed, that all flesh may behold it together. Angels view the scene with admiration, joyfully attend his advent, and accompany their Lord to glory. Nay more: the world believe on the crucified Redeemer, and multitudes are ready to die for his name. Sing, oh heavens, and be glad, oh earth. But let the church, built on the rock, hold fast the faith once delivered to the saints.
(b) III. 1Ti 3:1-13.
Church Officials. 1Ti 3:1-7. The Bishops.Not only public worship, but also the appointment of officials, must be regulated. He who exercises oversighta good work, as is generally admittedmust possess moral qualifications which place him beyond reproach. He must be (a) of disciplined life: e.g. he must not marry a second time, or indulge in the drunken riots prevalent around him (cf. 1Co 5:11; 1Co 11:21); (b) hospitable, since Christians, especially teachers, frequently travelled from church to church; (c) successful in giving instructiona function usually assigned at this period to particular teachers; (d) untempted by money, thus reproving a dangerous error (cf. 65); (e) a proved ruler; (f) not too recent a convert, lest he suffer condemnation for pride, as did the devil; and, finally, (g) of honourable reputation among his heathen neighbours. (The writer is not enumerating the bishops functions, but insisting that the man elected shall be of the right moral quality.) Cf. p. 646.
vv. 1Ti 3:1. Faithful, etc.: 1Ti 1:15*.bishop: not in the sense of a monarchical, much less in that of a modern diocesan, bishop. The translation bishop, indeed, is misleading. In NT the word indicates one who exercises oversight, and the alternative title elder (possibly a different function within the same office, cf. Tit 1:5-7) is applied to the same person.
1Ti 3:2. Cf. Tit 1:6 ff.husband, etc.: sometimes wrongly interpreted as alluding to polygamy or adultery, or as forbidding celibacy.
If before we have seen personal conduct that is to be consistent with assembly character, this chapter, while dealing with personal character still, connects it directly with the order of the assembly. The work of the overseer, or elder, is a good work. It is not actually an “office” one is to desire here, but the work. The bishop is simply the overseer, one who cares for the state of the assembly, and watches over its spiritual interests and conditions. Act 20:1-38 shows these men as “the elders of the assembly” (v. 17, 28); and Tit 1:1-16 confirms this also. “Overseer” indicates the work he was given: “elder” describes the person; for he must be a man of experience. Never is one said to be “the overseer” or “the elder” of an assembly; for this was not a place one person was allowed to take exclusively. Php 1:1 is addressed to the saints, and to the bishops (overseers) and deacons; and the appointment of elders (not an elder) is seen to be “in every assembly” (Act 14:23; Ti. 1:5). This appointment in the various Gentile assemblies established by Paul was undertaken by Paul and Barnabas, and in Crete was delegated to Titus by Paul. Never was this left to the assembly to do. It is possible Paul also gave Timothy the authority to make such appointments, though this is not directly stated here; but the important matter here is rather the qualifications of the overseer. No apostle is here now to delegate authority for appointing elders, and therefore the official appointment is scripturally impossible. But the work of the elder is still to be done, and where there are proper qualifications, and willingness to do this work, the saints must certainly be prepared to recognize and respect men of such character.
As to his character, an overseer is simply to be thoroughly Christian: these same characteristics ought to be seen in all saints. But added to this, he must be an elder man, a man of some experience, the husband of one wife, and apt to teach.
The word for “vigilant” here is more correctly sober or circumspect, while that for “sober” in the Authorized Version has the force of “a sound mind.” His behavior is to be orderly, and in his home he is to practice hospitality. Having one wife would evidently indicate that he must be proven in family life. Doubtless many were converted in those days who had more than one wife. This would disqualify them from the place of an overseer, even though the grace of God had wrought mightily in their souls. For there had been a basic character displayed of insensibility to God’s order even in creation. This was not to be ignored even after conversion, as to governmental matters. In such cases problems would no doubt arise that would call for real exercise of soul, as to what must be done, but Scripture gives no instruction as to what a man must do who had already married two wives.
It was not required that an elder should be a teacher, but that he should have sufficient knowledge of the Word that he was “apt to teach,” having a heart to instruct the saints in the things of God, whether or not he had the gift of teaching.
If one did not control himself as regards the drinking of wine, he could have no place in the control of the assembly; and this was true too as regards being “a striker,” which involves lack of control of his own temper. Similarly, he must not be a lover of money, for this evidences lack of control over his own selfishness. Patience on the other hand involves having rule over ones spirit. This is rendered “mild” in the Darby Translation. A contentious attitude is the destruction of such things.
Moreover, his own house must be orderly, his children in subjection, for this was the very proving ground of his ability to keep order in the assembly. Therefore, he must not be a “novice,” one who was only new in the knowledge of Christ, for experience was a real necessity; and premature lifting up of one to a conspicuous place could result in his being puffed up with pride, that which was the downfall of the Devil. We must have enough concern to preserve souls from this grave danger.
Finally, the outside world must see in him that which is honorable and righteous. If his dealings with the world are questionable, he would himself fall into reproach and involve the assembly with him, if he had any place of eldership. And here the snare of the Devil is laid for him, for the Devil gloats over being able to speak reproachfully of the child of God and the assembly of God.
Verse 8. The deacon is simply a ministering servant, occupied particularly with the care of temporal arrangements and necessities in connection with the local assembly. In Act 6:1-15 there were seven of these appointed to wait on tables. In this case the brethren were told to look out from among themselves seven men of honest report, and these were appointed. The apostles left the assembly free to choose these men. This was not so as to elders, who were rather appointed by apostles or by one who had been specifically delegated by an apostle. The saints are not allowed to decide who is to have spiritual oversight in the assembly: God decides this independently of them. But for the care of their temporal things the assembly is perfectly right to decide who is to assume responsibility.
However, even for temporal matters, it is essential that one should have spiritual qualifications, for he is responsible to act with fullest integrity and proper care for the interests of the assembly. The requirements of a deacon are similar therefore to those of an elder, except that it was not necessary that he be an elder man or have special experience; but he must be of solid character, not using his tongue in political maneuvering, controlling his appetite, not fond of money; holding the mystery of the faith in a pure conscience that is, that the truth of Scripture must have vital control in his conscience, thereby maintaining it uncontaminated. Time was first to be allowed to prove the character of the man, before giving him this work.
Besides this however, their wives must have a character of dependability, not slanderers; for the wife may too easily influence her husband, and this can be of serious importance in the temporal affairs of the assembly. Again, the deacons were to be those who had only one wife, having their children in subjection, for their work was connected with governmental administration in the assembly, and ability to keep proper order was imperative.
The summing up of this in verse 13 involves a principle of vital importance. One whose work of a deacon was well done, by this very means found great blessing for his own soul, gaining much strength by way of being “faithful in that which is least.” This always leads to greater things, being entrusted with “much.” It is illustrated beautifully in
Stephen and Philip, both chosen as deacons in Act 6:1-15, and both later given “great boldness” in declaring the precious truths of God, whether truth, as in Stephen’s case, that struck home to the consciences of Israel (Act 7:1-60); or as in Philip’s case, the gospel of grace that reached the hearts of the Samaritans (Act 8:1-40).
The importance of Paul’s subject in this epistle was such that, though expecting to see Timothy, he must not think of delaying his message as long as he himself might be delayed. It is with similar urgency that John writes his second epistle (to the elect lady, 2Jn 1:12), for she must be warned of the danger of receiving false teachers into her home. Does this not teach us that we too must allow ourselves no delay in obeying such vital truths as are here expressed? The chief reason for the writing of this epistle is that the individual may know how to conduct himself in connection with the house of God, the Assembly. Is this a matter of real concern to every child of God? How little, sadly, is this the actual case! The unity, prosperity, strength, and growth of the assembly is too often completely ignored, while we think only of personal interests, blessings, testimony, or perhaps of a few others, who are special friends. If God’s interests are truly ours, then let us remember that the house of God is “the assembly of the Living God, the pillar and base of the truth.,’ This surely involves all the beloved saints of God, though all as united together in one by the power of the Spirit of God. It is only here that the truth today is properly displayed. Ignoring God’s Assembly is ignoring the truth. And the Assembly remains “the pillar and base of the truth,” though she has been guilty of too greatly compromising her place in practice, so that the truth does not shine out in the clearness with which it should. All true believers form that Assembly in which God delights, though in 2Ti 2:1-26 “a great house” is found, which involves a mixture of falsehood with the true, and this is foreign to the truth, so that the individual, in order to rightly behave in the house of God, must purge himself from the vessels to dishonor, and “follow righteousness, faith, love, and peace with them that call on the Lord out of a pure heart.”
In the first epistle this had not yet appeared, of course; and if every individual had always rightly conducted himself in the house of God, such disorder would not have appeared. Nevertheless, the responsibility of every saint remains the same as to his proper conduct: the failure of the mass does not give the individual liberty to also disobey. In fact, it becomes more imperative that he have sober wisdom and exercise to discern the mind of God as to his proper behavior, with full purpose of heart to obey.
Verse 16 expresses the marvellous truth which the assembly is here to bear as a precious witness before all creation. There is no question as to the greatness of the mystery of piety. This does not mean that we have any excuse to remain ignorant of it. Speaking of this word, “mystery,” or in the Greek, “musterion,” Vine’s Dictionary says, “In the New Testament it denotes, not the mysterious (as with the English word), but that which, being outside the range of unassisted natural apprehension, can be made known only by divine revelation, and is made known in a manner and at a time appointed by God, to those only who are illuminated by His Spirit.” Therefore, it is not only difficult, but impossible for unbelief to understand. Yet for faith it is made known in its grandeur and greatness such as draws out the marvelling adoration of the heart.
“God was manifest in flesh.” It is impossible to overestimate the wonder of this matchless revelation. Very possibly the proper translation here may be “He who was manifest in flesh”; but the truth remains the same; for this was certainly not an angel so manifested, and of man this form of speech could never be used, for man is flesh. But Php 2:6-7 and Col 2:9 are as clear as can be that this One existed first m the form of God,” and that now In Him dwelleth all the fullness of the Godhead bodily.” Precious, wonderful revelation of infinite love and grace! What natural mind could conceive a miracle so great as that of the incarnation of the Eternal Deity, the Creator, in lowly human form – indeed as a dependent Babe in His mother’s arms? How this could be is beyond the reasoning of our minds; but the fact is proven abundantly in the Word of God. Many things in the history of the Lord Jesus can be attributed only to the fact that He is God, for instance His “knowing all things” (Joh 18:4; Joh 21:17); His answering the unspoken thoughts of men’s minds (Mar 2:6-8); His calming of the sea (Mar 4:39); His walking on the sea (Mat 14:25); His raising the dead (Mar 5:41-42; Luk 7:14-15; Joh 11:43-44); and His many other miracles of grace.
On the other hand, many things about Him can be traced only to the fact that He is truly Man: His weariness at the well of Sychar (Joh 4:6); His fourteen prayers of lowly dependence inthe Gospel of Luke, and perhaps specially that in the Garden of Gethesemane where He was prostrate in agony, with 1,strong crying and tears” (Luk 22:41-44; Heb 5:7); His actual death (the spirit leaving the body); His literal resurrection in bodily form (Luk 23:46-47; Luk 24:36-43). These sublime witnesses to His eternal deity and perfect manhood are unspeakably
us to the believer, filling the heart with thanksgiving for the amazing truth that He is manifest in flesh.
” justified in the Spirit.” The significance of this is shown in Scripture to be of great importance. This was thirty years after His incarnation, when about to begin His public ministry. Being baptized by John in the river Jordan, He came up out of the water to be greeted by the descent of the Holy Spirit in the form of a dove, and the Father’s voice from heaven, saying, “This is my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased” (Mat 3:16-17).
This was a public justification for every observer, of the truth of every claim of the Lord Jesus: the Spirit of God coming upon Him, the Father’s voice giving His unqualified approval of Him. Perfectly sufficient witness is in this way borne to Him, a witness which was of course continued in the evident fact of the power of the Spirit being evidenced in every detail of His life. But the initial fact could not be disputed, being observed by many witnesses, of whom John the Baptist is rightly the chief spokesman, his witness clearly recorded in Joh 1:32-34.
Though chronologically the fact of His being “seen of angels” comes before His being “justified in the Spirit,” yet it was of more importance that God’s own approval of Him by the descent of the Spirit should be first mentioned here: the wondering admiration of angels is secondary. Yet this too is intended to engage our deep attention. Is it not a marvelous indication of the fact that in the incarnation of the Lord of Glory is the first time that angels have ever truly seen God? In the greatness of His effulgent glory, His omnipotence, His omnipresence, there is brightness beyond any creature’s ability to behold; and though for ages existent, angels had never known a true manifestation of the glory of God until the Lord Jesus was born in Bethlehem.
The reader may find greatest blessing in considering the many occasions on which angels are spoken of in connection with the entire history of the Lord Jesus, from before His birth until taken up after His resurrection. It is most precious to observe the evident vital interest these took in everything concerning Him.
“Preached unto the Gentiles” is again a matter of wonderful importance. The Old Testament had no message to be proclaimed to Gentile nations; and four thousand years of history passed by before the message of God could be sent world-wide. Only the manifestation of the glory of God in the person of Christ could provide so vital a message. Israel had b: en given the law of God, accompanied by “blackness and darkness and tempest,” with smoke and the sound of a trump – a law cold and hard as the stones upon which it was v, ritten, inexorable in its penalties against disobedience; which held no gospel, no message of grace, no forgiveness, no justification, no rest. But grace now invites all nations to come to the knowledge of the Son of God. He Himself is preached: He Himself is “the way, the truth, and the life.”
Another fact worthy of attention here is simply that He has been “believed on in the world.” There are those who, in the face of the world’s concerted unbelief, take a stand of implicit faith in the Lord Jesus Christ: their number is not the important thing, but their acceptance of the pure truth of Him who is God manifest in flesh, a precious witness in the eyes of God.
Last of all mentioned is His being “received up in glory” (though this of course actually preceded His being preached to Gentiles). For God in human form, a miracle of this kind is of course no difficulty whatever. And He remains true Man, in whom all the glory of the Godhead is manifested for eternity. Here ends the apostle’s treatment of the mystery of godliness. Wonderful witness indeed, which the Assembly, the house of God, is intended to present to all creation.
Verse 1
A bishop; literally, an overseer, an officer holding a general charge and superintendence in respect to the affairs of the church, with powers and duties adapted, in many respects, doubtless, to the peculiar circumstances and habits of the times.
(d) Oversight in the church of God (verses 1-13)
(V. 1). The apostle has spoken of the relative position of men and women, and the conduct suitable to such in the house of God. This prepares the way for instruction as to oversight in the church of God. The apostle says, If any one aspires to exercise oversight, he desires a good work (N.T.).
In the apostle’s address to the elders at Ephesus, three things are brought before us as characterising oversight. Firstly, the overseers are to take heed to themselves and to all the flock. They are to seek that their own walk, and the walk of the Lord’s people, may be worthy of the Lord. Secondly, they are to feed the church of God. They think, not only of the practical walk of God’s people, but they seek the welfare of their souls, that they may enter into their Christian privileges and make soul progress in the truth. Thirdly, they are to watch over the flock that it may be preserved from the attacks of the enemy without, as well as from the corruptions that may arise within the Christian circle through perverse men who divert souls from the Lord to themselves (Act 20:28-31).
Such was the work of oversight, and the apostle speaks of it as a good work. There is the testimony of the grace of God that is to flow out from the house of God, and already the apostle has spoken of this as good and acceptable in the sight of God. There is also the care of those who compose the house of God, that their behaviour may be suited to the house, and this care for souls is also a good work.
It is important to remember that the apostle is not speaking of gifts, but of local office for the care of the assembly. Christendom has confused gifts with offices or charges. In Scripture they are quite distinct. The gifts are given from the ascended Head and are set in the church (Eph 4:8-11; 1Co 12:28). The exercise of the gift cannot then be confined to a local assembly. The office of overseer is purely local.
Moreover, there is nothing in the instruction as to ordination of individuals to these offices. Timothy and Titus may be authorised by the apostle to ordain (or establish) elders (Tit 1:5), but there is no instruction for elders to appoint elders, or for the assembly to choose elders.
The fact that these servants were authorised by the apostle to establish elders clearly proves that, in the apostle’s day, there were assemblies in which there were no appointed overseers. They lacked duly appointed elders for want of apostolic authority (direct or indirect) to appoint them. It is plain, then, from Scripture, that there can be no elders officially appointed except by an apostle or his delegates. It would appear that for man to appoint elders or ordain ministers is to act without the warrant of Scripture.
This does not imply that the work of the overseer cannot be done, or that there are not those fitted for the work in a day of breakdown. The work of overseers was never more needed than today, and those who are scripturally qualified for the work can in simplicity serve the Lord’s people in their own locality; and it is well for us to recognise such, ever keeping in mind the exact force of the apostle’s words, when he says, If any one aspires to exercise oversight, he desires a good work. The apostle does not speak of a man desiring office in order to hold a position or exercise authority, but of the desire to exercise this good work. The flesh likes office, and position, and authority, but it will shrink from work. When this is seen, we may have to admit that there are few that have the desire that the apostle contemplates.
(Vv. 2, 3). The qualities that should mark such are clearly set before us; and, as one has said, The directions even as to elders and deacons are not, so to speak, merely for their own sake; they show us the character that God values and seeks from His people (F.W.G.).
The moral character of the elder must be above reproach. He must be the husband of one wife, a qualification that would have special application to those emerging from heathenism with its polygamy. A converted man, though not to be rejected because he had more than one wife, would be unfitted for oversight. Moreover, such an one was to be sober in judgment, discreet in his words, decorous in behaviour, hospitable. He was to be apt to teach, not necessarily implying that he was gifted as a teacher, but that he had aptness to help others in their spiritual exercises. He was not to be a person given to excess in wine or violence in action; on the contrary he was to be mild, avoiding contentions and free from covetousness.
(Vv. 4, 5). Moreover, he was to be one who ruled his house well, having his children in subjection – exhortations that clearly indicate that the overseer was to be an elder, not only married and possessing a home, but having children.
(V. 6). He was not to be a novice. A young Christian may be used of the Lord to preach to others as soon as he is converted, but for such to take the place of an overseer would obviously be wrong, and probably lead to his falling into the fault of the devil. The fault of the devil, one has truly said, was that he exalted himself at the thought of his own importance (J.N.D.).
(V. 7). Finally, the overseer must have a good testimony from those without, otherwise he will fall into reproach and the snare of the devil. The snare of the enemy is to entrap the believer into some questionable conduct before the world, so that he can no longer deal with questionable conduct among the saints.
(V. 8). The apostle further gives us the necessary qualifications for deacons. The deacon is a minister, or one who serves. From Acts 6 we learn that his special work is described as serving tables and, as the connection shows, this refers to meeting the bodily and temporal needs of the assembly, in contrast with the work of the overseer which is more especially concerned with meeting spiritual needs. Nevertheless, it is none the less necessary that the deacon should have spiritual qualifications. Those chosen for deacons’ work, in the early church at Jerusalem, were to be men well reported of, full of the Holy Spirit and wisdom (Act 6:3). Here we learn that, like the overseers, they were to be grave, not double-tongued, not given to excess of wine or covetousness.
(V. 9). Further, they were to be marked by holding the mystery of the faith in a pure conscience. To hold correct doctrine is not enough. Orthodoxy without a pure conscience would indicate how little the truth has power over its possessor; hence how powerless such would be to affect others.
(V. 10). Moreover, the deacons must be those who have been tested and proved by experience to be blameless in their own conduct and thus capable of dealing with matters that would of necessity come before them in their service.
(Vv. 11, 12). Their wives were also to be grave, not slanderers, and faithful in all things. Their character is specially referred to, inasmuch as the service of the deacons, having to do with temporal needs, might give occasion for the wives to make mischief unless faithful in all things. Like the overseers, the deacons are to be the husbands of one wife, ruling their children and their homes well. Again, these exhortations imply that the deacon is not a young man, but one that is married and has children, and thus a man with experience.
(V. 13). In case it might be thought that the office of a deacon was inferior to that of an overseer, the apostle specially states that those who use the office of a deacon well obtain for themselves a good degree, and much boldness in faith which is in Christ Jesus – a truth, as it has often been pointed out, strikingly illustrated in the history of Stephen (Act 6:1-5; Act 6:8-15).
(e)The mystery of piety (verses 14-16)
(Vv. 14, 15). The apostle closes this portion of his Epistle by definitely stating that his reason for writing these things is that Timothy might know how one ought to behave oneself in the house of God.
We are told that the house of God is the assembly of the living God. It is no longer a building of material stones, as in the Old Testament days, but a company of living stones – believers. It is formed of all believers living on earth at any given moment. No local assembly is ever called the house of God.
Further, it is the assembly of the living God. The God who dwells in the midst of His people is not like the dead idols that men worship, that can neither see nor hear. That our God is living is a truth of blessed but solemn import, but one we can easily forget. Later the apostle can tell us that we can both labour and suffer reproach, because we trust in the living God (1Ti 4:10). The living God is a God that delights to support and bless His people; nevertheless, if the holiness that becomes His house is not maintained, God may make manifest that He is the living God in solemn governmental dealings as with Ananias and Sapphira, who experienced the truth of the words, It is a fearful thing to fall into the hands of the living God (Heb 10:31).
Moreover, we learn that the house of God is the pillar and base of the truth. The pillar presents the thought of witness; the base is that which supports. The house of God is not said to be the truth, but the pillar or witness of the truth. Christ on earth was the truth (Joh 14:6); and again we read, Thy word is truth (Joh 17:17). However much the assembly may have failed in its responsibilities, the fact remains that, as established of God upon earth, it is the witness and support of the truth. God has no other witness on the earth. In a day of ruin it may be only a feeble few who will maintain the truth, while the great professing mass, failing to be a witness, will be spued out of the mouth of Christ.
It is important to remember that the assembly is not said to teach the truth, but to witness to the truth that is already found in the word of God. Nor can the assembly claim authority to decide what is truth. The word is the truth and carries its own authority.
(V. 16). As the assembly is the house of God – the living God – and the witness and support of the truth, how important that we should know how to behave ourselves in the house of God. In view of pious behaviour the apostle speaks of the mystery of piety, or the secret of right behaviour. One has written of this passage, This is often quoted and interpreted as if it spoke of the mystery of the Godhead, or the mystery of Christ’s Person. But it is the mystery of godliness, or the secret by which all real godliness is produced – the divine spring of all that can be called piety in man (J.N.D.). This mystery of piety is what is known to piety, but not yet manifest to the world. The secret of godliness lies in the knowledge of God manifested in and through the Person of Christ. Thus in this beautiful passage we have Christ presented as making God known to men and angels. In Christ, God was manifest in the flesh. The absolute holiness of Christ was seen in that He was justified in the Spirit. We are justified in the death of Christ: He was sealed and anointed altogether apart from death – the proof of His intrinsic holiness. Then, in Christ, as Man, God was seen of angels. In Christ, He was made known to and believed on in the world. Finally, the heart of God is made known by the present position of Christ in the glory.
All this is spoken of as the mystery of godliness, because these things are not known to the unbeliever. Such, indeed, can appreciate the outward conduct that flows from piety; but the unbeliever cannot know the secret spring of piety. That secret is only known to the pious; and the secret lies in the knowledge of God; and the knowledge of God has been revealed to them in Christ.
CHAPTER 14
TO QUOTE A FEW CHILDREN I’VE HEARD, “MINE!”
INTRODUCTION:
Several years ago we took our daughter and grand daughter to Nebraska to see some relatives. We had noticed and mentioned earlier that our grand daughter had not used the “mine!” word in her short little life.
When we arrived at our relatives, it was not long before grand daughter and the relatives little children began playing together. Their son was very cruel in mentality. He walked up to me with a monster action figure with sharp edges and laid it on my forearm and scraped it as hard as he could down my arm. He looked at me with a grin and asked if it hurt. They were very grabby, picky, noisy, and selfish. It was about five minutes before our grand daughter used that term “MINE!” for the first time.
She learned very quickly that to keep in that house, is to holler MINE!
In this text we find that church leaders are to have a prerequisite, even before they are examined to see if they are qualified.
Let us turn to 1Ti 3:1.
SCRIPTURE READING:
1 “This [is] a true saying, If a man desire the office of a bishop, he desireth a good work.
2 “A bishop then must be blameless, the husband of one wife, vigilant, sober, of good behaviour, given to hospitality, apt to teach;
3 “Not given to wine, no striker, not greedy of filthy lucre; but patient, not a brawler, not covetous;
4 “One that ruleth well his own house, having his children in subjection with all gravity;
5 “(For if a man know not how to rule his own house, how shall he take care of the church of God?)
6 “Not a novice, lest being lifted up with pride he fall into the condemnation of the devil.
7 “Moreover he must have a good report of them which are without; lest he fall into reproach and the snare of the devil.”
Notice in that first verse that the church leader is to desire the office that he holds. We want to delve into this idea of desiring the office of elder in this study.
“There’s a story about a proud young man who came to Socrates asking for knowledge. He walked up to the muscular philosopher and said, O great Socrates, I come to you for knowledge. Socrates recognized a pompous numskull when he saw one. He led the young man through the streets, to the sea, and chest deep into water. Then he asked, What do you want? Knowledge, O wise Socrates, said the young man with a smile. Socrates put his strong hands on the man’s shoulders and pushed him under. Thirty seconds later Socrates let him up. What do you want? he asked again. Wisdom, the young man sputtered, O great and wise Socrates. Socrates crunched him under again. Thirty seconds passed, thirty-five. Forty. Socrates let him up. The man was gasping. What do you want, young man? Between heavy, heaving breaths the fellow wheezed, Knowledge, O wise and wonderful… Socrates jammed him under again Forty seconds passed. Fifty. What do you want? Air! he screeched. I need air! When you want knowledge as you have just wanted air, then you will have knowledge.” (M. Littleton in Moody Monthly, June, 1989, p. 29)
The church leader should be able to look at his position and say, “MINE!” They are to WANT AIR!
Now, understand what I am saying. I am not saying that church leaders are to act like little children nor am I saying they ought to be bad swimmers!
I am saying however, that a man should not be in church leadership unless he has considered the ramifications of this verse.
Once he is convinced in his own heart and mind that he desires the office, he should then be examined to see if he is qualified according to the rest of the text as well as the list in Titus.
You may be saying to yourself why consider the desire of an elder. I personally have not heard a message on the subject, and as I went looking for commentary information, I discovered that many do not discuss the thought when commenting on this passage. I want to comment on it in this study because to me it is a new problem facing the church. In years past I think most people that were in office were there because they enjoyed that ministry, but I’m not sure all officers today are there because of a desire to serve.
Many are the men that I have run across in positions in the church are qualified, but are not totally committed to their work and ministry. These men are doing a good work and are sincere in their effort, however they are not the men that God wants in that position – they don’t desire the work. God will call men to the work and give them the desire to fulfill that position by prayer and the Word not by being voted in.
I have also come in contact with men that desire to lead the church and do some of the preaching, but are not comfortable with the other aspects of today’s concept of pastoring. These men are not serving in the position that they should because of their churches traditional concept of pastoring. They have the desire but not the opportunity.
It is of interest that God might well call a man and give him the desire, long before he is qualified. That would indicate that training and discipleship are required in some cases. There might also be a man that has been in a church for many years, highly qualified, and is called later in life that is fully qualified.
The text is not limiting to a set pattern, but rather is limiting to a set list of qualifications. A call, a desire, and a life that is fitting the office that is desired.
We need also to point out that not all men should desire the office. There are more that will not desire it than those who do. God only needs a few to oversee the flock.
We want to take a look at the terms that are used in this verse, and then we will look at the implications of the text.
WORD STUDY:
“This [is] a true” This term is closely related to the word that is normally translated faith.
This term is used of someone that shows themselves faithful in business transactions/is used of a person that follows orders/is used of a person that is worthy of trust/is used of a person that can be relied upon. It is also used of God being faithful (1Co 10:13; 2Co 1:18).
The term is used of a person having faith in Christ’s resurrection and His Messiahship. “And he said to the woman, Thy faith hath saved thee; go in peace.” (Luk 7:50) It is the term that Luke used of Stephen in Act 6:8, “And Stephen, full of faith and power, did great wonders and miracles among the people.”
Barnes mentions of the word, “…means assuredly true; it was that which might be depended on, or on which reliance might be placed. (Barnes p 122)
“saying” This is the same word that is used to describe Christ as the Word, Logos. It is also the same word that is used to describe God’s Word the Bible. It has the idea of something that is spoken or said. It seems to be a general term which takes on special meaning when related to Christ and/or the Bible.
A Greek philosopher named Heraclitus first used the term logos around 600 BC to designate the divine reason or plan which coordinates a changing universe. This word was well suited to John’s purpose in John 1, “In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God.” (Joh 1:1)
“If a man” The term seems to indicate that any and all men are open to have this desire, yet only those so burdened, gifted and called would have the desire. If any man desires, is the idea. This presupposes salvation – the man must be a believer.
“desire” The Online Bible states: “to stretch one’s self out in order to touch or to grasp something, to reach after or desire something” They also list as a usage, “to give one’s self up to the love of money” Picture a greedy person – you know, like Scrooge McDuck – their desire for money – the man desiring to be a church leader should be so desirous.
Vinzant vol. 3 mentions “Originally to stretch forth, to reach after. Here it implies not only desiring but seeking after. The word implies eagerness….”
The term is a verb and the construction indicates continuing action that the person has involved himself in. He is actively desiring.
1Ti 6:10 “For the love of money is the root of all evil: which while some coveted after, they have erred from the faith, and pierced themselves through with many sorrows.” The term coveted is the term we are looking at.
Heb 11:16 “But now they desire a better [country], that is, an heavenly: wherefore God is not ashamed to be called their God: for he hath prepared for them a city.”
“the office of a bishop” This seems to indicate the office or name of the position that is desired. (Lu. 19.44; Act 1:20; 1Ti 3:1; 1Pe 2:12.) The term elder or shepherd pictures the ministry of the one in that office.
The idea of investigation and inspection are seen in the term. These terms are used in the thought that as a church leader, the person would inspect the church constantly and determine what needs to be done and set into motion the work to accomplish this.
The shepherd does this constantly in the field with the sheep.
“he desireth” The idea seems to be to long for, or to desire. Since the word is translated lust and covet also, we must assume that this longing or desire is quite strong, indeed, strong enough I assume, to move the person to act upon that desire by seeking the office.
Christ used this word for a man’s lust for a woman in Mat 5:28.
Luke used the term to describe the desire of a hungry beggar wanting the crumbs from the rich man’s table: “And desiring to be fed with the crumbs which fell from the rich man’s table: moreover the dogs came and licked his sores.” (Luk 16:21)
“a good” There are many terms listed in the Online Bible to describe this term. Beautiful, handsome, excellent, eminent, choice, precious, admirable and magnificent, to list some.
It is used of good works, of good fruit, good ground etc., indicating that this work that is desired is a GOOD DEAL. Something quite acceptable and good.
“work” This is a word that simply means that which occupies our time as we do things. Work normally indicates effort and exertion.
It is used of the works that believers have done which will be tried by fire at the judgment seat of Christ. 1Co 3:13-15
“good work” might also be translated a good office, or good ministry. Paul is telling Timothy to find men that desire to be involved in the oversight of believers. He is then to look at their overall character and find if they qualify according to the list that is set forth in the coming verses.
The Darby version seems to put it quite nicely: “The word [is] faithful: if any one aspires to exercise oversight, he desires a good work.”
To put it into the thought of our word study you might try this. It is true to say, if a man really desires to oversee the church, he is seeking a good ministry.
“Faithful is the saying” in the King James indicates that this is just a saying that is true. The Darby indicates that this is the Word of God that is faithful. A saying in the Word elsewhere dealing with this subject or the Word itself. Which case is correct? If we had a passage in the Old Testament or writings of the New Testament that predated I Timothy, we could suggest that the Darby translation was correct. If not, then the King James would be correct.
The literal translation of the verse states, “Faithful is the word” which does not indicate if it is just a saying or The Word. I do not find any previous reference to a person desiring the oversight of believers. There are a few references which mention that God is in the business of overseeing His people – Jer 31:28; Jer 44:27 for example. Luk 2:8 mentions of shepherds, “And there were in the same country shepherds abiding in the field, keeping watch over their flock by night.” This illustrates our text. A shepherd desires to oversee the flock as does a church leader. However, no ref. to indicate previous mention of men desiring to oversee.
I think the King James is probably the closer to what Paul had in mind. I really do not see any indication that the Bible was in his mind.
I. BASIS OF THE WORK
The true saying is that if you desire the work, you desire a good work. Now, if there is any other desire, or if there is no desire, then the saying is not true of you.
The desire is for the work and nothing else! If there is anything else involved then you no longer have a true description of yourself.
Let’s consider some of the possible wrong desires. I would like to just list three possibles and read a verse for each.
IN THE NEGATIVE:
A. Not for money – 1Ti 3:3, “Not given to wine, no striker, not greedy of filthy lucre; but patient, not a brawler, not covetous;”
Many are the stories that I could tell you of pastors that are more interested in the “pay package” than they are in God leading them into or out of a work.
Let one account suffice. One of our chapel speakers at the school where I taught was a camp director in Montana. He told us of a pastor that had told him that he was changing churches because he needed more money. Up front – that is no reason to change churches. The camp director asked the pastor how much he was getting at his present church. The pastor replied, “Only $40,000.”
B. Not for pride – 1Ti 3:7, “Moreover he must have a good report of them which are without; lest he fall into reproach and the snare of the devil.” Most feel that the snare of the devil was his pride.
C. Not for self – 1Jn 2:15-17,
15 “Love not the world, neither the things [that are] in the world. If any man love the world, the love of the Father is not in him.
16 “For all that [is] in the world, the lust of the flesh, and the lust of the eyes, and the pride of life, is not of the Father, but is of the world.
17 “And the world passeth away, and the lust thereof: but he that doeth the will of God abideth for ever.”
Do it because you feel compelled to do it for God! No other reason or desire should be involved.
IN THE POSITIVE:
I would like to submit three references and just list some of the positive aspects of this work.
A. THE CARING: Act 20:28, “Take heed therefore unto yourselves, and to all the flock, over the which the Holy Ghost hath made you overseers, to feed the church of God, which he hath purchased with his own blood.” WATCHING AND FEEDING.
This work is done for the Holy Spirit because it is done at his command and call. I don’t know about you, but I’ve been in a number of meetings where people were almost railroaded into office by a congregation that needed someone to fill a position. This is not the desire of the Lord.
It relates to the oversight of the church.
It relates to the spiritual feeding of the people of that church.
It is done for those that Christ died for.
It is of note to me that in this great passage, given to the elders of the churches there is no mention of all the things that we feel a pastor is to do. Visitation, marriages, mowing, cleaning, funerals, community projects etc. Not that these things are bad, but they are not a Biblical job description for an elder.
The pastor is to be involved in feeding and watching for the people.
B. THE PREPARING: Eph 4:11-16
11 “And he gave some, apostles; and some, prophets; and some, evangelists; and some, pastors and teachers;
12 “For the perfecting of the saints, for the work of the ministry, for the edifying of the body of Christ:
13 “Till we all come in the unity of the faith, and of the knowledge of the Son of God, unto a perfect man, unto the measure of the stature of the fulness of Christ:
14 “That we [henceforth] be no more children, tossed to and fro, and carried about with every wind of doctrine, by the sleight of men, [and] cunning craftiness, whereby they lie in wait to deceive;
15 “But speaking the truth in love, may grow up into him in all things, which is the head, [even] Christ:
16 “From whom the whole body fitly joined together and compacted by that which every joint supplieth, according to the effectual working in the measure of every part, maketh increase of the body unto the edifying of itself in love.”
Note: Christ = Head
Leaders of the body
For the perfecting of the saints.
For the edification of the saints.
For the protection of the saints
For body increase.
For the work of the ministry. (Both the ministers and saints.)
C. THE SENDING: 2Co 5:18-19; Mat 28:18-20; Act 1:8
I would like to list the II Cor. passage. The others are probably familiar to you – if not take time to read them later.
18 “And all things [are] of God, who hath reconciled us to himself by Jesus Christ, and hath given to us the ministry of reconciliation;
19 “To wit, that God was in Christ, reconciling the world unto himself, not imputing their trespasses unto them; and hath committed unto us the word of reconciliation.”
We are to be spreading the message of reconciliation to the world.
THAT IS MISSIONS!
All too often our leaders teach the people, and maybe even care for the people, but few churches send their people. The number of mission minded churches is on the drastic decrease today.
When on deputation, I ran into a church in Washington that had sent out more than fifteen couples to the mission field. That is a church that takes time to teach its people about the Lord’s command to go.
We want to move on now to the desire of the work.
II. DESIRE OF THE WORK
The man that is spoken of in this text is one that is somewhat consumed by what he wants to do.
I am reminded of people that I have seen that are involved in car racing. Their every moment is geared toward the next race and getting the car ready for that race.
Their money quite often is committed to the car, their time is committed to the car, their thought life is committed to the car and all else that they have is committed to the car.
So, the man that desires to oversee the church should commit himself, his time, his resources and his effort to doing the work of God.
If he is still in the seeking stage of his desire and not qualified then all should be committed to assuring that his life measures up to the standard that follows in I Timothy.
The man should want to do it.
The man should want to do it well.
The man should want to do it well for Christ.
The man should want to do it well for Christ only.
His total focus should be on the work that he is attempting to do for Christ and Christ alone. The work is not for his benefit, but for the benefit of Christ and Christ’s people.
And now the nature of the work. A GOOD WORK. Not one that brings shame or division to the church or Christ. A GOOD WORK!
III. NATURE OF THE WORK
A. It should be a work that glorifies God. There is no other logical reason to labor for God.
“[Even] every one that is called by my name: for I have created him for my glory, I have formed him; yea, I have made him.” (Isa 43:7)
B. It should be a work that increases Christ’s body.
The whole concept of the Body of Christ is the growth, maturing and the working together of the members.
If we are afraid of growth in our churches, we are afraid of what God wants. This is not uncommon today. Many are afraid their apple cart will be bothered, thus don’t like the thought of growth.
We were in a church that was interviewing a candidate. The man wanted to do some new things to see if he could bring about some growth in the very stagnant church. The people became nervous and asked all kinds of questions about why he wanted growth etc. They did not call the man. It was of interest to us that the man they called had similar ideas about growth but didn’t tell them about his ideas. They called him and he brought about growth in the church. GOD WILL HAVE HIS WAY, ONE WAY OR ANOTHER.
The whole idea of evangelism is growth in case you haven’t noticed. If we are leading people to Christ, then the body will be growing.
By the way, this is the problem today. We aren’t leading people to Christ fast enough to replace those that the Lord takes home. We either need to get out and begin evangelizing or ask the Lord to let the Christians live longer.
C. It should be a work that flows from the Holy Spirit.
Any labor that is not directed by the Holy Spirit,
any labor that is not empowered by the Holy Spirit,
any labor that is not centered in the Holy Spirit cannot be a work that is from God.
As a church there should be much prayer concerning all facets of the ministry. As church leadership meets to plan the future of the church, prayer should be the prime force behind their action.
We ought not move without orders from God.
APPLICATION:
1. FOR THE CHURCH LEADERS:
Do you leaders measure up? I see few churches holding leaders to this standard in I Tim three.
I have seen a few men of this caliber in my life. I met one a number of years ago. He was a very busy man in his own life, yet he desired to do the work of the Lord. He was working long hours at work and yet he spent many hours in church work.
He was not interested in glory or recognition, indeed, oft times he would do things and the pastor would take the credit – it didn’t matter to the man.
He was involved in ushering, he was a board member, he was involved in the missions committee, he was involved in visitation, and he was involved in other areas of the churches ministry.
He desired the work and he did it when given the opportunity.
2. FOR THE CHURCH MEMBERSHIP:
It is your responsibility to hold your church leaders to this standard.
NOT YOUR STANDARD,
NOT A PAST STANDARD,
NOT A FALSE STANDARD,
BUT GOD’S STANDARD!
In closing I would like to read four verses which show the balance of leadership in the church. We have Christ the Head, we have the leaders, and we have the people. There should be a balance between the three.
Act 20:28 mentions the ministry of the overseer as well as Christ the provider of salvation.
“Take heed therefore unto yourselves, and to all the flock, over the which the Holy Ghost hath made you overseers, to feed the church of God, which he hath purchased with his own blood.”
1Ti 3:1 mentions that the overseer should desire to do the work that he is entrusted with, and then the following verses tell us of his qualifications.
“This [is] a true saying, If a man desire the office of a bishop, he desireth a good work.”
Heb 13:7 mentions that teaching is part of their ministry, as well as living a good example before man.
“Remember them which have the rule over you, who have spoken unto you the word of God: whose faith follow, considering the end of [their] conversation.”
Heb 13:17 tells the congregation that they are to obey the overseer. The congregation is also to submit to the overseer. The clear teaching of this verse is that the overseer must give account of his sheep.
“Obey them that have the rule over you, and submit yourselves: for they watch for your souls, as they that must give account, that they may do it with joy, and not with grief: for that [is] unprofitable for you.”
I might be quick to point out that these last two verses do not teach that the pastor is in total power, and that he makes all decisions for the church. This is a false line of thinking that is being spread through the country by a Bible College in Missouri.
Illustration: We started going to a church that as we found out later had no board, the pastor controlled all aspects of the churchs life and program. He had come in and eliminated the board over time and was in total control of the church. His belief was that the people were there to do his bidding and he was to tell them what to do. If they did not follow him, they were standing against the Lord’s anointed.
Thus, we see that Christ is the provider of our salvation and head of the church. He directs the church via prayer through all the saints. The overseers are to set the tone of the church for the congregation, and the congregation is to obey and submit to the ministry of the overseer.
There is one item that has not been covered. Who makes sure that the overseer lives up to the qualifications? This should be the responsibility of all believers in that church. I assume that the elders will do much of the work with the person desiring the position, but the congregation should also be involved. They are the people that know the candidate the best.
So, we come to the end. The man that desires to be an elder is to desire that ministry with a Godly desire. The congregation in turn with, and through the present elders will assure that the man is qualified according to God’s standard.
Before I close, I must warn you. There is a danger in what I have told you. IF YOU HOLD YOUR CHURCH LEADERS TO THIS STANDARD, THEY ONE DAY WILL, AS THEY SHOULD, HOLD YOU TO THE SAME STANDARD. All except one of the qualifications for the elder are restated elsewhere in Scripture for all believers. The “apt to teach” is the only qualification that is not for all believers.
In our churches, we should be holding the leaders to this standard, and they should be holding us to the same standard. THINK OF IT – church purity in action!
When in Bible College in Denver we knew a graduate student that was pastoring a church. He was a student and was working near full time in the electronics industry.
He was quite busy in his life and was doing quite well in school, and the church he was pastoring was growing.
They had two children but one had been in poor health. They finally found a specialist that told them that the child had a serious long term expensive problem. The couple had no health insurance and did not know what to do. The man asked the student body to pray for his family.
A few days later the man’s boss called him in and asked him to transfer to a larger facility out of state, as management. It would include all moving expenses, a very large increase in salary and full benefits with the company, which included complete health insurance.
You see the dilemma. Leave the pastorate of the church and school and have all the financial security they needed and move up the corporate ladder or pass up a good promotion and face the thousands of dollars in upcoming medical expenses.
He again asked the student body to pray. In a few days he announced that he had decided that the pastorate was much more important to him, his family and His Lord than any money, job or security and that he had already turned the employer down.
That man desired the office of bishop.
15-CHAPTER 15
CHAPTER 15
Recently Leadership Magazine commissioned a poll of a thousand pastors. The pastors indicated that 12 percent had committed adultery while in the ministry which is one in eight pastors! The poll also revealed that 23 percent had done something they considered sexually inappropriate. Christianity Today surveyed a thousand of its subscribers who were not pastors and found that 23 percent said they had been involved in extramarital relations and 45 percent indicated they had done something they themselves deemed sexually inappropriate. One in four Christian men are unfaithful, and nearly one half has behaved unbecomingly! This becomes more important when we realize that Christianity Today readers tend to be college-educated church leaders, elders, deacons, Sunday school superintendents, and teachers.
God knows where men’s hearts and minds tend to wonder, and He knows that those ministering to His children ought to be of the highest caliber, thus He has set a very high standard – a standard that I personally have only seen invoked once in a single church in thirty years of ministry.
Many churches run out the standard when they need a pastor and read it and many study it to be sure they know what they are supposed to look for, but then when it comes to finding such a man they fail miserably. Many churches never hold this standard to their prospects because they are not willing to wait for God to provide His man for His church!
I. PREREQUISITE FOR HEADSHIP (ruling the house)
II. PREREQUISITE FOR FATHERSHIP (having children in subjection)
III. PREREQUISITE FOR LEADERSHIP (caring for the church)
INTRODUCTION:
SUSAN WESLEY’S RULES FOR CHILD TRAINING: She had 19 children, and raised them well with the following 16 rules:
1. No eating between meals.
2. All children in bed by 8:00 p.m.
3. Take your medicine without complaining.
4. Subdue self will in each child.
5. Work with God to save the soul of each child.
6. Teach the child to pray as soon as he can speak.
7. Require all to be still during family worship.
8. Give children nothing they cry for.
9. Give them only what they ask for politely.
10. To prevent lying, punish no fault which is first confessed.
11. Do not allow a sinful act to go unpunished.
12. Command and reward good behavior.
13. Preserve property rights, even in the smallest matters.
14. Strictly observe all promises.
15. Require no daughter to work before she can read well.
16. Teach children to fear the rod.
Now, I wish that these rules had been introduced as Wesley’s father’s rules, but they are good rules anyway.
I don’t want to talk about children specifically, though they are related to our study. We want to look at the elder qualification to be a good parent as a prerequisite to being a church leader.
Turn to 1Ti 3:4-5 with me. “One that ruleth well his own house, having his children in subjection with all gravity; (For if a man know not how to rule his own house, how shall he take care of the church of God?)”
This father achieves obedience of his children in the following way – by having them in subjection with gravity.
He stands as head – runs it as head. There is a chain of authority with him at the top. One of the biggest hindrances to a proper upbringing of children is a family that has no authority. If the father runs things one way and the mother another there is no way that the children can know what is expected. The parents need to discuss what they think the proper family is to be, then the father is to make the final decision and the couple should go forth with a united front in the raising of their children.
The man should be able to control his children. If his children aren’t saved and turn out bad it is not necessarily a disqualification in this area, unless of course, he has neglected the family’s training. He should be able to control the children. Their salvation is up to God, and their life’s decisions are theirs BUT their raising and discipline are the fathers overall responsibility.
The father must teach, guide and exhort. Vine mentions, “to stand before, hence to lead, attend to” This indicates care and diligence. Not something that is accomplished by remote control, nor is it something that is accomplished by delegating authority to the mother. Mom is an integrated part of the process but not the defining moment of the process.
Ruleth is the same word that is translated ruleth in Rom 12:8. This is the context of ruling a church congregation. These two verses only strengthen one another. (the others usages are: 1Th 5:12 “are over”; 1Ti 3:12 and Tit 3:8; Tit 3:14 where it appears as “to maintain”.)
In many church government setups the elders are simply there to facilitate the desires of the congregation. This is not the thought here in this passage. There is more to the office of elder than doing the bidding of the congregation. The congregation sets the purpose of the assembly, makes final big decisions, and assists in seeking qualified men, but the leadership is in the hands of the church leaders.
The term subjection has the thought of a deep decision or commitment. It is used in 2Co 9:13 as submission to the Gospel. This is not a subjection or submission that is now and then – the submission to the gospel is a serious, deep, one time, total, life altering matter.
So the children of the family of a church elder should be committed to their fathers headship and leadership – not now and then – not when it is convenient – not when the child wants to – AT ALL TIMES!
Some feel that the elders children ought to have a higher standard set upon them. This is not necessarily fair, but this passage may indicate that this is a true observation. Not that the kids are perfect, but held to a higher standard in their family relationships.
The thought of “children” is not that of a small child necessarily. The term is used of young to older. Vine states, “it gives prominence to the fact of birth”. (It is used in Mat 9:1-2 of a man; Mat 2:18; Mat 3:9 as children under two; Rom 8:16 = adults are children of God; Col 3:20 as in children obey your parents.)
There may be a sense that adult children should still be in proper relation to the father as in Honor your Father and Mother.
Thayer mentions of the term gravity “the characteristic of a thing or person which entitles to reverence and respect, dignity, majesty, sanctity, honour, purity” The elder should run his house in such a way that his children automatically see him as a man that is entitled to respect and dignity.
One of the merchandise managers at the store where I work is such a man. I call him by first name, but find myself a little uneasy in doing so. This man is not a believer, but he seems to have his house in order, he seems to have his work in order, and he seems to have his life in order.
I have a great respect for this man. I feel that he is deserving of any respect, help, or assistance I can ever give to him. He did not ask me for this respect. The respect comes from my knowing his character.
Many are the children in this world that have no respect nor dignity toward their parents. In the store we see children mouthing off to their parents constantly, even to the point of swearing at them and calling them names.
One of our pastors when we were going to Bible college had one good son and one that was not so good at times. The poor one was rebellious to a point – didn’t care for church – long stringy hair – very rough type. He didn’t turn out a pride and joy as a teenager BUT, he was under subjection. One look from his father and foolishness or wrong doing was stopped. He was always in church. He always did as his father asked him to do. He seemed later on to have turned out okay. He bothered some people in the church, but they were not seeing the whole story – only the outward trouble.
Before you condemn a pastor for a bad teen, see if he has him in subjection. This is the requirement – not that all kids turn out as super saints. The result of a good elder is not always 100% spiritual on fire Christians.
This man lead his small struggling congregation over a number of years to establish a large church with a very adequate building. He had some in his church that were as his sons. Some were outstanding members, and some were stinkers. The pastor as in his family brought his membership to a place of unity and lead both his natural family and his spiritual family to success.
Barnes has a real mouth full on this point. I am not sure I lived up to his standard – in that I have and probably always will be way over humored! “Having his children in subjection with all gravity. This does not mean that his children should evince gravity, whatever may be true on that point; but it refers to the father, he should be a grave or serious man in his family; a man free from levity of character, and from frivolity and fickleness, in his intercourse with his children. It does not mean that he should be severe, stern, morose–which are traits that are often mistaken for gravity, and which are as inconsistent with the proper spirit of a father as frivolity of manner –but that he should be a serious and sober-minded man. He should maintain proper dignity, he should maintain self-respect, and his deportment should be such as to inspire others with respect for him.”
I believe that humor and fun can be a part of a family’s life. Grave to me would be seriousness of purpose for the family, not necessarily a personality trait. Everyone knowing this is a Godly family would be the thought in my mind.
Verse five (For if a man know not how to rule his own house, how shall he take care of the church of God?)
Verse five shows the why of verse four.
The term house may imply, as well as controlling the family as the context speaks of, but also of the material things. He should be able to run his house in a proper manner, keeping his bills paid, keeping his house in repair and keeping his house in pleasant appearance. Some preachers today are behind in their bills if not delinquent, and are behind in their homes upkeep. This ought not be so.
Now, just why would Paul tell Timothy that an elder must be a good head of house to be a good elder?
SOME THOUGHTS:
If he is a good head of house he will be a good leader for the church. Paul likens the one job to the other. The job, the principles of, and the work of being a good head of house are JUST the qualifications for the elder.
a. He will be the one that heads up the church.
One that assists and helps sets the course for the church.
One that trains the church.
One that nurtures the church.
One that encourages the church.
One that assists the church to its fullest potential.
One that DISCIPLINES THE CHURCH.
b. I suspect that Paul saw another characteristic that a good father will bring to a church.
The father that is head of his house and a responsible father to his children is one that has a great love and concern for the family. So, the elder that has a love and concern for his people will be the leader of the church that he ought to be and will be the responsible leader that he should be.
c. On the other side of the coin we must relate the thought of submissive children to the congregation.
There is absolutely no way a church can march forward if the people are not willing and desirous of following the men that God has placed over them.
Think of the logic of this. A child has no choice in the father that is placed over them by God. The church member may have little choice over the elders that are placed over them by God. Both should be in subjection to the respective leader.
NEVER CAN A CHURCH HOPE TO BE SUCCESSFUL FOR GOD IF THE PEOPLE ARE NOT WILLING TO ALLOW THEIR ELDERS TO LEAD THEM.
THEY CANNOT FORCE THEM TO FOLLOW,
THEY CANNOT FORCE THEM TO SUBMIT TO THEM,
AND THEY CANNOT FORCE THEM TO RESPECT THEM.
If they are God’s men for the hour then that ends the discussion. The church member should work and live in the church membership as a good child of God.
d. And this brings us to the final thought. The church member is a Child of God. The elder is placed over the child of God as an earthly father or guide. THIS IS NOT HOW STANLEY DERICKSON SET IT UP – IT IS HOW GOD SET IT UP!
The elder should have the responsibilities of a father, the elder should have the authority of a father, and the elder ought to have the respect of a father.
NOW, DON’T GO OUT TELLING EVERYONE I WANT TO BE CALLED FATHER! I don’t know this to be a fact, but I suspect that this may be the basis for the Roman Catholic thought of the priest being called father.
APPLICATION:
1. Never consider a candidate that does not have his family with him. How in the world can you consider his qualification in this area if you have never met the family?
2. It is wise to see the family for more than a couple hours. This is one of the reasons that many churches are asking that their candidates spend a week with the church before being considered.
3. The pastor and his family are to be the example of a proper family to those that they minister to.
One of the reasons the mission we were with was so excited about us going to Ireland was this very fact. The Irish have a very poor concept of the family and the mission wanted the Irish believers to see what a Christian family was to be like – not that ours was perfect – only a lot more of a family than the Irish had ever seen. We did not ultimately go to the field, but since several very strong families have raised support and arrived on the field.
4. The man that does not fulfill this qualification is not to be a church leader. If a man has not raised his family well, then God does not feel that he can raise a church family well.
Again, this is not open to discussion. This is the way God set it up and this is the way that God wants it.
5. One final family concept that relates to the church family concept is unity. The family that is properly raised is a family unit – there should be a real unity of purpose.
So, in the church there should be a real unity – indeed, there must be a unity of purpose lest the church crumble.
Pleiades is a set of seven stars in the constellation Taurus. They are supposedly the seven daughters of Atlas in Greek mythology. The seven make up a loose cluster of stars. Six are visible to the average person. The interesting part of this cluster of stars is that they are in separate and distinct orbits, which one day will lead them in different directions. This will result someday in the disappearance of the star cluster Pleiades.
I think that this illustrates quite well the church that has several people going several different directions – often their own direction. The church that is not united in purpose will one day cease to exist.
I trust that as time goes along the church universal will start looking very seriously at the qualifications for elders before calling men into the leadership.
I also trust that if there is ever a time that an elder of the church ceases to rule his own house well, that he is asked to step aside before he rules God’s house not so well.
God did not set these qualifications for the fun of seeing if Timothy could find someone to fulfill them. THESE ARE GOD’S REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAN THAT IS GOING TO LEAD HIS CHILDREN!
God knows what outcome He wants for His children and He will provide the men that will get that job done!
Don’t be afraid to require what God requires!
Don’t be afraid to be picky!
Don’t be afraid to await God’s man!
A final quote from Barnes:
“One that ruleth well his own house. This implies that a minister of the gospel would be, and ought to be, a married man. It is everywhere in the New Testament supposed that he would be a man who could be an example in all the relations of life. The position which he occupies in the church has a strong resemblance to the relation which a father sustains to his household; and a qualification to govern a family well, would be an evidence of a qualification to preside properly in the church. It is probable that, in the early Christian church, ministers were not infrequently taken from those of mature life, and who were, at the time, at the head of families; and, of course, such would be men who had had an opportunity of showing that they had this qualification for the office. Though, however, this cannot be insisted on now as a previous qualification for the office, yet it is still true that, if he has a family, it is a necessary qualification, and that a man in the ministry should be one who governs his own house well. A want of this will always be a hindrance to extensive usefulness.”
If this standard had been the standard used for leaders over the last fifty years, we would not be faced with the problems we have in churches today.
The sexual impropriety
The stress on cash
The stress on self-centeredness
The church problems
We must seek and wait till we find men of this caliber instead of electing warm bodies to offices that our constitutions require us to fill.
16-CHAPTER 16
CHAPTER 16
I do not know who the person is that produced this, but I like their humor. It came to me on the internet.
“So Long, Pastor.”
“You Know It’s Over When:
“When the flood of dinner invitations is reduced to a trickle and the menus switch from sirloin to burgers, you know the honeymoon between you and your congregation is over.
“In the beginning you reign from your pedestal, feeling invincible. The first tremors are so subtle that you ask, “Did I imagine that?”
“Then the pedestal begins to rock as enthusiastic handshakes and vigorous pats on the back are replaced by cordial smiles and forced praise for the “fine” sermon you preached. You tip-toe, you dance, you flail your arms, but eventually you topple. And the worst part is, you never saw it coming-just like the last time.
“See if you have overlooked these warning signs of a disgruntled congregation:
You return from vacation to find the visiting preacher’s name on your mailbox.
Your church is about to split, and neither group wants you.
Shut-ins pull the window shades and pretend they aren’t home when you come for a visit.
Mom moves her membership letter to another church.
You’re told God is calling you to the mission field-now.
You’re cast as the donkey in the Christmas cantata.
Your wife moves her membership letter to another church.
The trustees have been marching around your house the last six days praying and carrying
lanterns.
Your secretary starts sending out your resume.
The congregation forces the members of the pulpit committee to wear sackcloth and make a public apology.
Church members start referring to you in the past tense.
Your “love offering” is a two-for-one coupon at Ponderosa.
You show up at the church on Monday morning to discover the locks have been changed.”
Jackie Macgirvin Ministries Today
Having covered the desire and the ruling of the house previously, lets move into the first seven verses of chapter three.
Verse one: This [is] a true saying, If a man desire the office of a bishop, he desireth a good work.
A true saying: Truth. If you say what is true people will know what is going on. If you say part of truth and leave out part people won’t know what is going on.
I used to work with a man that would ask a question based on part of the information then wait for an answer. Then when you’ve said yes, he gives you more information.
He asked me if I could go to a meeting in another state. I began asking questions because I knew him. Come to find out the TWO day meeting required me to go the night before, which also required me to pay for three nights in a motel and meals – not quite what a simple “Can you go to a meeting” means.
Don’t do that to people! I’ve seen husbands and wives do it, I’ve seen parents and children do it, and I’ve seen pastors and church people do it. USE THE TRUTH!
Some might wonder, so if we are being so Biblical in our churches, why don’t we have bishops? (The office of a bishop is a good work.) The NASB uses the term
overseer which is the same as the elder of the church.
It is the Greek word “episkopos”. It has the idea of taking the lead and care of the sheep.
In the New Testament times the churches had elders – Plural. It is assumed that one was in overall charge, but a plurality of leadership and decision making.
As I view the Scriptures, the elder is the highest office of church leadership. The pastor is an elder if you have a hired pastor and he qualifies. The spiritual leadership of the church is in the elders. It is the elders that should set the direction of the churches spiritual activities including worship, fellowship, prayer, and evangelism.
Some churches call the pastor elder and the deacons are the board of the church. Some have the elder as pastor, the deacons as spiritual leaders under the elder, and a trustee board to care for the material items of the church.
As we discuss elders, I am in my mind speaking of the pastor and board. Then the deacon board is the part of church leadership that cares for the material end of things. Don’t confuse this with paid staff preachers being elder boards. Some teach that the elders are paid staffers only – no laymen. There is absolutely no indication in the Word that all elders are to be paid officers.
I used to give my theology students a listing of the occurrences of deacon and elder in the New Testament and ask them to define the offices. They always defined the elders as the spiritual leaders and the deacons as the material leaders. They always saw the pastor as part of the elders.
If second year Bible College students can see this, why haven’t the pastors and teachers of past ages been able to grasp the concept?
It is not relevant what you call the spiritual/material leaders as long as you see a distinction. I personally believe that the Bible sets forth the elders as the spiritual and the deacons as the material ministers of the church, but if you want to call them something else I don’t see that it is a large problem. Just be sure you have two groups caring for these areas of the church.
Paul mentions the desire of a good work in one verse and uses six verses to show the spiritual qualifications for the work.
How would you describe the man that “desires the office of bishop?” What does the term desire communicate to you?
Desire = literal “to stretch oneself out after” Something you labor and sacrifice for. Similar to the desire you have for that new car or house.
Matthew Henry mentions, “If a man desired the pastoral office, and from love of Christ, and the souls of men, was ready to deny himself, and undergo hardships by devoting himself to that service, he sought to be employed in a good work, and his desire should be approved, provided he was qualified for the office.”
I suspect that this is the basis of the thought of calling and ordaining to the pastorate. It should be something that really wells up from within to bring the person to take active steps to become the overseer of a congregation. In the New Testament context, that would have been within his own congregation rather than the thought of seeking approval of other pastors as ordination is today.
It would seem that this thought would eliminate most church government ideas where the men are nominated from the floor, or nominations in any manner. The desire would indicate to me that the man really wants to have this ministry and lets others know of that desire.
It would require that those in charge be knowledgeable of this desire as well. As they see the desire then they should evaluate the possibilities of this man taking on the position.
I was contacted by a junior in high school recently that was interested in ministry. It took several notes back and forth to assist him, but finally I was able to put him in contact with some mission boards that could use him and help him in planning toward mission work.
The point – he is a junior in high school with a desire from God to serve in the church.
Someone needs to tuck him under their wing and disciple him – train him – nurture him in things of the Lord.
I encouraged him to talk to his pastor. I suspect the mission boards will assist him greatly also.
Evaluation should be made on the basis of what we will be seeing as far as qualification and the qualities of the man should be viewed as well.
The qualifications seem to require more than just a “yes” when asked to take the position. The evaluation should include not only the man’s desire, but he should be honest and open as to his qualifications in all of these areas before he takes the position.
He should also be open to the input of the leadership as to the needs of his life. They may see some failings that he needs to work on.
This whole idea is shown very nicely in relation to the workmen of the tabernacle in Exo 36:2, “And Moses called Bezaleel and Aholiab, and every wise hearted man, in whose heart the Lord had put wisdom, even everyone whose heart stirred him up to come unto the work to do it:”
I would even suggest if you have a man that has none of these qualifications in his life, that the elders should start training him. Make him a workman for the deacons, begin to study and disciple, if he can keep confidences include him in some board meetings so that he can learn. This should be a gold mine for the elders. Train and cultivate that “desire” into an elder. As he matures, you will have a new leader.
I received a very sad commentary on the church recently. One of the major mission boards is launching a new program aimed at helping local churches understand their need to be training leaders and raising up missionaries. They then will assist in helping the church set into motion leadership training.
Pretty sad that the church has to be told of its responsibilities and have to be trained in how to accomplish them!
There are fifteen to seventeen qualifications depending on the listings.
3:1 This {1} [is] a true saying, {2} If a man {a} desire the office of a bishop, he desireth a good work.
(1) Having completed the treatise of doctrine and of the manner of handling of it, as well also of public prayer, he now in the third place comes to the persons themselves, speaking first of pastors, and afterwards of deacons. And he uses a preface, so that the church may know that these are certain and sure rules.
(2) The office of bishop, or the ministry of the word is not an idle dignity, but a work, and that an excellent work: and therefore a bishop must be furnished with many virtues both at home and abroad. Therefore it is necessary before he is chosen to examine well his learning, his gifts, his abilities, and his life.
(a) He does not speak here of ambitious seeking, of which there cannot be a worse fault in the Church, but generally of the mind and disposition of man, prepared and disposed to help and edify the Church of God, when and wherever it will please the Lord.
C. The qualifications for church leaders 3:1-13
Paul proceeded from his instructions concerning worship in the church to lay out qualifications for leaders of the church. He did so to give Timothy guidance in selecting these important individuals. He discussed women and leadership in 1Ti 2:11-15, and now he turned to men and leadership, specifically, the personal qualities necessary for effective church leaders.
"The PE do not give institutional authority to the overseers and deacons. They describe the type of person who may serve the church in a certain role: one whose character is above reproach, who has illustrated management skills at home; who can teach (in the case of the overseers), etc. This person will teach what is true and will refute what is false. While some authority may be implicit in the title and the nature of the position, nowhere does the text explicitly say what is so often asserted by modern writers (e.g., Young, Theology, 22; cf. 120), that the author’s solution to the rise of heresy was to force a structure onto the house of God . . . and appoint authoritative leaders who could combat the error because of their institutional position. There is no explicit institutional authority promoted in the PE." [Note: Mounce, p. lxxxi. His reference is to F. Young, The Theology of the Pastoral Epistles.]
"The nature of the qualifications set out and the broad concern for the leaders’ reputations suggest that respectability of the sort that would sustain or establish the church’s credibility in society was uppermost in mind." [Note: Towner, The Letters . . ., p. 240.]
1. Qualifications for elders 3:1-7
The Ephesian church already had elders long before Paul wrote this letter (Act 20:17-35).
"If our identification of the false teachers as elders is correct, then Paul’s reason for this set of instructions is that Timothy must see to it that elders are living according to their appointment, that is, by these standards. At the same time, of course, the whole church will be listening in and will thus be given the grounds for discipline of erring elders as well as for their replacement (cf. 1Ti 5:22; 1Ti 5:24-25)." [Note: Fee, 1 and 2 Timothy . . ., p. 79.]
Paul cited another well-known saying (cf. 1Ti 1:15) to introduce and give support to what he was about to teach.
"Overseer" (Gr. episkopes) is a term that emphasizes this leader’s leadership and management responsibilities and is evidently synonymous with "elder" (presbuteros; 1Ti 5:17; 1Pe 5:1) and "pastor" or "shepherd" (poimen; Eph 4:11). Paul used the term "elder" more frequently, so I have chosen to use it in commenting on this pericope. At the time Paul wrote the Pastorals the office of elder was common in the churches since he had appointed elders in churches that he had founded (Act 14:23). The history of the elder office in the church goes back to the elder office in ancient Israel. The Jews continued this organization in their synagogues, which they began during the Babylonian Captivity. [Note: See Alexander Strauch, Biblical Eldership, pp. 137-52.]
". . . while the synagogal eldership did influence church eldership, the influence was of a general nature." [Note: David A. Mappes, "The ’Elder’ in the Old and New Testaments," Bibliotheca Sacra 154:613 (January-March 1997):92.]
Paul did not say that each congregation of Christians required at least one elder to be a church. Moreover there appears to have been more than one elder in some churches (e.g., Act 20:17; Php 1:1) but not necessarily in all. Elder was an official position of leadership in the church that carried with it pastoral responsibility (1Pe 5:1-2). "Elder" describes the maturity of those who normally hold this position, primarily spiritual maturity. "Overseer" describes the major responsibility inherent in the position, namely, oversight of the church. "Pastor" describes the gift and work necessary to fulfill this position, the gift and work of a shepherd.
A person can aspire to hold an office out of good or bad motives. The "trustworthy statement" Paul cited assumed good motives: the desire to do a worthy work, not personal aggrandizement. Church congregations should be careful to investigate the motivation of men who aspire to become elders. Such an aspiration can lead a young man to study, labor, and sacrifice to prepare for leadership in a church. Some do this by enrolling in seminary.
"The saying in fact focuses less on the person than on the position. Thus Paul is not commending people who have a great desire to become leaders; rather, he is saying that the position of overseer is such a significant matter, a noble task, that it should indeed be the kind of task to which a person might aspire. Thus, despite the activities of some, he does not for that reason negate the position itself." [Note: Fee, 1 and 2 Timothy . . ., p. 79.]
Chapter 10
ORIGIN OF THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY; VARIOUS CERTAINTIES AND PROBABILITIES DISTINGUISHED. – 1Ti 3:1-10
THIS passage is one of the most important in the New Testament respecting the Christian ministry; and in the Pastoral Epistles it does not stand alone. Of the two classes of ministers mentioned here, one is again touched upon in the Epistle to Titus, {Tit 1:5-9} and the qualifications for this office, which is evidently the superior of the two, are stated in terms not very different from those which are used in the passage before us. Therefore a series of expositions upon the Pastoral Epistles would be culpably incomplete which did not attempt to arrive at some conclusions respecting the question of the primitive Christian ministry; a question which at the present time is being investigated with immense industry and interest, and with some clear and substantial results. The time is probably far distant when the last word will have been said upon the subject; for it is one on which considerable difference of opinion is not only possible but reasonable: and those persons would seem to be least worthy of consideration, who are most confident that they are in possession of the whole truth on the subject. One of the first requisites in the examination of questions of fact is a power of accurately distinguishing what is certain from what is not certain: and the person who is confident that he has attained to certainty, when the evidence in his possession does not at all warrant certainty, is not a trustworthy guide.
It would be impossible in a discussion of moderate length to touch upon all the points which have been raised in connection with this problem; but some service will have been rendered if a few of the more important features of the question are pointed out and classified under the two heads just indicated, as certain or not certain. In any scientific enquiry, whether historical or experimental, this classification is a useful one, and very often leads to the enlargement of the class of certainties. When the group of certainties has been properly investigated, and when the various items have been placed in their proper relations to one another and to the whole of which they are only constituent parts, the result is likely to be a transfer of other items from the domain of what is only probable or possible to the domain of what is certain.
At the outset it is necessary to place a word of caution as to what is meant, in a question of this kind, by certainty. There are no limits to skepticism, as the history of speculative philosophy has abundantly shown. It is possible to question ones own existence, and still more possible to question the irresistible evidence of ones senses or the irresistible conclusions of ones reason. A fortiori it is possible to throw doubt upon any historical fact. We can, if we like, classify the assassinations of Julius Caesar and of Cicero, and the genuineness of the Aeneid and of the Epistles to the Corinthians, among things that are not certain. They cannot be demonstrated like a proposition in Euclid or an experiment in chemistry or physics. But a skeptical criticism of this kind makes history impossible; for it demands as a condition of certainty a kind of evidence, and an amount of evidence, which from the nature of the case is unattainable. Juries are directed by the courts to treat evidence as adequate, which they would he willing to recognize as such in matters of very serious moment to themselves. There is a certain amount of evidence which to a person of trained and well-balanced mind makes a thing “practically certain”: i.e., with this amount of evidence before him he would confidently act on the assumption that the thing was true.
In the question before us there are four or five things which may with great reason be treated as practically certain.
1. The solution of the question as to the origin of the Christian ministry has no practical bearing upon the lives of Christians. For us the problem is one of historical interest without moral import. As students of Church History we are bound to investigate the origins of the ministry which has been one of the chief factors in that history: but our loyalty as members of the Church will not be affected by the result of our investigations. Our duty towards the constitution consisting of bishops, priests, and deacons, which existed unchallenged from the close of the second century to the close of the Middle Ages, and which has existed down to the present day in all the three great branches of the Catholic Church, Roman, Oriental, and Anglican, is no way affected by the question whether the constitution of the Church during the century which separates the writings of St. John from the writings of his disciples disciple, Irenaeus, was as a rule Episcopal, collegiate, or Presbyterian. For a churchman who accepts the Episcopal form of government as essential to the well-being of a Church, the enormous prescription which that form has acquired during at least seventeen centuries, is such ample justification, that he can afford to be serene as to the outcome of enquiries respecting the constitution of the
2. various infant Churches from A.D. 85 to A.D. 185. It makes no practical difference either to add, or not to add, to an authority which is already ample. To prove that the Episcopal form of government was founded by the Apostles may have been a matter of great practical importance in the middle of the second century. But, before that century had closed, the practical question, if there ever was one, had settled itself. Gods providence ordained that the universal form of Church government should be the Episcopal form and should continue to be such; and for us it adds little to its authority to know that the way in which it became universal was through the instrumentality and influence of Apostles. On the other hand, to prove that episcopacy was established independently of Apostolic influence would detract very little from its accumulated authority.
A second point, which may be regarded as certain with regard to this question, is, that for the period which joins the age of Irenaeus to the age of St. John, we have not sufficient evidence to arrive at anything like proof. The evidence has received important additions during the present century, and still more important additions are by no means impossible; but at present our materials are still inadequate. And the evidence is insufficient in two ways. First, although surprisingly large as compared with what might have been reasonably expected, yet in itself, the literature of this period is fragmentary and scanty. Secondly, the dates of some of the most important witnesses cannot as yet be accurately determined. In many cases to be able to fix the date of a document within twenty or thirty years is quite sufficient: but this is a case in which the difference of twenty years is a really serious difference; and there is fully that amount of uncertainty as to the date of some of the writings which are our principal sources of information; e.g., the “Doctrine of the Twelve Apostles,” the Epistles of Ignatius, the “Shepherd of Hermas,” and the “Clementines.” Here also our position may improve. Further research may enable us to date some of these documents accurately. But, for the present, uncertainty about precise dates and general scantiness of evidence compel us to admit that with regard to many of the points connected with this question nothing that can fairly be called proof is possible respecting the interval which separates the last quarter of the first century from the last quarter of the second.
This feature of the problem is sometimes represented by the useful metaphor that the history of the Church just at this period “passes through a tunnel” or “runs underground.” We are in the light of day during most of the time covered by the New Testament; and we are again in the light of day directly we reach the time covered by the abundant writings of Irenaeus, Clement of Alexandria, Tertullian, and others. But during the intervening period we are, not indeed in total darkness, but in a passage the obscurity of which is only slightly relieved by an occasional lamp or light-hole. Leaving this tantalizing interval, about which the one thing that is certain is that many certainties are not likely to be found in it, we pass on to look for our two next certainties in the periods which precede and follow it.
3. In the period covered by the New Testament it is certain that the Church had officers who discharged spiritual functions which were not discharged by ordinary Christians; in other words a distinction was made from the first between clergy and laity. Of this fact the Pastoral Epistles contain abundant evidence; and further evidence is scattered up and down the New Testament, from the earliest document in the volume to the last. In the First Epistle to the Thessalonians, which is certainly the earliest Christian writing that has come down to us, we find St. Paul beseeching the Church of the Thessalonians “to know them that labor among you, and are over you in the Lord, and admonish you; and to esteem them exceeding highly in love for their works sake” (1Th 5:12-13). The three functions here enumerated are evidently functions to be exercised by a few with regard to the many: they are not duties which every one is to discharge towards every one. In the Third Epistle of St. John, which is certainly one of the latest, and perhaps the very latest, of the writings contained in the New Testament, the incident about Diotrephes seems to show that not only ecclesiastical government, but ecclesiastical government by a single official, was already in existence in the Church in which Diotrephes “loved to have the preeminence” (3Jn 1:9-10). In between these two we have the exhortation in the Epistle to the Hebrews: “Obey them that have the rule over you and submit to them: for they watch in behalf of your souls, as they that shall give account”. {Heb 13:17} And directly we go outside the New Testament and look at the Epistle of the Church of Rome to the Church of Corinth, commonly called the First Epistle of Clement, we find the same distinction between clergy and laity observed. In this letter, which almost certainly was written during the lifetime of St. John, we read that the Apostles, “preaching everywhere in country and town, appointed their firstfruits, when they had proved them by the Spirit, to be bishops and deacons unto them that should believe. And this they did in no new fashion; for indeed it had been written concerning bishops and deacons from very ancient times; for thus saith the Scripture in a certain place, I will appoint their bishops in righteousness, and their deacons in faith”-the last words being an inaccurate quotation of the LXX of Isa 60:17.
And a little further on Clement writes: “Our Apostles knew through our Lord Jesus Christ that there would be strife over the name of the bishops office. For this cause, therefore, having received complete foreknowledge, they appointed the aforesaid persons, and afterwards they provided a continuance, that if these should fall asleep, other approved men should succeed to their ministration. Those therefore who were appointed by them, or afterward by other men of repute with the consent of the whole Church, and have ministered unblamably to the flock of Christ in lowliness of mind, peacefully and with all modesty, and for long time have borne a good report with all-these men we consider to be unjustly thrust out from their ministration. For it will be no light sin for us, if we thrust out those who have offered the gifts of the bishops office unblamably and holily. Blessed are those presbyters who have gone before, seeing that their departure was fruitful and ripe, for they have no fear lest any one should remove them from their appointed place. For we see that ye have displaced certain persons, though they were living honorably, from the ministration which they had kept blamelessly” (42., 44.).
Three things come out very clearly from this passage, confirming what has been found in the New Testament.
(1) There is a clear distinction made between clergy and laity.
(2) This distinction is not a temporary arrangement, but is the basis of a permanent organization.
(3) A person who has been duly promoted to the ranks of the clergy as a presbyter or bishop (the two titles being here synonymous, as in the Epistle to Titus) holds that position for life. Unless he is guilty of some serious offence, to depose him is no light sin.
None of these passages, either in the New Testament or in Clement, tells us very clearly the precise nature of the functions which the clergy, as distinct from the laity, were to discharge; yet they indicate that these functions were of a spiritual rather than of a secular character, that they concerned mens souls rather than their bodies, and that they were connected with religious service (). But the one thing which is quite clear is this, -that the Church had, and was always intended to have, a body of officers distinct from the congregations to which they ministered and over which they ruled.
4. For our fourth certainty we resort to the time when the history of the Church returns once more to the full light of day, in the last quarter of the second century. Then we find two things quite clearly established, which have continued in Christendom from that day to this. We find a regularly organized clergy, not only distinctly marked off from the laity, but distinctly marked off among themselves by well-defined gradations of rank. And, secondly, we find that each local Church is constitutionally governed by one chief officer, whose powers are large and seldom resisted, and who universally receives the title of bishop. To these two points we may add a third. There is no trace of any belief, or even suspicion, that the constitution of these local Churches had ever been anything else. On the contrary, the evidence (and it is considerable) points to the conclusion that Christians in the latter part of the second century-say A.D. 180 to 200-were fully persuaded that the Episcopal form of government had prevailed in the different Churches from the Apostles time to their own. Just as in the case of the Gospels, “Irenaeus and his contemporaries” not only do not know of either more or less than the four which have come down to us, but cannot conceive of there ever being either more or less, than these four: so in the case of Church Government, they not only represent episcopacy as everywhere prevalent in their time, but they have no idea that at any previous time any other form of government prevailed. And although Irenaeus, like St. Paul and Clement of Rome, sometimes speaks of bishops under the title of presbyter, yet it is quite clear that there were at that time presbyters who were not bishops and who did not possess Episcopal authority. Irenaeus himself was such a presbyter, until the martyrdom of Pothinus in the persecution of A.D. 177 created a vacancy in the see of Lyons, which Irenaeus was then called upon to fill; he held the see for upwards of twenty years, from about A.D. 180 to 202. From Irenaeus and from his contemporary Dionysius, Bishop of Corinth, we learn not only the fact that episcopacy prevailed everywhere, but, in not a few cases, the name of the existing bishop; and in some cases the names of their predecessors are given up to the time of the Apostles. Thus, in the case of the Church of Rome, Linus the first bishop is connected with the two most glorious Apostles Peter and Paul, and, in the case of Athens, Dionysius the Areopagite is said to have been appointed first bishop of that Church by the Apostle Paul. This may or may not be correct: but at least it shows that in the time of Irenaeus and Dionysius of Corinth episcopacy was not only recognized as the universal form of Church government, but was also believed to have prevailed in the principal Churches from the very earliest times.
5. If we narrow our field and look, not at the whole Church, but at the Churches of Asia Minor and Syria, we may obtain yet another certainty from the obscure period which lies between the age of the Apostles and that of Dionysius and Irenaeus. The investigations of Lightfoot, Zahn, and Harnack have placed the genuineness of the short Greek form of the Epistles of Ignatius beyond reasonable dispute. Their exact date cannot as yet be determined. The evidence is strong that Ignatius was martyred in the reign of Trajan: and, if that is accepted, the letters cannot be later than A.D. 117. But even if this evidence be rejected as not conclusive, and the letters be dated ten or twelve years later, their testimony will still be of the utmost importance. They prove that long before A.D. 150 episcopacy was the recognized form of government throughout the Churches of Asia Minor and Syria; and, as Ignatius speaks of “the bishops that are settled in the farthest parts of the earth ( )” they prove that, according to his belief, episcopacy was the recognized form everywhere. {Eph 3:1-21} This evidence is not a little strengthened by the fact that, as all sound critics on both sides are now agreed, the Epistles of Ignatius were evidently not written in order to magnify the Episcopal office, or to preach up the Episcopal system. The writers main object is to deprecate schism and all that might tend to schism. And in his opinion the best way to avoid schism is to keep closely united to the bishop. Thus, the magnifying of the Episcopal office comes about incidentally; because Ignatius takes for granted that everywhere there is a bishop in each Church, who is the duly appointed ruler of it, loyalty to whom will be a security against all schismatical tendencies.
These four or five points being regarded as established to an extent which may reasonably be called certainty, there remain certain other points about which certainty is not yet possible, some of which admit of a probable solution, while for others there is so little evidence that we have to fall back upon mere conjecture. Among these would be the distinctions of office, or gradations of rank, among the clergy in the first century or century and a half after the Ascension, the precise functions assigned to each office, and the manner of appointment. With regard to these questions three positions may be assumed with a considerable amount of probability.
1. There was a distinction made between itinerant or missionary clergy and stationary or localized clergy. Among the former we find apostles (who are a much larger body than the Twelve), prophets, and evangelists. Among the latter we have two orders, spoken of as bishops and deacons, as here and in the Epistle to the Philippians (1) as well as in the Doctrine of the
2. Twelve Apostles, presbyter or elder being sometimes used as synonymous with bishop. This distinction between an itinerant and a stationary ministry appears in the First Epistle to the Corinthians, {1Co 12:28} in the Epistle to the Ephesians, {Eph 4:11} and perhaps also in the Acts of the Apostles and in the Epistles of St. John. In the “Doctrine of the Twelve Apostles” it is clearly marked.
There seems to have been a further distinction between those who did, and those who did not, possess supernatural prophetical gifts. The title of prophet was commonly, but perhaps not exclusively, given to those who possessed this gift: and the “Doctrine of the Twelve Apostles” shows a great respect for prophets. But the distinction naturally died out when these supernatural gifts ceased to be manifested. During the process of extinction serious difficulty arose as to the test of a genuine prophet. Some fanatical persons believed themselves to be prophets, and some dishonest persons pretended to be prophets when they were not such. The office appears to have been extinct when Ignatius wrote: by prophets he always means the prophets of the Old Testament. Montanism was probably a forlorn attempt to revive this much desired office after the Church as a whole had decided against it. Further discussion of the gift of prophecy in the New Testament will be found in a previous chapter (6).
1. The clergy were not elected by the congregation as its delegates or representatives, deputed to perform functions which originally could be discharged by any Christian. They were appointed by the Apostles and their successors or substitutes. Where the congregation selected or recommended candidates, as in the case of the Seven Deacons, {Act 6:4-6} they did not themselves lay hands on them. The typical act of laying on of hands was always performed by those who were already ministers, whether apostles, prophets, or elders. Whatever else was still open to the laity, this act of ordaining was not. And there is good reason for believing that the celebration of the Eucharist also was from the first reserved to the clergy, and that all ministers, excepting prophets, were expected to use a prescribed form of words in celebrating it.
But, although much still remains untouched, this discussion must draw to a close. In the ideal Church there is no Lords Day or holy seasons, for all days are the Lords, and all seasons are holy; there are no places especially dedicated to Gods worship, for the whole universe is His temple; there are no persons especially ordained to be His ministers, for all His people are priests and prophets. But in the Church as it exists in a sinful world, the attempt to make all times and all places holy ends in the desecration of all alike; and the theory that all Christians are priests becomes indistinguishable from the theory that none is such. In this matter let us not try to be wiser than God, Whose will may be discerned in His providential guiding of His Church throughout so many centuries. The attempt to reproduce Paradise or to anticipate heaven in a state of society which does not possess the conditions of Paradise or heaven, can end in nothing but disastrous confusion.
In conclusion the following weighty words are gratefully quoted. They come with special force from one who does not himself belong to an Episcopalian Church.
“By our reception or denial of priesthood in the Church, our entire view of what the Church is must be affected and molded. We shall either accept the idea of a visible and organized body, within which Christ rules by means of a ministry, sacraments, and ordinances to which He has attached a blessing, the fullness of which we have no right to look for except through the channels He has ordained (and it ought to be needless to say that this is the Presbyterian idea), or we shall rest satisfied with the thought of the Church as consisting of multitudes of individual souls known to God alone, as invisible, unorganized, with ordinances blessed because of the memories which they awaken, but to which no promise of present grace is tied, with, in short, no thought of a Body of Christ in the world, but only of a spiritual and heavenly principle ruling in the hearts and regulating the lives of men. Conceptions of the Church so widely different from each other cannot fail to affect in the most vital manner the Churchs life, and relation to those around her. Yet both conceptions are the logical and necessary result of the acceptance or denial of the idea of a divinely appointed and still living priesthood among men.”
Fuente: Whedon’s Commentary on the Old and New Testaments
Fuente: Commentary Series on the Bible by Peter Pett
Fuente: Commentary Series on the Bible by Peter Pett
Fuente: Commentary Series on the Bible by Peter Pett
Fuente: Commentary Series on the Bible by Peter Pett
Fuente: Everett’s Study Notes on the Holy Scriptures
Fuente: Everett’s Study Notes on the Holy Scriptures
Fuente: Everett’s Study Notes on the Holy Scriptures
Fuente: Everett’s Study Notes on the Holy Scriptures
Fuente: The Popular Commentary on the Bible by Kretzmann
Fuente: The Complete Pulpit Commentary
Fuente: Heinrich August Wilhelm Meyer’s New Testament Commentary
The proper temper of the overseers of the community, of the deacons, and of their wives
A.Dignity and nature of the office of the overseer
Fuente: A Commentary on the Holy Scriptures, Critical, Doctrinal, and Homiletical by Lange
Fuente: Hawker’s Poor Man’s Commentary (Old and New Testaments)
Fuente: Hawker’s Poor Man’s Commentary (Old and New Testaments)
Fuente: Expositor’s Dictionary of Text by Robertson
Fuente: The People’s Bible by Joseph Parker
Fuente: B.H. Carroll’s An Interpretation of the English Bible
Fuente: John Trapp’s Complete Commentary (Old and New Testaments)
Fuente: Henry Alford’s Greek Testament
Fuente: Henry Alford’s Greek Testament
Fuente: The Expositors Greek Testament by Robertson
Fuente: The Expositors Greek Testament by Robertson
Fuente: The Expositors Greek Testament by Robertson
Fuente: William Kelly Major Works (New Testament)
Fuente: You Can Understand the Bible: Study Guide Commentary Series by Bob Utley
Fuente: Companion Bible Notes, Appendices and Graphics
Fuente: The Greek Testament
Fuente: Through the Bible Commentary
Fuente: Gnomon of the New Testament
Fuente: Old and New Testaments Restoration Commentary
Fuente: An Exposition on the Whole Bible
Fuente: International Critical Commentary New Testament
Fuente: F.B. Meyer’s Through the Bible Commentary
Fuente: Commentaries on the New Testament and Prophets
Fuente: The Sermon Bible
Fuente: Gaebelein’s Annotated Bible (Commentary)
Fuente: The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge
Fuente: Church Pulpit Commentary
Fuente: F. B. Hole’s Old and New Testaments Commentary
Fuente: Combined Bible Commentary
Fuente: A Popular Commentary on the New Testament
Fuente: Grant’s Numerical Bible Notes and Commentary
Fuente: Expository Notes with Practical Observations on the New Testament
Fuente: Gary Hampton Commentary on Selected Books
Fuente: Joseph Bensons Commentary on the Old and New Testaments
Fuente: John Darby’s Synopsis of the New Testament
Fuente: William Godbey’s Commentary on the New Testament
Fuente: Sutcliffe’s Commentary on the Old and New Testaments
Fuente: Peake’s Commentary on the Bible
Fuente: Grant’s Commentary on the Bible
Fuente: Abbott’s Illustrated New Testament
Fuente: Smith’s Writings on 24 Books of the Bible
Fuente: Mr. D’s Notes on Selected New Testament Books by Stanley Derickson
Fuente: Geneva Bible Notes
Fuente: Expository Notes of Dr. Constable (Old and New Testaments)
Fuente: Expository Notes of Dr. Constable (Old and New Testaments)
Fuente: Expository Notes of Dr. Constable (Old and New Testaments)
Fuente: Expositors Bible Commentary